OCS Study 

MMS 96-0019 

NBS 96-01 

Northeastern Gulf of Mexico 

Coastal and Marine Ecosystem Program : 

Data Search and Synthesis, 

Annotated Bibliography 

Appendix E: Biology 

AL. 'k Pensacola 

Mobile } G~~~ ,~ F L O Tallahassee 

Panama City 

1 

tom 

.Apalachicola 

20m 

STUDY Cedar Key 

AREA 

40~, 

o r 

so 

~oosoo33 0 

3 Tarpon 

Springs 

U.S . Department of the Interior U.S. Department of the Interior 

Minerals Management Service 

NB S National Biological Service 

Gulf of Mexico OCS Region Eastern Region 
OCS Study 

MMS 96-0019 

NBS 96-01 

Northeastern Gulf of Mexico 

Coastal and Marine Ecosystem Program : 

Data Search and Synthesis, 

Annotated Bibliography 

Appendix E: Biology 

Compiler 

Science Applications International Corporation 

September 1996 

Prepared under NBS Contract 

1445-CT0009-95-002 

by 

Science Applications International Corporation 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27605 

Published by 

U.S . Department of the Interior U.S. Department of the Interior 

Minerals Management Service National Biological Service 

Gulf of Mexico OCS Region Eastern Region 
DISCLAIMER 

This report was prepared under contract between the National Biological 

Service (NBS) and Science Applications International Corporation . This 

report has been technically reviewed by the NBS and the Minerals Management 

Service (MMS), and has been approved for publication . Approval does not 

signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and policies of 

the NBS or MMS, nor does mention of trade names or commercial products 

constitute endorsement or recommendation for use . It is, however, exempt 

from review and compliance with the MMS editorial standards . 

REPORT AVAILABILITY 

Extra copies of this report may be obtained from : 

U .S . Department of the Interior 

National Biological Service 

Eastern Region 

1700 Leetown Road 

Kearneysville, WV 25430 

Telephone : (304) 725-8461- x675 

U .S . Department of the Interior 

Minerals Management Service 

Gulf of Mexico OCS Region 

Public Information Unit (MS 5034) 

1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard 

New Orleans, LA 70123-2394 

Telephone : (504) 736-2519 or 

1-(800)-200-GULF 

CITATION 

Suggested citation : 

Science Applications International Corporation . 1996 . Northeastern Gulf of 

Mexico Coastal and Marine Ecosystem Program : Data search and 

Synthesis, Annotated Bibliography . Biology . OCS Study NBS 96-01 and 

MMS 96-0019 . U .S . Dept . of the Interior, National Biological 

Service, Eastern Region, Kearneysville, WV and U .S . Dept . of the 

Interior, Minerals Management Service, Gulf of Mexico OCS Region, New 

Orleans, LA . 161 pp . 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT 

Thanks are extended to Paul Blankinship whose knowledge of Papyrus was 

essential to integrating the results of the many different electronic 

search formats . Those from outside this project who made our job more 

manageable by locating and sending the requested electronic copies of 

existing bibliographies include : 

" Dr . Worth Nowlin and Maureen Reep, Texas A&M University 

" Dr . Allan Clarke, Florida State University 

" Steven Wolfe, Dept . of Environmental Regulation, State of 

Florida 

" Carla Langley, MMS 

" Michele Tetley, MMS 

" Rosalie Shaffer, NOAA/NMFS 

All the above are thanked for their efforts . A number of others went to 

considerable effort in locating and sending printed versions of existing 

bibliographies . They too are thanked . 
Alphabetic Index 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

I 

J 

K 

L 

M 

N 

O 

P 

4 

R 

S 

T 

U 

V 

W 

Y 

Z 

Abele, L .J . 1970 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 

Bailey, R .M . and C .L . Hubbs . 1949 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 

Cahn, A .R . 1940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 

Dames and Moore . 1979a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 

Earle, S .A . 1969 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 

Federle, T .W . et al . 1983 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 

Galtsoff, P .S . 1954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 

Haburay, K . 1975 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 

Idyll, C .P . 1957 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 

Jaap, W .C . 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 

Kahl, M .P . 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 

Lakela, O . 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 

MacDonald, I .R . 1992 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 

Nakamura, E .L . et al . 1980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 

O'Brien, J .J . and J .S . Wroblewski . 1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 

Packard, J .M . 1983 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 

Quick, J .A . 1971 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 

Rabalais, N .N . 1992 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 

Salmon, M . and M .K . Kettler . 1987 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 

Tagatz, M.E . and P .H . Wilkens . 1973 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 

University of West Florida . 1974 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 

Vail, V .A . 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 

Waller, R .A . 1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 

Yerger, R .W . 1974 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 

Zahm, G . and E . Jemison . 1987 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 
Abele, L .G . 1970 . The marine decapod crustacea of the northeastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 136 

PPAbstract . Between September, 1966 and August, 1968 a survey of decapod 

crustacea in the Destin-Panama City area was undertaken . Specimens were 

taken by various methods, returned to the laboratory, measured and 

preserved . A key for all specimens taken was constructed . Temperature 

and depth data were taken at all stations . 

Abele, L .G . 1974 . Species diversity of decapod crustaceans in marine habitats . 

Ecology . 55 :156-161 . 

Abele, L .G . and W . Kim . 1986 . An illustrated guide to the marine decapod 

crustaceans of Florida . Florida Department of Environmental Regulation, 

Technical Series . 8(1) :755 . Parts 1 & 2 (in 2 vols .) . 

Adams, C .A ., II . 1972 . Food habits of juvenile pinfish (Lagodon rhomboides), 

silver perch (Bairdiella chrysoura), and spotted seatrout (Cynoscion 

nebulosus) of the estuarine zone near Crystal River, Florida . Master's 

Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 147 pp . 

Adams, C .A ., II et al . 1974 . Effects of impingement and entrapment on the 

Crystal River blue crab, Callinectes sapidus Rathbun, population . pp . 

107-146 . ,In Crystal River Power Plant Environmental Considerations, 

Final Report . Vol . III . Florida Power Corporation . 

Adams, C .A ., II et al . 1977 . Appendix A. Phylogenetic listing of estuarine 

species at Crystal River, Florida . pp . 147-164 . ,In Crystal River Power 

Plant Environmental Considerations, Final Report . Vol . III . Florida 

Power Corporation, 

Adams, C .M ., F .J . Lawlor and W .S . Otwell . 1988 . Yellowfin tuna : Fishing gear, 

production and quality . 1988 . Florida Sea Grant Coll . Program . 

Gainesville, FL . 63 pp . 

Abstract . Tuna fisheries have been rapidly expanding along the southeastern 

coasts of the United States . The domestic harvest includes albacore 

(Thunnus alalunca), bigeye (T . obesus), blackfin (T . atlanticus), 

bluefin (T . thynnus) and yellowfin (T . albacares) . Current production 

and predicted availability suggest the yellowfin are most abundant, plus 

they are not restricted by harvest regulations such as the two fish per 

boat limit on bluefin. In the Gulf and South Atlantic region annual 

landings of yellow fin alone have increased dramatically since 1980 to 

exceed 6 .4 million pounds values in excess of $8 .4 million on the dock 

in 1986 . A major portion of the production occurs in Florida with 

landings recorded in Fort Pierce, Pompano Beach, Key West, Fort Myers, 

Maderia Beach, Panama City, Destin and Pensacola . 

Adams, J .K . 1972 . A comparative study of phytoplankton primary productivity 

and related parameters in two northwest Florida estuarine bayous . 

Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 52 pp . 

Abstract . Environmental parameters were monitored weekly at 3 stations in 

Mulatto Bayou and Catfish Basin, Pensacola Bay, Florida, in an effort to 

1 
describe and compare the two systems with respect to their phytoplankton 

primary productivity . The study was conducted between July, 1971 and 

June, 1972 . 

Adams, R .M . and E .F . Sargent . 1951 . Comparison of Summer and Winter Sea 

Temperatures Gulf of Mexico . (Technical Report No . 3) Texas A&M 

University, Department of Oceanography . College Station, TX . 8 pp . 

Abstract . This report contains all of the then available typical 

bathythermograph tracings for 1 degree quadrants of the Gulf of Mexico 

for both winter and summer . The contours of approximate mixed-layer 

depths in summer and winter are compared . 

Adams, R .O . 1968 . The color variation of Neosimnia (Mollusca : Gastropoda) with 

notes on the natural history . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 41 pp . 

Ahearn, D .G ., S .A . Crow and W .L . Cook . 1977 . Microbial interactions with 

pesticides in estuarine surface slicks . Georgia State Univ ., Atlant . 

Dept . of Biology, Environmental Research Lab . Gulf Breeze, FL . 32 pp . 

Abstract . Estuarine surface films from Escam}aia Bay, Florida, and adjacent 

waters were sampled by using the membrane adsorption technique to 

enumeratemicrobial populations . Samples of the upper 10 micrometers of 

estuarine surface films yielded microbial populations . These populations 

were 10 to 100 times greater than those in underlying waters of 10 cm . 

Predominant bacteria in surface films as isolated on Marine Agar were 

motile, non-pigmented, gram-negative rods . Colony-forming units of 

yeasts and molds on Mycological Agar prepared with 50 per cent seawater 

were found. A greater proportion of the surface film bacteria, as 

compared to those at 10 cm depth, were capable of growth on freshwater 

media. With selective isolation media, amyloytic, and lipolytic bacteria 

appeared to comprise amore significant proportion of the total 

population . Twenty-one representative bacteria, yeasts, and filamentous 

fungi from initial sampling of surface microlayers were tested for the 

effects of selected pesticides on utilization of various substrates . 

Ahearn, D .G ., W .L . Cook and S .A . Crow . 1981 . Effects of pollutants on 

microbial activities in estuarine surface films . (EPA/600/4) Georgia 

State Univ ., Atlant . Dept . of Biology, Environmental Research Lab . Gulf 

Breeze, FL . 28 pp . 

Abstract . Samples of inshore surface films from Escambia Bay, Florida and from 

sites in the North Sea yielded populations of aerobic, heterotrophic 

microorganisms up to 108/ml or 106/cm2 . Hydro-carbonoclastic organisms 

were in relatively low populations . A comparison of species of yeasts 

prevalent in North Sea waters before and after oil production activities 

indicated a shift to a more wide spread distribution of hydrocarbonoclastic forms with possible inhibition of anon-hydrocarbon 

utilizing species . Examination of various hydrocarbons and chlorinated 

compounds with the potential of being sequestered in natural films 

indicated that 66% could potentially alter microbial metabolic processes 

in the slick . In microcosm studies of estuarine systems representative 

compounds demonstrated a selective effect for microfungi . 

2 
Ahrenholz, D .W . 1980 . Recruitment and exploitation of Gulf menhaden, 

Brevoortia patronis . Fish . Bull . 79(2) :325-335 . 

Abstract . Gulf menhaden, Brevoortia patronus, range along the Gulf of Mexico 

Coast from Cape Sable, Florida, to Veracruz, Mexico, and are exploited 

by a purse seine fishery from Alabama to eastern Texas. Rates of 

exploitation, population movement, and recruitment into the fishery were 

estimated from returns of tagged juveniles and adults . 

Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources . 1976 . Coastal 

fisheries resources of Alabama. Alabama Department of Conservation and 

Natural Resources . Montgomery, AL . 47 pp . 

Alden, R.W . 1976 . Growth, reproduction, and survival of some marine copepods 

subjected to thermal and mechanical stress . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 339 pp . 

Alexander, J .E . ed . 1978 . Final report on the Baseline Environmental Survey of 

the MAFLA lease areas . U .S . Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land 

Management . Washington, D .C . 190 pp . 

Alexander, J .E ., T .T . White, K .W . Turgeon and A.W . Blizzard . 1977a . Baseline 

monitoring studies, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, outer continental 

shelf, 1975-1976 . Volume 1 . Executive Summary . BLM/ST-78/30 . Bureau of 

Land Management . Washington, D .C . 62 pp . 

Abstract . Benchmark studies on the Eastern Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental 

Shelf were conducted seasonally to establish baseline information prior 

to extensive oil and gas development activity . No crude oil-like 

hydrocarbons were found in sediments, benthic organisms, zooplankton, 

suspended particulates nor dissolved phases on the Florida shelf . 

Moreover the abundance and diversity of organisms suggested that these 

organisms are living in an essentially pristine and natural ecological 

state, and show no evidence of stress owing to influx of pollutants . 

Alexander, J .E ., T .T . White, K .W . Turgeon and A .W . Blizzard . 1977b . Baseline 

monitoring studies, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, outer continental 

shelf, 1975-1976 . Volume 2 . Introduction and Methods . BLM/ST-78/31 . 

Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 119 pp . 

Abstract . This volume contains the introduction, purpose and objectives of the 

study, description of the study area, and detailed statements of 

methodology employed for each parameter measured . The geological 

parameters included : suspended sediment mineralogy, x-radiography, clay 

mineralogy, and standard sediment size analysis . Chemical parameters 

included : selected trace elements and hydrocarbons in sediments ; biota; 

and suspended particulate matter . Principal biological analyses included 

taxonomy of neuston, zooplankton, macroepifauna, macroinfauna, 

meiofauna, and microinfauna . 

Alexander, J .E ., T .T . White, K .W . Turgeon and A .W . Blizzard . 1977c . Baseline 

monitoring studies, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, outer continental 

shelf, 1975-1976 . Volume 3 . Results . BLM/ST-78/32 . Bureau of Land 

Management . Washington, D .C . 484 pp . 

Abstract . Benchmark studies on the Eastern Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental 

Shelf were conducted seasonally to establish baseline information prior 

to extensive oil and gas development activity . No crude oil-like 

3 
hydrocarbons were found in sediments, benthic organisms, zooplankton, 

suspended particulates nor dissolved phases on the Florida shelf . 

Moreover the abundance and diversity of organisms suggested that these 

organisms are living in an essentially pristine and natural ecological 

state, and show no evidence of stress owing to influx of pollutants . 

Some evidence of hydrocarbon anomalies were found in samples from the 

Mississippi-Alabama shelf probably due to drainage from the Mississippi 

River . 

Alexander, J .E ., T .T . White, K .W . Turgeon and A .W . Blizzard . 1977d. Baseline 

monitoring studies, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, outer continental 

shelf, 1975-1976 . Volume 4 . Discussion . BLM/ST-78/33 . Bureau of Land 

Management . Washington, D .C . 222 pp . 

Abstract . Benchmark studies on the Eastern Gulf of Mexico Outer Continental 

Shelf were conducted seasonally to establish baseline information prior 

to extensive oil and gas development activity . No crude oil-like 

hydrocarbons were found in sediments, benthic organisms, zooplankton, 

suspended particulates nor dissolved phases on the Florida shelf . 

Moreover the abundance and diversity of organisms suggested that these 

organisms are living in an essentially pristine and natural ecological 

state, and show no evidence of stress owing to influx of pollutants . 

Some evidence of hydrocarbon anomalies were found in samples from the 

Mississippi-Alabama shelf probably due to drainage from the Mississippi 

River . A study of tissue pathology revealed only parasites in otherwise 

normal benthic organisms . Major features affecting the study area were 

the Mississippi River, the Loop Current and hurricane Eloise . Trace 

metal (Cd, Cr, Cu, Fe, Ni, Pb and V) concentrations in Eastern Gulf 

samples were at levels expected for non-polluted areas . 

Allen, D .M . 1972 . References and subject index concerning the calico scallop, 

Argopecten gibbus . Informal Report No . 1 ed . NOAA, National Marine 

Fisheries Center Southeast . 31 pp . 

Allen, E .R . and W .T . Neill . 1952 . The American Alligator . The Florida 

Naturalist . 6(5) :8-9 . 

Allender, D . 1982 . Maps of Florida aquatic preserves . Florida Department of 

the Natural Resources, Division of State Lands, Tallahassee . Scale 

1 :126,720 . 

Alvis, C.A . 1971 . Trophic Relationships Between Significantly Associated 

Species of Macrobenthos in the Shoal Grass Habitat . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 97 pp . 

Anderson, L .C . 1986 . Noteworthy plants from north Florida . II . Sida . 

11(4) :379-384 . 

Anderson, L .C . 1987 . Boltonia apalachicolensis (Asteraceae) : A New Species 

From Florida . Systematic Botany . 12(1) :133-138 . 

Anderson, L .C . 1988a . Noteworthy plants from north Florida . III . Sida . 

13(l) :93-100 . 

4 
Anderson, L .C . 1988b . Vascular plant survey of the Apalachicola Bay wetlands 

in Florida . Apalachicola National Estuarine Research Reserve . NOAA Tech . 

Memo . 21 :29 . 

Anderson, L .C . and L .L . Alexander . 1985 . The vegetation of Dog Island, 

Florida . Fla . Sci . 48 :232-251 . 

Andree, S . ed . 1983 . Apalachicola oyster industry : proceedings of a conference 

held October 6-7, 1982 in Apalachicola, Florida . (Publication SGR-57) 

Sea Grant Advisory Program, University of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 85 

PPAndree, S . and W . Miley. 1984 . Big Bend Oyster Industry Workshop . Summary 

Report ed . Apalachicola National Estuarine Sanctuary . 

Anon . 1971a . Coliform bacterial growth in harvested oysters . (Technical Report 

71-1) Gulf Coast Technical Services Unit . 

Abstract . An attempt was made to determine the cause of an increase in 

coliform bacteria counts between harvesting and arrival of oysters at 

wholesale and retail markets. Samples were collected in November, 1970 . 

Anon . 1971b . Escarosa : A preliminary study of coastal zone management problems 

and opportunities in Escambia and Santa Rosa Counties, Florida . Florida 

Coastal Coordinating Council . Tallahassee, FL . 29 pp . 

Abstract . The Coastal Coordinating Council was charged by the 1970 Florida 

Legislature to develop a plan for the protection, development and zoning 

of the coasts of Florida . Escarosa (Escambia and Santa Rosa Counties) 

was selected as a preliminary project as an overview of the principal 

problems of coastal zone management . These problems are typical of most 

populated coastal areas of Florida. The Northwest Florida Regional 

Coastal Management Plan will be developed for the entire Florida coast . 

Anon . 1971c . Gulf Intracoastal Waterway Project, Carrabelle to St . Marks 

River, Fla . Available from the National Technical Information Service 

(NTIS) as PB-199-887 . Draft Environmental Statement . 16 pp . 

Abstract . The action consists extending the 12-foot Gulf Intracoastal waterway 

via St . George Sound, Alligator Harbor, a land cut across St . James 

Island and Ochlockonee and Apalachee Bays to the mouth of St . Marks 

River, located in Franklin and Wakulla Counties, Florida . This project 

will provide a more direct and less hazardous route for barge traffic 

between Carrabelle and St . Marks, Florida . Channelization will be by 

hydraulic dredge methods . Spoil will be placed in open water off 

Alligator Point (Peninsula Point) and on fast land within diked areas 

adjacent to the land cut across St . James Island . Short term adverse 

effects to some grass beds due to increased turbidities and silt 

generated during construction . Less saline water will be diverted by the 

land cut into alligator harbor . 

Anon . 1971d . Second Session, Proceedings of the Conference in the Matter of 

Pollution of the Interstate Waters of the Perdido Bay and its 

Tributaries (Florida-Alabama) . U .S . Department of the Interior, Federal 

Water Pollution Control Administration . Washington, D .C . 248 pp . 

5 
Anon . 1972a . Reestablishment of destroyed Oyster Reefs (in Pensacola Bay) . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 4 pp . 

Anon . 1972b . Third Session, Proceedings of the Conference in the Matter of 

Pollution of the Interstate Waters of the Perdido Bay and its 

Tributaries (Florida-Alabama) . Federal Water Pollution Control 

Administration . 237 pp . 

Anon. 1974a . Final environmental impact statement, Apalachicola Bay, Florida 

(maintenance dredging) . U .S . Engineers, Mobile District . Mobile, AL . 35 

PP . 

Anon . 1974b . Status of the environment, eastern Gulf of Mexico : synopsis of a 

report on a summary of Knowledge of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . State 

University System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography . St . Petersburg, 

FL . 14 pp . 

Anon . 1975 . A Selected Compilation of Unpublished Graduate Theses : Titles, 

Abstracts, and Reviews from Florida Universities Relating to Marine and 

Coastal Environmental Studies . Final report No . DST-DO-27-75, partially 

funded by BLM. Florida Department of Administration, Division of State 

Planning . Tallahassee, FL . 219 pp . 

Anon . 1976 . Energy relationships and the productivity of Apalachicola Bay . 

Florida State University . Tallahassee, Florida . 437 pp . 

Anon . 1980a. Limiting nutrient algal assays of Pensacola Bay. Florida 

Department of Environmental Regulation . Tallahassee, FL . 15 pp . 

Anon . 1980b . Resource inventory Bayou Texar - Carpenter's Creek . U .S . Fish and 

Wildlife Service, Ecological Services . Panama City, FL . 

Anon . 1981 . Marine grass beds inventory, north Florida coast . U .S . Fish and 

Wildlife Service . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Anon . 1982a . An experiment in Apalachicola Bay : Sanctuary for Diversity . pp . 

7-11 . Xn Florida State University Research in Review . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Anon . 1982b . National wetland reconnaissance survey map of Apalachicola 

quadrangle . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Reston, VA . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

Anon . 1982c . National wetland reconnaissance survey map of Pensacola 

quadrangle . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Reston, VA . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

Anon . 1982d . National wetland reconnaissance survey map of Tallahassee 

quadrangle . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Reston, VA . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

Anon . 1983 . Eastern Gulf of Mexico coastal zone, offshore fisheries . U .S . 

Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management . New Orleans, LA . 

Anon . 1984 . Final Environmental Impact Statement for South Escambia and Santa 

Rosa Counties, Florida . Environmental Protection Agency, Region IV . 

Atlanta, GA . 137 pp . 

6 
Abstract . This Final Environmental Impact Statement addresses proposed 

wastewater facilities for South Escambia and Santa Rosa Counties, 

Florida . Numerous wastewater management alternatives have been evaluated 

with particular attention to water quality in the area's surface and 

groundwater resources and the impacts of projected population growth on 

the sensitive natural and human resources of the area . 

Anon . 1987 . Proceedings of a symposium on Subtropical-tropical Seagrasses of 

the Southeastern United States, 12 August 1985 . Florida Department of 

Natural Resources, Bureau of Marine Research . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Anon. 1988 . Apalachicola Bay Area, Area of Critical State Concern . 

Apalachicola Bay Resource Planning and Management Committee, Status 

Report . Apalachicola, FL . 19 pp . 

Anon . 1990 . Proceedings of the National Workshop on Methods to Minimize 

Dredging Impacts on Sea Turtles, 11 and 12 May 1988, Jacksonville, 

Florida . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Environmental Laboratory . 

Vicksburg, MS . 

Anon . Unknown-a . Baseline monitoring studies, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida 

outer continental shelf, 1975-1976 . State University System of Florida, 

Institute of Oceanography . St Petersburg . 

Anon . Unknown-b . Effect of Hurricane Elena on Florida's Marsh-Dominated Coast : 

Pasco, Hernando, and Citrus Counties . Florida Seagrant Publication . TR09 

Applied Biology . 1982 . Post-operational ecological monitoring program, Crystal 

River Units 1, 2 and 3 . Annual Report 1981, Sections A-J : Benthic 

Community Structure Study . Florida Power Corporation . 

Applied Biology . 1983 . Post-operational ecological monitoring program, Crystal 

River Units 1, 2 and 3, 1977-81 : Summary Report, Benthic Community 

Structure Studies . Florida Power Corporation . 103 pp . 

Army Corps of Engineers, M ., AL . 1984 . Detailed project report . Liza Jackson 

Park . Shoreline erosion control at Fort Walton Beach, Florida . (NTIS 

Order No . AD-A156 057/2/GAR .) Army Corps of Engineers . Mobile, AL . 

226 pp . 

Abstract . The Corps of Engineers studied shoreline erosion at Liza Jackson 

Park, a publicly-owned park within the City of Fort walton Beach. It was 

determined that the shoreline is receding at the long-term rate of about 

1 foot per year . The recommended plan provides for a beach about 450 

feet long which, with periodic nourishment, would offset erosion and 

provide for water-oriented recreation benefits . Expansion of an existing 

salt marsh which presently occupies another 450 feet of shoreline would 

also control erosion while enhancing wildlife habitat . Erosion of the 

march would be prevented by a low rock stabilizing structure . Diversion 

and piping of an existing drainage ditch would help to nourish the 

marsh, to improve water quality, and to create safer, more esthetically 

pleasing, and more useful conditions in the park . 

7 
Arnold, E .L . 1958 . Gulf of Mexico plankton investigations, 1951-1953 . U.S . 

Fish Wildl . Serv . Spec . Sci . Rep . Fish . No . 269 

Abstract . This report presents the results of a group of cruises into the Gulf 

of Mexico during 1951-53 . The cruises were taken to characterize the 

plankton of the Gulf with special emphasis on fish larvae and eggs . A 

number of transects were taken in various areas of the Gulf along the 

Continental Shelf and offshore . Two types of sampling gear were used and 

the efficiencies of each are discussed . 

Arnold, E .L ., Jr . and J.R . Thompson . 1958 . Offshore spawning of the striped 

mullet, mugil cephalus, in the Gulf of Mexico . Copeia . 2 :130-132 . 

Atwood, D .K . 1981 . Proceedings of a Symposium on Environmental Research Needs 

in the Gulf of Mexico (GOMEX), September 30 - October 5, 1979, Key 

Biscayne, FL, 4 vols . National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 

(NOAA/ERL), Atlantic Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratories . 

Miami, FL . 

Abstract . Proceedings include results and discussions recorded at a meeting of 

a group of U.S . and Mexican economists, marine scientists, and 

environmental managers regarding needs for marine-related environmental 

research in the Gulf of Mexico during the next decade . The workshop was 

divided into three panel groups entitled : natural setting, anthropogenic 

input and impacts, and environmental management and public concern . 

Reports from each of these panels are included in these proceedings as 

are the panel participants . 

Austin, H.M . 1971 . The characteristics and relationships between the 

calculated geostrophic current component and selected indicator 

organisms in the Gulf of Mexico loop current system. Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Florida State University, Oceanography Department, Tallahassee, FL . 369 

ppAustin, H .M . and J .I . Jones . 1974 . Seasonal variation of physical 

oceanographic parameters on the Florida Middle Ground and their relation 

to zooplankton biomass on the west Florida shelf . Fla . Sci . 37 :16-32 . 

Avent, R.M ., Jr . 1973 . The effects of hydrostatic pressure and temperature on 

Uca pugilator (Bosc .) . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Bailey, R .M . and C .L . Hubbs . 1949 . The black basses (micropterus) of Florida, 

with description of a new species . Occasional Papers of the museum of 

Zoology, U . of Mich . 516 :40 . 

Bain, M.B . and J.L . Bain . 1982 . Habitat suitability index models, coastal 

stocks of striped bass . FWS-OBS-10 .1 . U.S . Fish and Wildlife Service, 

Office of Biological Services . Washington, D .C . 29 pp . 

Bajusz, A .M . 1990 . Offshore scientific and technical publications, 1987 . (OCS 

Report NMS 90-0004) U .S . Department of the Interior, Minerals Management 

Service . Washington, D .C . 20 pp . 

Baker, J .M . 1971 . Seasonal effects of oil pollution on salt marsh vegetation . 

Oikos . 22 :106-110 . 

8 
Baker, R .O . 1975 . Studies of Myxosporida (protozoa) in the mullet Mugil 

cephalus . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 74 

PPAbstract . Myxosporida (protozoa) parasites of Mugil cephalus, mullet, were 

examined on 793 fish collected in Mulatto Bayou and Escambia Bay, 

Florida between January, 1970 and June, 1971 . Parasites were examined on 

eyes, scales, gills and internal organs . 

Balech, E . 1967a . Dinoflagellates and tintinnids in the northeastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Bulletin of Marine Science . 17(2) :280-298 . 

Abstract . Most of these planktonic organisms were collected off of Panama 

City, May-September 1964, Approximately 170 species were identified . 

Balech, E . 1967b . Microplankton of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea . Texas 

A&M College Research Foundation Technical Project . 76-10-T :144 . Texas 

A&M University, College Station, TX, Department of Oceanography Research 

Foundation . 

Bandy, O .L . 1956 . Ecology of foraminifera in northeastern Gulf of Mexico . U .S . 

Geological Survey, Professional Paper . 274 :179-203 . 

Banks, T ., A.E . Maristany, J .R . Wagner and M . Flemming . 1983 . Inventory of 

water resources data and literature for the Apalachicola River basin, 

Florida . Northwest Fla . Water Manage . Dist ., Havana, Fla . Water Resour . 

Spec . Rep . 83-7 :207 . 

Barbee, S .J . 1971 . Temporal distribution of interstitial fauna in a beach and 

in a sandflat with respect to physical factors . Master's Thesis . Florida 

State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Barbour, D.B . et al . 1976 . A second recent royal tern nesting colony on the 

Gulf Coast of Florida. Florida Field Naturalist . 4 :9-10 . 

Barbour, M.G . et al . 1987 . Beach vegetation and plant distribution patterns 

along the northern Gulf of Mexico . Phytocoenologia . 15 :201-233 . 

Barkuloo, J .M . 1988 . Report on the conservation status of the Gulf of Mexico 

sturgeon, Acipenser oxyrhynchus Decotoi . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 

Panama City, FL . 

Barkuloo, J .M . Unknown . Distribution and abundance of striped bass (Roccus 

saxatilis, Walbaum) on the Florida Gulf Coast . Florida Game and Fresh 

Water Fish Commission . 6 pp . 

Barnett, E .L . and J .S . Gunter . 1986 . Comprehensive Shellfish Harvesting Area 

Survey for St . Joseph Bay, Gulf County, Florida . Fla . Dept . Nat . 

Resources, Shellfish Assessment Section . Tallahassee, FL . 

Barnett, E, and W .H . Teehan . 1989 . Comprehensive Shellfish Harvesting Area 

Survey Choctawhatchee Bay, Okaloosa and Walton Counties, Florida . Fla . 

Dept . Nat . Resources, Shellfish Assessment Section . Tallahassee, FL . 

9 
Baseline, I . 1974 . Anticipated Impact on the Biotic Components of the Natural 

Resources of the Region of the Proposed Development Known as Sandestin 

II in Coastal Walton County, Florida . Consultants in Applied Ecology . 

Gulf Breeze, FL . 

Baskerville-Donovan, I . 1991 . Pre-draft environmental document prepared for 

the Bay County Bridge Authority . Prepared in association with Sandy 

Young, Environmental Consultant ; Vittor & Associates, Inc . ; and New 

World Research, Inc . for Figg Engineers, Inc . Baskerville-Donovan Eng . 

Panama City, FL . 123 pp . 

Abstract . A study of the proposed new bridge across St . Andrew Bay, and its 

potential ecological impacts . Includes information concerning the 

environmental communities in the vicinity of the proposed routes . 

Bass, D .G ., Jr . and V .G . Hitt . 1977 . Ecology of the Blackwater River System, 

Florida . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 

Bass, D .G ., Jr . et al . 1980 . Ecology of the Choctawhatchee River System, 

Florida . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 155 pp . 

Battelle Columbus Laboratories . 1973 . A Study of selected coastal zone 

ecosystems in the Gulf of Mexico in relation to gas pipeline activities : 

Grayton Beach/Choctawhatchee Bay Site . Battelle Columbus Laboratories . 

48 pp . 

Bault, E .I . 1969 . A study of the distribution and the zoogeography of the 

polychaetous annelids of the continental shelf in the northeastern Gulf 

of Mexico . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Beaumariage, D .S . 1964 . Returns from the 1963 Schlitz Tagging Program . Florida 

State Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Beaumariage, D .S . 1966 . Returns from the 1964 Schlitz Tagging Program . Florida 

State Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Beaumariage, D .S . 1968 . Commercial shark fishing and processing in Florida . 

Fla . Dept . Nat . Resources . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Beaumariage, D .S . 1969 . Returns from the 1965 Schlitz Tagging Program . Florida 

State Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Beaumariage, D .S . 1973 . Age, growth and reproduction of king mackerel in 

Florida . Fla . Dept . Nat . Resources . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Beaumariage, D .S . and E .J. Little . 1976 . Status report on Florida's research 

on spiny lobster biology . pp . 102-107 . ZQ Proceedings of the Gulf and 

Caribbean Fisheries Institute 28th Annual Session, October, 1975 . Gulf 

and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, 

Beccasio, A .D ., N . Fotheringham, A .E . Redfield, R .L . Frew, W .M . Leviton, J .E . 

Smith and J .O . Woodrow . 1982 . Gulf coast ecological inventory . User's 

guide and information base . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of 

Biological Services . Washington, D .C . 191 pp . 

10 
Abstract . This study provides an inventory of important ecological resources 

along the Gulf Coast, an area of some 475,000 square kilometers (183,400 

square miles) . This inventory is intended to provide government and 

industry decision makers with valuable ecological information which will 

assist in the regional siting of oil and gas processing and 

manufacturing facilities and the irrespective transportation systems . 

The preparation of this ecological inventory involved four major tasks : 

the collection, review, and analysis of available data on coastal fish 

and wildlife species and their habitats and special land use areas ; the 

synthesis and compilation of these data into a format which is 

compatible with the requirements of 1 :250,000-scale mapping ; the 

preparation of a series of 22 resource inventory graphics for the Gulf 

Coast ; and the preparation of a report narrative keyed to the inventory 

graphics . The report is organized in accordance with the hierarchical 

classification scheme for coastal ecosystems devised by Terrell (1979) . 

Ecological resources are summarized by their appropriate geographic 

zone, and descriptions and locations of species with special status and 

aquatic and terrestrial species of high commercial, recreational, and 

aesthetic value are included . The designation of more than 270 special 

land use areas along the Gulf Coast is also provided . 

Bechtold, R.E . 1976 . A kinetic analysis of leaf litter-associated microbial 

activity in Apalachicola Bay. Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 51 pp . 

Beck, J .T . 1977 . Reproduction of the estuarine mysid Taphromysis bowmani 

(Crustacea : Malacostraca) in fresh water . Mar . Biol . 42(3) :253-257 . 

Abstract . T. bowmani, previously considered to be an estuarine species, is 

shown to reproduce and complete its life cycle in fresh water. Both 

sexes and all life history stages were collected from March to June 

1975, in the Wakulla River, Florida, where chlorinity, alkalinity and 

total hardness were relatively high . Development was synchronous within 

a brood but not between broods . Brood size was positively correlated 

with female size, and ripe ovaries of brooding females suggest that at 

least 2 broods per female are possible . Breeding appears to occur 

throughout the year . The relatively high ion content, especially 

chloride, in the Wakulla River may account for the presence of T . 

Bowmani . Other estuarine mysids reported from fresh water are noted . 

Beck, J .T . 1979 . Population interactions between a parasitic castrator, 

Probopyrus pandalicola- (Isopoda : Bopyridae), and one of its freshwater 

shrimp hosts, Palaemonetes paludosus- (Decapoda : Caridea) . Parasitology . 

79 (3) :431-449 . 

Abstract . Freshwater shrimp, Palaemonetes paludosus-, infected by the bopyrid 

isopod, Probopyrus pandalicola-, occurred as far as 33 km upstream in 

many coastal rivers and canals throughout Florida . Free-swimming isopod 

larvae and the intermediate copepod host, Acartia tonsa-, were collected 

in the plankton of the Wakulla River, and it appeared that cryptoniscus 

larvae swam at least as far as 13 km upstream to infect the definitive 

shrimp host after leaving the copepod in brackish water . In the Wakulla 

River infection levels ranged from 87 .5 to 100 . In contrast, at 

McBride's Slough infection levels fluctuated from 0 .9 to 93 .2 . In the 

St Marks River the frequency of infected shrimp gradually increased from 

0% upstream to 960, 6 km further downstream . A significantly greater 

11 
percentage of female than male hosts were infected, but only females of 

size classes less than 31 mm long had a greater frequency of infection. 

Female P . pandalicola- were greatly under-dispersed throughout the host 

population ; 99 .6 of the infected hosts carried only 1 female parasite . 

Control of P. pandalicola- at the infrapopulation level is probably 

accomplished by some mode of intraspecific competition, and control at 

the suprapopulation level occurs through an upstream limitation of the 

transmission range of the cryptoniscus larval stage . Host-parasite 

interactions appear to be unstable . 

Beck, J .T . 1980 . Life history relationships between the bopyrid isopod 

Probopyrus pandalicola- and one of its freshwater shrimp hosts 

Palaemonetes paludosus- . Am . Midl . Nat . 104(1) :135-154 . 

Abstract . Data are provided on the reproduction, attachment, postlarval 

development and population structure of the parasitic isopod, P . 

pandalicola-, on its host, P . paludosus-, collected monthly for 2 years 

from a site in the Wakulla River and a tributary, McBride's Slough, 

Florida . Ovigerous P . pandalicola- occurred from Jan . to Oct ., whereas 

ovigerous hosts occurred only from Jan . to Sept . Brood size, which 

ranged from 350-11,850 young, increased exponentially with length of the 

female, and was independent of host sex . Mean brood size and length of 

ovigerous P . pandalicola- increased from late winter to a peak in March . 

There was a second smaller peak in June with a subsequent decline to low 

levels for the remainder of the breeding season . Cryptoniscus larvae 

occurred on shrimp 9-39 mm long from April-Oct . Growth of body width in 

relation to body length in male and female isopods was positively 

allometric . The length of female and male parasites was positively 

correlated with the length of the host and female parasite, 

respectively . Host and parasite longevity was ca . 1 yr . Death of the 

parasite rarely preceded host death. These data are compared with that 

for other epicaridean isopods . 

Beck, W .M ., Jr . 1965 . The streams of Florida . Bulletin of the Florida State 

Museum of Biological Sciences . 10 :91-126 . 

Beecher, H .A . 1979 . Comparative functional morphology and ecological isolating 

mechanisms in sympatric fishes of the Genus Carpoides in northwestern 

Florida . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 208 

PPBeecher, H .A . and W .C . Hixson . 1982 . Seasonal abundance of fishes in three 

northwest Florida rivers . Fla . Sci . 45(3) :147-171 . 

Behensky, J .F . 1977 . Reassessment of the distribution of benthic foraminifera 

of the shelf and slope of the Atlantic margin and Gulf of Mexico of the 

U .S . Master's Thesis . University of Miami, Coral Gables, FL . 119 pp . 

Bell, F .W . 1989 . Application of wetland valuation theory to Florida fisheries . 

Florida Sea Grant College Report . 118 :95 . 

Abstract . The focus of this report is an evaluation in economic terms of the 

value of estuarine wetlands to marine fisheries in Florida. The marginal 

productivity theory of estuarine wetland valuation is used to determine 

the value of the marginal products of an acre of saltwater marsh in the 

production of estuarine dependent species of fish . 

12 
Bell, F .W ., P .E . Sorensen and V .R . Leeworthy . 1982 . The Economic Impact and 

Valuation of Saltwater Recreational Fisheries in Florida . Florida Sea 

Grant College Report . SGR-47 :118 . 

Abstract . This project quantifies both the market and nonmarket value and 

economic importance of Florida's saltwater recreational fishery. The 

objectives are : (1) to produce statistically reliable estimates of the 

value per recreational day and yearly of Florida's saltwater sport 

fishing; (2) to provide a demographic and economic profile of instate 

and out of state sport fishermen; (3) to determine the impact of 

saltwater sport fishing on the Florida economy; and (4) to identify 

regions of critical state concern with respect to a decline in 

productivity of saltwater sport fishing in Florida waters due to 

overfishing, pollution, etc . 

Bender, E .S . 1971 . Studies of the life history of the stone crabs, Menippe 

mercenaria (Say), in the Cedar Key area . Master's Thesis . University of 

Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

Benkert, K.A . 1980 . Annual productivity and simulation models of the 

chaetognath, Sagitta hispida, exposed to a thermal plume at Crystal 

River, Florida. Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

80 pp . 

Bennett, C .M . and F .C .W . Olson . 1971 . An assay of environmental data collected 

off Panama City, Florida from 1962 to 1968 . NSRDL/PC 3444 . Naval Ship 

Research and Development Lab . Panama City, FL . 314 pp . 

Abstract . Presents oceanographic and meteorological data collected from the 

offshore research stages off of Panama City . 

Benson, R .H . and G .L . Coleman II . 1963 . Recent marine ostracods from the 

eastern Gulf of Mexico . University of Kansas Paleontology Contributions . 

Article 2 :1-52 . 

Berrigan, M . 1987 . The Apalachicola Bay oyster fishery May 1986 through April 

1987 . Concerning the effectiveness of Chapter 46-27, Florida 

Administrative Code ; in protecting the oyster stocks of Apalachicola 

Bay . Florida Marine Fisheries Commission . 20 pp . 

Berrigan, M .E . 1988 . Management of oyster resources in Apalachicola Bay 

following Hurricane Elena . J . Shellfish Res . 7(2) :281-288 . 

Abstract . The Florida Department of Natural Resources conducted resource 

assessments following Hurricane Elena (September 1985) to determine the 

storm's impact on commercially valuable oyster reefs along Florida's 

northern Gulf Coast . The Apalachicola Bay system, Franklin County, was 

identified as most severely damaged . Oyster production was reduced to 

levels that would not support commercial harvesting . A comprehensive 

management plan was developed to protect surviving resources, mitigate 

economic hardship, and promote resource recovery . 

Berrigan, M . 1989 . Oyster resources in Apalachicola Bay : Appendix . Vol . 2 . 

Fla . Dept Nat . Resources, Bureau of Marine Resource Regulation and 

Development . Tallahassee, FL . 

13 
Berrigan, M .E . 1990a . Biological and economic assessment of an oyster resource 

development project in Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Jour . Shellfish Res . 

9(1) :149-158 . 

Berrigan, M . 1990b . Survey of oyster resources in winter harvesting areas of 

Apalachicola Bay, September 1990 . Florida Department of Natural 

Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 7 pp . 

Bert, T .M. 1987 . Stock assessment using electrophoretic and body color 

indices : Complex patterns present a unique stock identification problem 

in stone crabs (Menippe mercenaria) . pp . 179-180 . In H .E . Kumpf, ed . 

Proceedings of the Stock Identification Workshop . (NOAA-TM-NMFS-SEFC199) 

NOAA, Panama City Beach, FL . 

Abstract . Electrophoretic and body color patterns used to assess geographic 

variation in the commercially valuable stone crab (Menippe mercenaria) 

throughout the southeastern United States reveal that the species is 

actually a taxonomic supergroup composed of two taxa, one fitting the 

description of M. mercenaria and the other an undescribed subspecies, 

here called the Western Gulf Form (WGF) . The Gulf of Mexico stone crab 

fishery is regulated in federal waters by the Gulf of Mexico Fishery 

Management Council stone crab fishery management plan, and in Florida 

waters, by the state . Regulations governing the fishery at both levels 

recognize only a single stock ranging throughout the Gulf of Mexico . The 

combined techniques of electrophoresis and color morphology clearly 

demonstrate that two separate stocks exist, and that these stocks 

hybridize extensively in an area where the stone crab fishery is of 

regional economic importance . Management strategy for the stone crab 

population in the hybrid zone is a complex issue ; a successful strategy 

will require precise knowledge of spatial and temporal variation in the 

proportions of pure forms and hybrids comprising the commercial harvest . 

Bert, T .M . et al . 1978 . The biology and Florida fishery of the stone crab, 

Menippe mercenaria . Journal of morphology . 24 :147-201 . 

Best, B .A . 1978 . The effects of suspension feeding by the bivalve, Mercenaria 

mercenaria, on community structure . Master's Thesis . University of 

Florida, Gainesville, FL . 39 pp . 

Best, G .R, et al . 1981 . Low-energy wastewater recycling through wetland 

ecosystems : Apalachicola Study--experimental use of a freshwater shrub 

swamp . (Technical Report No . 39) University of Florida Center for 

Wetlands . Gainesville, FL . 

Bieri, R . 1979 . Hydrocarbons in demersal fish, macroepifauna . pp . 531-571 . 

MAFLA Final Report (The Mississippi, Alabama, Florida Outer Continental 

Shelf Baseline Environmental Study. 1977-78) . Vol . 2 . Dames and Moore, 

(BLM Contract #AA550-CT7-34 .) 

Bingham, F .O . 1969 . The influence of environmental stimuli on the direction of 

movement of the supralittoral gastropod Littorina irrorata, with notes 

on additional biological aspects of the species . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 66 pp . 

14 
Bingham, F .O . 1972a . Several aspects of the reproductive biology of Littorina 

irrorata (Gastropoda) . Nautilus . 86(1) :8-10 . 

Bingham, F .O . 1972b . Shell growth in the gastropod Littorina irrorata . 

Nautilus . 85(4) :136-141 . 

Bittaker, H .F . and R .L . Iverson . 1976 . Thalassia testudinum Productivity : A 

Field Comparison of Measurement Methods . Mar . Biol . 37(1976) :39-46 . 

Bittaker, H .F . and R .L . Iverson . 1981 . Seagrass distribution in the eastern 

Gulf of Mexico . Dept . of Oceanography, FSU . Tallahassee, FL . 

Bittaker, H .F . and R .L . Iverson . 1982 . Seagrass distribution in the eastern 

Gulf of Mexico . Florida State University . Tallahassee, FL . 

Bittaker, H .F ., II . 1975 . A comparative study of the phytoplankton and benthic 

macrophyte primary productivity in a polluted versus an unpolluted 

coastal area . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, 

FL . 

Bjorndal, K .A . 1985 . Nutritional ecology of sea turtles . Copeia . 1985 :736-751 . 

Blair, W .F . 1951 . Population structure, social behavior, and environmental 

relations in a natural population of the beach mouse (P . polionotus 

leucocephalus) . University of Michigan Laboratory, Contributions to 

Vertebrate Biology . 48 :1-46 . 

Blake, N .J . 1977 . Infaunal macrocolluscan assemblages of the Eastern Gulf of 

Mexico, 1975-76 . Unpublished Report . U .S . Department of the Interior, 

BLM . Washington, D .C . 43 pp . 

Blake, N .J . 1978 . Histopathology of epifaunal invertebrates of the eastern 

Gulf of Mexico . pp . 837-860 . In MAFLA Final Report (The Mississippi, 

Alabama, Florida Outer Continental Shelf Baseline Environmental Study, 

1977-78 . BLM Contract #AA550-CT7-34 ed . Vol . II(18) . 

Blake, N .J . 1979 . Infaunal macromolluscs of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico . pp . 

668-698 . In MAFLA report submitted to Dames and Moore, Inc . for U .S . 

Dept . of the Interior ; Bureau of Land Management . Contract AA550-CT7-34 

ed . 

Blanchard, J . 1968 . Escambia River Report . Game and Freshwater Fish 

Commission . De Funiak Springs, FL . 13 pp . 

Blanchet, R .H . 1979 . The distribution and abundance of ichthyoplankton in the 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida area . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 143 pp . 

Blaney, R .M . 1971 . An annotated check list and biogeographic analysis of the 

insular herpetofauna of the Apalachicola Region, FL . Herpetologica . 

27(4) :406-430 . 

15 
Blaylock, D. 1983 . Choctawhatchee Bay: Analysis and interpretation of baseline 

environmental data . Florida Sea Grant College Technical Paper No . 29 ed . 

Northwest Florida Water Management District . University of West Florida : 

Institute for Statistical and Mathematical Modeling . Pensacola, FL . 237 

PP . 

Bloom, S .A. et al . 1972 . Animal-sediment relations and community analysis of a 

Florida estuary . Mar . Biol . 13 :43-56 . 

Blus, L .J. 1970 . Measurements of brown pelican eggshells from Florida and 

South Carolina . Bioscience . 20(15) :867-869 . 

Bobbie, R .J . 1976 . Esterase activities and oxygen uptake of the endogenous 

microflora associated with three types of litter in a north Florida 

estuary . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 75 

PP . 

Bobbie, R .J . 1980 . Characterization of the structure of marine and estuarine 

benthic and fouling microbial communities using lipid chemistry . Ph .D . 

Dissertation . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 162 pp . 

Bobbie, R .J . et al . 1978 . Effects of substrate biodegradability on the mass 

and activity of the associated estuarine microbiota . Appl . Env . 

Microbiol . 35(1) :179-184 . 

Bobbie, R .J . et al . 1981 . Effect of light on biomass and community structure 

of estuarine detrital microbiota . Appl . Env . Microbiol . 35(1) :179-184 . 

Bock, W .D . 1977 . Foraminifera of the MAFLA area (1975-76) . Unpublished report . 

U .S . Department of the Interior, BLM . Washington, D .C . 23 pp . 

Bock, W .D . 1979 . Foraminifera of the MAFLA area . pp . 626-639 . In MAFLA Final 

Report, 1977-78 . Dames & Moore, Inc . for the Bureau of Land Management, 

Washington, D .C . 

Boehm, P .D . 1982 . Gulf and Atlantic Survey for Selected Organic Pollutants in 

Finfish . NOAA, NMFS, Northeast Fisheries Center . Springfield, VA . 

Bogdanov, D .V . et al . 1967 . Regions of high biological and commercial 

productivity in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea . Oceanography . 

8(3) :371-380 . 

Bogdanov, D .W ., V .A . Sokolov and N .S . Kromov . 1968 . Regions of high biological 

and commercial productivity in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea . 

Oceanography . 8(3) :371-381 . 

Abstract . Hydrological conditions, hydrochemical conditions, plankton 

distribution and commercial possibilities of common fishes in the Gulf 

of Mexico and Caribbean are discussed . High biological and commercial 

productivity are correlated with regions of upwelling and continental 

runoff . Regions associated with upwelling have high and constant 

productivity and commercial yield, while regions associated with 

continental runoff are characterized by seasonal and annual fluctuations 

of productivity and seasonal commercial yield. 

16 
Bohannon, B .J . 1971 . The occurrence of nitrogen fixation in Escambia Bay and 

Mulatto Bayou . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, 

FL . 65 pp . 

Abstract . Gas chromatographic determination of acetylene reduction was used to 

describe the occurrence of nitrogen fixation in Escambia Bay and Mulatto 

Bayou, Florida . Water and sediment samples were collected at 44 stations 

from October, 1970 to March, 1971 and analyzed for acetylene reduction 

and principal nitrogen fixing microbiota . 

Bortone, S .A . 1971 . Studies on the biology of the sand perch, Diplectrum 

formosum (Perciformes : Serranidae) . Department of Natural Resources, FL . 

Technical Series . 65 :1-27 . 

Bortone, S .A . 1976 . Effects of a hurricane on the fish fauna at Destin, 

Florida . Fla . Sci . 39(4) :245-248 . 

Abstract . A pre- and post-storm SCUBA inspection of relative abundance of fish 

species was conducted at a rock jetty in the northern Gulf of Mexico . As 

little or no change occurred in the fish fauna between the sampling 

dates, it is concluded that the storm had little effect on the fauna . 

Bortone, S .A . 1977 . Revision of the sea basses of the Genus Diplectrum 

(Pisces : Serranidae) . NOAA Technical Report, NMFS Circular No . 404 ed . 

U .S . Dept of Commerce, NOAA, NMFS . Washington, D .C . 

Bortone, S .A . 1980 . An Indexed Bibliography of Snapper (Lutjanidae) and 

Grouper-Sea Bass (Serranidae) Biology . Department of Commerce, NOAH, 

NMFS ; SEFC . Sea Grant College, State University System of Florida . 

Gainesville, FL . 

Bortone, S .A . et al . 1977a . BLM MAFLA demersal fish survey, 1975-76 . 

Unpublished ed . U .S . Dept . of the Interior . Washington, D .C . 18 pp . 

Bortone, S .A ., P .A . Hastings and S .B . Collard . 1977b . The pelagic-Sargassum 

ichtyofauna of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Northeast Gulf Sci . 1 :60-67 . 

Bowen, W .W . 1968 . Variation and evolution of Gulf coast populations of beach 

mice, peromyscus polionotus . Bull . Fla . State Mus . Biol . Sci . 12(1) :1-

91 . 

Bowling, C . 1994 . Habitat and size of the Florida crown conch (Melongena 

corona Gmelin) : Why big snails hang out at bars . Journal of Experimental 

Marine Biology . 175(1994) :181-195 . 

Bowman, T .E . and B . Sket . 1985 . Remasellus, a new genus for the troglobitic 

swimming Florida asellid isopod, Asellus parvus Steeves . Proc . Biol . 

Soc . Wash . 98(3) :554-560 . 

Abstract . Asellus parvus Steeves, 1964, from Ten Inch Cave, Alachua Co ., 

Florida, is assigned to a new genus, Remasellus, characterized by a 

simple pereopod 1, broad natatory pereopods 2--7 fringed with long 

setae, and male pleopod 1 without retinacula . New records are reported 

from the Split Spring Cave system, Wakulla Co ., Florida, and the Peacock 

Spring cave system, Suwanee County, Florida. Its behavior is unusual for 

an asellid in that in addition to walking on the substrate like an 

ordinary asellid, it also swims weakly in the open water . 

17 
Braddon-Galloway, S . and T . Inabnett . 1987 . Analysis of genetic variance of 

sea turtles common in the Southeast U .S . and the Caribbean, using PAGIEF coupled with specific enzyme staining . pp . 180-181 . Zn H .E . Kumpf, 

ed . Proceedings of the Stock Identification Workshop . (NOAH-TM-NMFSSEFC199) NOAH, Panama City Beach, FL . 

Abstract . A pilot study to analyze the degree of genetic variance in each of 5 

species of sea turtles was conducted to determine if full scale sampling 

and analyses should be performed: Loggerhead (Caretta caretta) from 

North Carolina and Florida; green (Chelo nia mydas) from Florida, the 

Caribbean and Hawaiian islands ; olive Ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea) and 

hawksbill (Eretmochelys imbricata) from Florida and the Caribbean 

Islands; and Kemp's Ridley (Lepidochelys kempi) from Mexico . Blood 

samples wee analyzed for genetic variance utilizing 12 specific enzyme 

stains following polyacrylamide gel isoelectric focusing . Frequency of 

alleles and number of polymorphic loci were tabulated for 4 enzyme 

systems : lactate dehydrogenase, acid phosphatase, peptidase (a lanineleucine), and an esterase combination; all other enzyme stains were 

monomorphic . Only 2 species, caretta and mydas, showed significant 

polymorphism . 

Brady, K .D . 1981 . Seasonal and spatial distribution of ichthyoplankton in 

seagrass beds of Apalachee Bay . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 169 pp . 

Branham, J .M . 1958 . An ecological survey of the ascidians of Alligator Harbor, 

Florida, and the adjacent Gulf of Mexico . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

Univ ., Tallahassee, FL . 71 pp . 

Abstract . Includes 3 species of these tunicates taken from St . Andrew Bay and 

offshore waters . 

Briggs, J .C . 1958 . A list of Florida fishes and their distribution . Florida 

State University, State Museum Bulletin of Biological Sciences . 2 :223-318 . 

Briggs, J .C . 1973 . Fishes . pp . 7 . Zn J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and 

R .E . Smith, eds . A summary of knowledge of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . 

State University System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Abstract . The northern Gulf of Mexico comprises a part of the Carolina 

Zoogeographic Region . The shelf fauna may be described as warm-temperate 

rather than tropical . Among the fishes, there is a greater species 

diversity in the northeastern Gulf than in the northwestern part . In the 

former, many eurythermic tropical species are found that are possibly 

ecologically dependent upon the coral-sponge bottom community. On at 

least one part of the shelf, in the vicinity of Sarasota, the offshore 

fauna below 20 meters has a more tropical facies than that found 

inshore . Although the continental slope is very poorly known, there are 

indications that it may harbor an interesting fauna including a number 

of unique species . 

Briggs, J .C . and D .K . Caldwell . 1957 . ecanthurus randalli , a new surgeon fish 

from the Gulf of Mexico . Bulletin of the Florida State Museum 

(Biological Sciences) . 2(4) :43-51 . 

Abstract . Describes a newly discovered species found at the jetties of St . 

Andrews State Park . 

18 
Bright, T .J . 1968 . A survey of the deep sea bottom fishes of the Gulf of 

Mexico below 350 meters . Ph .D . Dissertation . Texas A&M University, 

College Station, TX . 218 pp . 

Abstract . Deep sea bottom fishes were collected by dredge from the Desoto 

Canyon to the Mississippi fan and Sigsbee Deep areas of the Gulf of 

Mexico below 350 meters . Samples were taken during cruises 67-A-5, 66-A9 and 68-A-3 of the Texas A&M University research vessel R/V Alaminos . 

In addition to the dredge, some fishes were collected with an Isaacs 

Kidd mid-water trawl . Data include notes on the abundance and diversity 

of deep sea fishes of the Gulf as well as their distribution, depth 

range and capture location . Diagrammatic illustrations are included with 

systematic notes and graphs show the depth distribution of different 

species . 

Brim, M .S . and D .H . Bateman . 1994 . Environmental contaminants in fish and 

sediments, St . Vincent National Wildlife Refuge . Publication No . PCFOEC/94-13 ed . U .S . FWS, Dept of Ecological Services . Panama City, FL . 

Brim, M .S . et al . 1994 . Mercury and selenium concentrations in fishes of the 

St . Vincent National Wildlife Refuge . Publication No . PCFO-EC/94-08 ed . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Ecological Services . Panama 

City, FL . 30 pp . 

Britton, J .C . and B . Morton . 1990 . Shore ecology of the Gulf of Mexico . 

University of Texas Press . Austin, TX . 

BroadYiead, G .C . 1953 . Investigations of the black mullet (Mugil Cephalis) in 

northwest Florida . Florida State Board of Conservation Technical Series . 

7 :34 . 

Broadhead, G .C . 1958 . Growth of the black mullet (Mugil cephalus) in west and 

northwest Florida . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Tech . 

Series . 25 :31 . 

Abstract . The growth of the black mullet was studied from 1951 to 1954 . 

Analyses of commercial catches and data from tagging studies gave growth 

rate information . Principal study areas were Pensacola, Apalachicola, 

Cedar Keys, and Homosassa . 

Brooks, H .R ., P .L . Brezonik, H .D . Putnam and M .A . Keirn . 1971 . Nitrogen 

fixation in an estuarine environment : the Waccasassa on the Florida Gulf 

Coast . Limnology and Oceanography . 16(5) :701-710 . 

Abstract . The reported occurrence of nitrogen fixation in nature allowing 

continuation of organic production when fixed nitrogen supplies are 

depleted, has been extended by studying the sediments of the Waccasassa 

estuary, a shallow embayment on the Florida Gulf coast by the acetylene 

reduction method . Fixation was found within the top 2-5 cm stratum of 

sediments . Much lower rates of nitrogen fixation were found at greater 

depths in the sediment, and no fixation was observed in the flocculent 

unconsolidated 1-2 cm at the sediment surface . All evidence indicates 

that the reduction of acetylene to ethylene is a biological phenomenon, 

directly related to the activity of nitrogen-fixing organisms in the 

sediments . Nitrogen-free media produced growths of gram-positive sporeforming rods from sediments under nitrogen atmosphere . a pure culture 

similar to clostridum was isolated on nitrogen-free media from 

19 
Waccasassa sediments and was shown capable of nitrogen fixation by the 

acetylene reduction method . the phenomenon is probably not important as 

a nitrogen source to the overlying waters because of the low rates found 

and the location of activity in compacted sediments . (j ones-Wisconsin) . 

Brooks, V . and J . Gunter . 1988 . Comprehensive shellfish harvesting area survey 

Ochlockonee Bay, Franklin and Wakulla Counties, Florida . Fla . Dept . Nat . 

Resources . Shellfish Assessment Section . Tallahassee, FL . 

Browly, C .L . 1947 . Migration and nesting of Florida bald eagles . Wilson 

Bulletin . 59 :3-20 . 

Brown, G .L ., D .N . Ghosh, R . Gurshey and P . Hancuff . 1980a . A research report 

of a telephone interview of recreational shrimpers along the Gulf coast 

for 1979 . Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission, Gulf Coast Research 

Laboratory . Ocean Springs, MS . 13 pp . 

Brown, G .L ., R . Gursky, R .A . Hitlin, J .D . Hempstead and P . Hancuff . 1980b . A 

survey of recreational shrimpers in the bay and sound systems of the 

Gulf Coast . Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission, Gulf Coast Research 

Laboratory . Ocean Springs, MS . 176 pp . 

Abstract . A total of 3,866 interviews were conducted in the survey of 

recreational shrimpers along the Gulf Coast . In Phase I, which covered 

the brown shrimp season, 925 interviews were conducted . In Phase II, 

which covered the white shrimp season, 2,941 interviews were conducted . 

These data were collected and analyzed to describe the effort and catch 

of recreational shrimpers . Various tables have been developed to present 

frequencies, means, and/or standard deviations on many variables . The 

major variables of interest include pounds of shrimp per shrimping trip 

by species, pounds of shrimp per hour by species, and count per pound of 

shrimp by species for each state . In some cases, large sample sizes have 

allowed breakdowns of these data beyond the state level . For example, 

appendices provide catch data by site of intercept, by date of 

interview, and by location of catch for the state of Louisiana in Phase 

II of the survey, . 

Brusher, H .A. and L .H . Ogren . 1976 . Distribution, abundance, and size of 

penaeid shrimps in the St . Andrew Bay system, Florida . Fishery Bulletin . 

74(1) :158-166 . 

Abstract . Presents distribution and abundance information regarding eight 

species of shrimp occurring in the various areas of the bay. Also 

includes some hydrographic data . 

Brusher, H .A . et al . 1976 . Recreational fishing for king mackerel in Bay 

County, Florida, during 1975 . NMFS, Gulf Fisheries Center . Panama City, 

FL . 

Buck, S .W . 1971 . Chitinoclastic bacteria in copepods . Master's Thesis . 

University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 80 pp . 

Abstract . Water and zooplankton samples were collected off the northeast coast 

of Santa Rosa Island, Florida between June and August, 1970 . Bacterial 

populations were counted in water samples, water samples shaken with 

20 
copepods, and water samples shaken with crushed copepods in order to 

demonstrate the presence of chitin utilizing bacteria in association 

with copepods . 

Buckley, E .N . 1973 . The fishes of the Apalachicola Bay system with reference 

to life history, abundance, distribution and species diversity. Master's 

Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 151 pp . 

Bullis . 1968 . 1967 catches and latent fishery resource potentials of the Gulf 

of Mexico and southeastern Atlantic coast of the United States . U.S . 

Dept of the Interior, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries . Washington, D .C . 

Bullis, H .R . 1956 . Preliminary results of deep-water exploration for shrimp in 

the Gulf of Mexico by the M\V OREGON (1950-1956) . Comm . Fish . Rev . 

18(12) :1-17 . 

Bullis, H .R . 1958 . A new fishery for scallops in western Florida . pp . 75-78 . 

11th Proceedings : Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute . 

Bullock, L .H . and G .B . Smith . 1991 . Seabasses (Pisces : Serranidae) . Vol . 8(2) . 

Mem . Hourglass Cruises . St . Petersburg, FL . Florida Mar . Res . Inst ., 

Department of Natural Resources . St . Petersburg, FL . 243 pp . 

Abstract . Sixteen species of serranid fishes (Centropristis ocyurus, C . 

striata, Diplectrum formosum, Epinephelus flavolimbatus, E . morio, E . 

niveatus, Holanthias martinicensis, Hypoplectrus unicolor, Mycteroperca 

microlepis, M.,phenax, Serraniculus pumilio, Serranus notospilus, S . 

phoebe, S . subligarius, Rypticus bistrispinus, and R. maculatus) were 

collected during Project Hourglass. Centropristis ocyurus (n = 982) and 

Diplectrum formosum (n = 616) were the most commonly collected species . 

Abundance of these fishes in our samples was partially due to their 

preference for low-relief bottoms, which are more efficiently sampled by 

trawling gear . Observations by SCUBA divers revealed that some other 

species, (e .g ., Serranus subligarius), although poorly represented in 

trawl samples, were extremely common at rocky reefs. Thirty-one 

additional serranid species known to occur on the west Florida Shelf 

were collected by Florida Marine Research Institute personnel and are 

included in this treatise for completeness of taxonomic and ecological 

comparisons . The captures of Epinephelus mystacinus and Gonioplectrus 

hispanus represent the first recorded occurrences of these species in 

the eastern Gulf of Mexico . 

Burch, T .A . 1983 . Inventory of submerged vegetation on Choctawhatchee Bay, 

Florida . Northwest Florida Water Management District, Water Resources 

Special Report . 83-4 :25 . 

Bureau of Land Management . 1981 . Eastern Gulf of Mexico coastal zone offshore 

fisheries . Bureau of Land Management, OCS Office . New Orleans, LA . 

Bureau of Land Management . Unknown-a . Eastern Gulf of Mexico : Bottom 

sediments, vegetation, endangered wildlife . U .S . Department of the 

Interior, Bureau of Land Management, New Orleans OCS Office . Map Visual 

No . 3 . 

21 
Bureau of Land Management . Unknown-b . Eastern Gulf of Mexico Coastal Zone : 

Offshore fisheries . U.S . Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land 

Management, New Orleans OCS Office . Map Visual No . 5 . 

Bureau of Land & Water Management . 1977 . The Apalachicola River and Bay 

System : A Florida Resource . Department of Administration, Division of 

State Planning, Bureau of Land & Water Management . Tallahassee, FL . 

52 pp . 

Bureau of Submerged Lands & Preserves . 1991 . St . Andrews State Park Aquatic 

Preserve Management Plan . Florida Department of Natural Resources, 

Division of State Lands . Tallahassee, FL . 

Bureau of Submerged Lands & Preserves . 1992a . Apalachicola Bay Aquatic 

Preserve Management Plan . Florida Department of Natural Resources, 

Division of State Lands . Tallahassee, FL . 

Bureau of Submerged Lands & Preserves . 1992b . St . Josephy Bay Aquatic Preserve 

Management Plan . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Division of 

State Lands . Tallahassee, FL . 

Butler, P.A. 1960 . Annotated bibliography of unpublished estuarine research in 

the Gulf of Mexico, 1925-1959 . Biological Laboratory, U.S . Bureau of 

Commercial Fisheries . Gulf Breeze, FL . 

Cahn, A .R . 1940 . Manatees and the Florida freeze . J . Mammal . 21 :222-223 . 

Caillouet, C .W . and D .B . Koi . 1983 . Size composition of monthly catches of 

brown shrimp from the Texas Coast, Mississippi River to Texas, and 

Pensacola to the Mississippi River, 1960-1981 . NOAA-TM-NMFS-SEFC-116 . 

National Marine Fisheries Service, Biological Laboratory . Galveston, TX . 

78 pp . 

Abstract . The report summarizes information concerning the biology and 

population dynamics of brown shrimp in the context of management of the 

fishery for this species in the Gulf of Mexico . The size composition of 

the reported monthly catches of brown shrimp, Penaeus aztecus, reflects 

the combined effects of recruitment, growth and mortality, including 

losses due to natural causes and those caused by fishing . Annually 

recurring recruitment has an obvious effect of reducing the size of 

brown shrimp in the monthly catches, but the time-phasing of open 

seasons and the intensity of fishing can also alter the size composition 

patterns . 

Caillouet, C .W ., F .J . Patella and W .B . Jackson . 1979 . Relationship between 

marketing category (count) composition and ex-vessel value of reported 

annual catches of shrimp in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Mar . Fish . Rev . 

41(5-6) :1-7 . 

Abstract . The relationship between estimated ex-vessel value of reported 

annual shrimp catches and weight of these catches is used to show the 

effects of regional differences in count composition of these catches, a 

function of differences in shrimp laws and harvesting strategy . It seems 

clear that the strategy of harvesting large proportions of larger shrimp 

in Texas increases both the weight and ex-vessel value of these catches . 

Social impacts and economic inputs beyond the ex-vessel level also 

22 
require consideration in studies of effects of harvesting strategy . The 

shrimp fisheries of the eastern Gulf of Mexico are analyzed . They are 

those of Mississippi, Alabama, and west coast of Florida, and includes 

pink shrimp, P . duorarum, as well as brown and white shrimp . Harvesting 

strategy refers to the sizes of shrimp harvested, retained, and landed . 

The relationship between estimated ex-vessel value and weight of 

reported annual catches of a given species in a given region holds 

remarkably well over a wide range of fluctuations in reported annual 

catches . In fisheries, such as shrimp fisheries of the Gulf of Mexico, 

in which wide fluctuations occur in annual yield in response to 

fluctuations in recruitment, the best that can be done is to make the 

best use of whatever recruitment occurs . This lends support to the 

concept of management of shrimp fisheries by minimum size limits or 

other approaches which regulate the size of shrimp at first harvest, 

i .e ., closed areas or seasons . 

Caine, E .A . 1978 . Habitat adaptations of Isocheles wurdemanni (Crustacea ; 

Anomura ; Diogenidae) and seasonality of occurrences in northwestern 

Florida, USA . Contrib . Mar . Sci . 21 :117-124 . 

Caine, E .A . 1983 . Community interactions of Caprella penantis Crustacea 

amphipods on Sea Whips . Jour . Crust . Biol . 3(4) :497-504 . 

Cairns, S .D . 1977 . Stony Corals I . Caryophylliina and Dendrophylliina 

(Anthozoa : Scleractinia) . JZ Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises . Vol . 

III(4) . Fla . Dept . Nat . Resources, Marine Research Laboratory, St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Cake, E. 1969 . Identification and Analysis of the Biological Value of 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Cake, E .W ., Jr . 1970 . Some predator-prey relationships involving the sunray 

venus clam, Macrocallista nimbosa (Lightfoot) (Pelecyoda : Veneridae) 

along Gulf coast Florida . Master's Thesis . Florida State University ; 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Cake, E .W ., Jr . 1975 . Larval and postlarval cestode parasites of shallow 

water, benthic molluscs of the Gulf of Mexico from the Florida Keys to 

the Mississippi Sound. Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State University ; 

Tallahassee . 

Caldwell, D .K . 1959 . The Atlantic Loggerhead Sea Turtle, Caretta caretta 

caretta (L .) in America . University of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

Caldwell, D .K . 1960 . Notes on the spotted dolphin in the Gulf of Mexico . J . 

Mammal . 41 :134-136 . 

Caldwell, D .K . 1970 . Sea turtles of the United States . Fisheries Leaflet No . 

492 ed . U .S . Department of the Interior . Washington, D .C . 

Caldwell, D .K . and M .C . Caldwell . 1969 . Gray's dolphin, Stenella styx, in the 

Gulf of Mexico . J . Mammal . 50 :612-614 . 

23 
Caldwell, D .K . and M .C . Caldwell . 1973 . Marine mammals of the eastern Gulf of 

Mexico . IN J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and R .E . Smith, eds . A 

summary of knowledge of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . State University 

System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Abstract . Positive records of marine mammals from the eastern Gulf of Mexico 

(i .e ., Florida, Alabama, and Mississippi) are listed with annotations, 

and maps are included to show the locations of the records . The species 

for which there are specific records are Black Right Whale (Balaena 

glacialis), Minke or Little Piked Whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata), 

Bryde Whale (Balaenoptera edeni), Fin Whale (Balaenoptera phsalus), 

Humpback Whale (Megaptera novaeangliae), Rough-toothed Dolphin (Steno 

bredanensis), Atlantic Bottlenosed Dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), Gray 

Grampus or Risso's Dolphin (Grampus griseus), Longsnouted Dolphin 

(Stenella longirostris), Bridled Dolphin (Stenella frontalis), Spotted 

Saddleback Dolphin (Delphinus delphis), Short-finned Pilot Whale or 

Blackfish (Globicephala macrorhyncha), Killer Whale (Orcinus orca), 

Sperm Whale (Physeter catodon), Pygmy Sperm Whale (Kogia breviceps), 

Dwarf Sperm Whale (Kogia simus), Antellean Beaked Whale (Mesoplodon 

europaeus), Goose-beaked or Cuvier's Beaked Whale (Ziphius cavirostris), 

Manatee or Sea Cow (Trichechus manatus latirostris), and California Sea 

Lion (Zalophuscalifornianus) . The former presence of the now apparently 

extinct Caribbean Monk Seal (Monachus tropicalis) within the eastern 

Gulf is noted . Comments are included on additional Gulf records from 

outside the study area as they relate to the eastern Gulf . Species 

recorded from within the Gulf but not yet positively from the eastern 

Gulf study area are Sei Whale (Balaenoptera borealis), Blue Whale 

(Balaenoptera musculus) -- it is noted that the records of the Blue 

Whale from elsewhere in the Gulf are questionable, Pygmy Killer Whale 

(Fereas attenuata), and False Killer Whale (Pseudorca crassidens) . 

Generalizations are included regarding geographical and ecological 

distribution, population status, life history, food habits, and rare or 

endangered status of marine mammals within the eastern Gulf study area . 

It is noted that the manatee and the bottle nosed dolphin are the 

species in greatest need of study in the area as they are the ones in 

the greatest potential danger from the activities of man. 

Caldwell, D .K . et al . 1956 . Notes on a killer whale (Orcinus orca) from the 

northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Quarter . Jour . of the Fla . Acad . of Sci . 

19 :189-196 . 

Caldwell, D .K . et al . 1960 . Sperm and pigmy sperm whales stranded in the Gulf 

of Mexico . J. Mammal . 41 :136-138 . 

Caldwell, J.W . 1972 . Development, metamorphosis, and substrate selection of 

the larvae of the sand dollar, Mellita quinquiesperforata . Master's 

Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 64 pp . 

Caldwell, J.W . and H .T . Odum . 1978 . Florida Power Corporation Post-Operational 

Ecological Monitoring Program . Crystal River Units 1, 2, and 3 . Annual 

Report 1978 ed . Vol . II . Florida Power Corp . 323 pp . 

24 
Caldwell, J .W . and H .T . Odum . 1980 . Post Operational Ecological Monitoring 

Program, Crystal River Units 1, 2 and 3 : Annual Report 1979 . Vol . II : 

Annual Record of Metabolism of Estuarine Ecosystems at Crystal River, 

Florida . Florida Power Corporation . 316 pp . 

Caldwell, M.C . et al . 1965 . Observations on captive and wild Atlantic 

bottlenosed dolphins, Tursiops truncatus, in the northeastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Los Angeles County Museum, Contributions in Science . 91 :1-10 . 

Camp, D.K . 1971 . Platysquilla horologii (Stomatopoda, Lysiosquillidae), a new 

species from the Gulf of Mexico with an emendation of the generic defin. 

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington . 84(15) :119-128 . 

Camp, D .K . et al . 1973 . Overgrazing of seagrasses by a regular urchin, 

Lytechinus variagatus . Bioscience . 23(1) :37-38 . 

Campbell, D .B . and R .L . Turner . 1984 . Echinaster graminicola, a new species of 

Spinulosid Sea Star (Echinodermata : Asteroidea) from the west coast of 

Florida . Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington . 97(1) :167-

178 . 

Carawan, T .C . 1979 . Experimental evaluation of the seagrass, Halodule 

wrightii, as a refuge for the caridean shrimp, Hippolyte pleuracanthus, 

from one of its fish predators, the silver perch, Bairdiella chrysura . 

Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 47 pp . 

Carlgreen, O . and J .w . Hedgpeth . 1952 . Actinaria, Zoantharia, and Ceriantharis 

from shallow water in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Publ . Inst . Mar . 

Sci ., Univ . Tex . 2(2) :143-172 . 

Carlson, P .H . 1971 . Biological survey of waters entering the Choctawhatchee 

Bay, Florida, Seven Month Progress Report : July 1, 1970 - January 31, 

1971 . Florida State Department of Air and Water Pollution Control . 

12 pp . 

Carlton, J .M . 1975 . A guide to common Florida salt marsh and mangrove 

vegetation . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine Research 

Laboratory . Publication No . 6 :30 . 

Carlton, J.M . 1976 . A partial bibliography of papers on coastal plant 

vegetation . pp . 114-147 . In Proceedings of the 3rd Annual Conference on 

Restoration of Coastal Vegetation in Florida . 

Carlton, J .M . 1977 . A survey of selected coastal vegetation communities of 

Florida . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine Research 

Laboratory . Publication No . 30 :40 . 

Carman, K .C . 1984 . In situ experimental evidence for dietary differences in 

four species of co-occurring benthic copepods (Crustacea) . Master's 

Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 30 pp . 

Carpenter, D .G . 1956 . Distribution of polychaete annelids in the Alligator 

Harbor area, Franklin County, Florida . FSU Studies No . 22 ed . Florida 

State University . Tallahassee, FL . 

25 
Carpenter, J .S . 1966 . History of scallop and clam explorations in the Gulf of 

Mexico . Commercial Fisheries Review . 29(1) :47-53 . 

Carr, A . and R .M . Ingle . 1959 . The green turtle in Florida . Bulletin of Marine 

Science of the Gulf and Caribbean . 9(3) :316-320 . 

Carr, w .E .S . and C .A . Adams . 1973 . Food habits of juvenile marine fishes 

occupying seagrass beds in the estuarine zone near Crystal River, 

Florida . Trans . of the Amer . Fish . Society . 102(3) :511-540 . 

Carter, H .J . 1884 . Catalogue of marine sponges, collected by Mr . Jos . Willcox, 

on the west coast of Florida . Proceedings, Acad . of Nat . Sci . of 

Philadelphia . 36 :202-209 . 

Chamberlain, E .B . 1960 . Florida waterfowl populations, habitats, and 

management . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission Technical 

Bulletin . No . 7 . 

Chandler, C .R . 1983 . Effects of three substrate variables on two artificial 

reef fish communities . Master's Thesis . Texas A&M Univ ., College 

Station, TX . 79 pp . 

Abstract . An investigation of the fish populations at artificial reefs 

offshore of Panama City . 

Chemical Contamination Committee . 1994 . 1994 Summary report on the status of 

chemical contaminants in St . Andrew Bay, Florida : Issues, Information 

Needs, Management Recommendations . Bay Environmental Study Team for St . 

Andrew Bay . Panama City, FL . 

Cherr, G .D . 1974 . Species composition and diel variations in the ichthyofaunal 

community of an intertidal grassbed in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . 

Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 139 pp . 

Child, C .A . 1992 . Shallow-water Pycnogonida of the Gulf of Mexico . Memoirs of 

the Hourglass Cruises . IX (1) :86 . Florida Mar . Res . Inst ., Department of 

Natural Resources . 

Abstract . This paper treats 11 species in 8 genera of the Pycnogonida that 

were collected during the Hourglass Cruises, a sampling program 

conducted on the central West Florida Shelf for 28 months during 1965-

1967 . Five benthic stations in depths from 6 to 72 m were sampled 

monthly with dredge and trawls among each of two transects . Treatments 

of 20 more species in 6 additional genera from other shelf collections 

are also included to offer a comprehensive survey of species (a total of 

31 species in 14 genera) known from the continental shelf of the Gulf of 

Mexico, excluding the Dry Tortugas and the Florida Keys . Three of these 

species were previously unreported from the Gulf . Two new species, 

Ascorhynchus crenatum and A. horologium, are described from the 

Hourglass material, and an additional new species, Anoplodactylus 

dauphinus, is described from the other material . Artificial taxonomic 

keys are provided for all Gulf of Mexico families and species, and 

checklists are provided for all species known or expected to occur in 

the Gulf . All species are diagnosed and illustrated, and their 

26 
distributions are given. Only four species were taken during the 

Hourglass Cruises with sufficient frequency to allow analysis of their 

distributions and abundances . 

Chin, E . and D . Allen . 1959 . A list of references on the biology of shrimp 

(Family Penaeidae) . U.S . Dept . of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife 

Service . Washington, D .C . 

Chittenden, M .E . and J .D . McEachran . 1976, Composition, ecology and dynamics 

of demersal fish communities on the northwestern Gulf of Mexico 

continental shelf, with a similar synopsis of the entire Gulf . SG-76-

208 . Texas A&M University . College Station, TX . 104 pp . 

Abstract . Micropogon undulatus and the family Sciaenidae are dominant on white 

shrimp grounds, while Stenotomus caprinus and the family Sparidae are 

primarily centered about brown shrimp grounds . The fish fauna are richer 

and of greater biomass on brown shrimp grounds . Fishes from the white 

shrimp grounds have a strong affinity for estuary environs, while fishes 

of the brown shrimp grounds are independent of estuaries . The 

ichthyofauna assemblage of the Gulf consists of four major demersal fish 

communities whose distribution is determined by sediment composition, 

salinity, topographic relief and temperature . Life history and 

population dynamics are described for each of 15 major fish species . The 

observations are primarily for off the Texas Coast and may possibly 

apply for the northeastern Gulf Coast . 

Chow, F .H. and D .E . Stokes . 1978 . Nematodes from an estuarine habitat near 

Cedar Key, Florida . Nematropica . 8(1) :1-5 . 

Christensen, N .L . 1988 . The vegetation of the Coastal Plain of the 

southeastern United States . pp . 317-363 . In M .G . Barbour and W .D . 

Billings, eds . Vegetation of North America . Cambridge University Press, 

Christmas, J .Y . and R .S . Waller . 1975 . Location and time of menhaden spawning 

in the Gulf of Mexico . Gulf Coast Research Laboratory . Ocean Springs, 

MS . 20 pp . 

Christmas, J .Y ., J .T . McBee, R .S . Waller and F .C . Sutter . 1982 . Habitat 

suitability index models : Gulf menhaden . FWS-OBS-82-10 .23 . U .S . Fish and 

Wildlife Services, Office of Biological Services . Washington, D .C . 23 

PPClapp, R .B ., R .C . Banks, D . Morgan-Jacobs and W .A . Hoffman . 1982a . Marine 

birds of the southeastern Gulf of Mexico . Part 1 : Gaviiformes through 

Pelecaniformes . U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological 

Services Report . 

Clapp, R .B ., D . Morgan-Jacobs and R .C . Banks . 1982b . Marine birds of the 

southeastern United States and Gulf of Mexico . Part 2 : Anseriformes . 

U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services Report . FWSOBS-82-02 :491 . 

27 
Clapp, R .B ., D . Morgan-Jacobs and R .C . Banks . 1983 . Marine birds of the 

southeastern United States and Gulf of Mexico . Part 3 : Charadriiformes . 

U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services Report . FWSOBS-83-30 :853 . 

Clements, W .H . and R .J . Livingston . 1983 . Overlap and pollution-induced 

variability in the feeding habits of filefish (Pisces : Monacanthidae) 

from Apalachee Bay, Florida . Copeia . pp . 331-338 . 

Clench, W .J . and R .D . Turner . 1956 . Freshwater mollusks of Alabama, Georgia 

and Florida from the Escambia to the Suwannee River . Bull . Florida State 

Museum . 1(3) :96-239 . 

Clewell, A .F . 1981 . Natural setting and vegetation of the Florida Panhandle . 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . Mobile, AL . 773 pp . 

Clewell, A.F . 1985 . Guide to the vascular plants of the Florida Panhandle . 

University Presses of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

Clewell, A .F . 1986 . Natural setting and vegetation of the Florida Panhandle . 

An account of the environments and plant communities of northern 

Florida, West of the Suwannee River (Final Rept . 1977-1981) . 

COESAM/PDEI-86/001 . Conservation Consultants, Inc ., Environmental 

Biology Div. Palmetto, FL . 786 pp . 

Abstract . This report is a comprehensive treatise on the natural setting of 

the Florida Panhandle including geology, physiology, soils, climate and 

other physical features which collectively comprise and define the 

habitats and physical environments . The natural plant communities that 

are found in these various habitats are described. Ruderal vegetation 

and other semi-natural communities that have developed in response to 

disturbance and land management practices are also described . 

Successional trends are discussed and a number of physical factors are 

identified which must be maintained if a given plant community is to 

persist indefinitely . Changes expected in community physiognomy and 

floristic composition are enumerated which are caused by agriculture and 

forestry practices, wetlands modifications and other habitat management 

practices . A limited discussion is also included on paleoecology and 

endemism in the Florida Panhandle area . 

Clewell, A. F . 1987 . Vegetational restoration techniques on reclaimed phosphate 

strip mines in Florida . Wetlands . 1 :158-170 . 

Coastal Environments . 1990 . Pipelines, navigation channels, and facilities in 

sensitive coastal habitats : An analysis of outer continental shelf 

impacts, Coastal Gulf of Mexico . Vol . 1 and 2 (technical and narrative 

atlas) . Minerals Management Service . Metairie, LA . 

Cobb, S .P . et al . 1973 . The rock shrimp, Sicyonia brevirostris, Stimpson, 1871 

(Decapoda : Penaeidae) . In Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises . 111 (1) :38 . 

Fla . Dept . Nat . Resources, Marine Research Laboratory . 

28 
Coen, L .D ., K .L . Heck Jr . and L .G . Abele . 1981 . Experiments on competition and 

predation among shrimps of seagrass meadows . Ecology . 62(6) :1484-1493 . 

Abstract . A series of experiments was conducted to evaluate the distribution 

and abundance patterns of two species of macrophyte-inhabiting caridean 

shrimps found in Apalachee Bay, Florida, USA, Experiments using 

Palaemonetes vulgaris and Palaemon floridanus included microhabitat 

association and behavioral interactions . Predator-prey relationships, as 

they apply to habitat complexity and interspecific interactions, were 

also examined using the pinfish. Lagoon rhomboides, a natural predator . 

Pt . vulgaris individuals were excluded from the experimental habitats by 

P . floridanus over a range of densities . The authors conclude that their 

non-overlapping microgeographical distribution is primarily a 

consequence of interspecific competition rather than just microhabitat 

selection. Predation success on single species was inversely related to 

the physical complexity of the experimental habitat . However, when 

placed together, a significantly greater proportion of Pt . vulgaris is 

consumed than P . floridanus . The displacement of Pt . vulgaris from cover 

by P . floridanus significantly increases the former's risk of detection 

and capture . The importance of refuges in regard to : (1) seagrass 

predator strategies ; (2) prey tactics, and (3) species abundance and 

richness patterns in macrophyte-dominated communities are discussed. 

Colber, M .R . and D .M . Windha . 1965 . Oyster-based economy of Franklin County, 

Florida . Florida State Univ . Tallahassee, FL . 26 pp . 

Abstract . The oyster industry is discussed with relation to the county . Also 

presented is an economic base analysis of Franklin County and the value 

added to the Franklin county oyster industry analyzed . 

Cole, T .J . UNKNOWN YEAR . Osmatic and ionic regulatory abilities of Uca minax 

in relation to its ecology . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, 

Pensacola, FL . 95 pp . 

Abstract . The osmotic and ionic regulatory abilities of the fiddler crab Uca 

minax were studied in relation to their ecology . Field and laboratory 

concentrations of Na, K, Mg, Ca and C1, were measured in external water 

and the internal blood serum levels of Uca minax under various 

temperature and salinity regimes . 

Collard, S .B . 1976 . Biological, chemical, geological and physical parameters 

essential to estuarine management in Choctawhatchee Bay . Fla . Sea Grant 

Proj . R/EM-5 . Annual Progress Report :l5 . 

Collard, S .B . 1989 . Final Report : Benthic macroinvertebrate species indicator 

list . STAR Grant 88-038 . Florida Institute of Government and Florida 

Department of Environmental Regulation . 

Collard, S .B . 1991a . Management options for the Pensacola Bay System : The 

potential value of seagrass transplanting and oyster bed refurbishment 

programs . Water Resources Special Report 91-4 . Northwest Florida Water 

Management District . Havana, FL . 

Collard, S .B . 1991b . The Pensacola Bay system biological trends and current 

status . Water Resources Special Report 91-03 ed . Northwest Florida Water 

Management District . Havana, FL . 

29 
Collard, S .B . and C .N. D'Asaro . 1973 . Benthic invertebrates of the eastern 

Gulf of Mexico . Ia J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and R .E . Smith, 

eds . A summary of knowledge of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . State 

University System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . Petersburg, 

FL . 

Abstract . Present knowledge of the biology and zoogeography of benthic 

invertebrates in the Gulf of Mexico is substantially greater than it was 

two decades ago(as summarized in monographs edited by Hedgepeth, 1953 ; 

Galtsoff, 1954 . Since then, however, no comprehensive accounts of 

eastern Gulf benthos have been published, and the extensive literature 

remains widely scattered . The present account briefly summarizes the 

major scientific contributions of the past twenty years in benthic 

invertebrate studies in the eastern Gulf . Emphasis has been placed on 

the major non-commercial macroinvertebrate taxa since these groups are 

best known and are frequently diagnostic of faunal areas and community 

structure. Wide ranging commercially important forms such as penaeid 

species and Callinectes sapidus are reviewed elsewhere in this report . 

Collard, S .B . et al . 1975 . Occurrence of a Florida manatee at Pensacola Bay . 

Fla . Sci . 39 :48 . 

Commercial Fisheries Review . 1960 . Calico scallop fishery in Florida . 

Commercial Fisheries Review . 22(12) :41-43 . 

Conklin, P .J . 1976 . The significance of microalgae in the estuarine system . 

Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 70 pp . 

Abstract . Various environmental factors were correlated with primary 

productivity according to size of the primary producers . Photosynthethic 

rates were measured by C14 uptake of samples divided into size fractions 

of above 20 microns, 10-20 microns, and .45-10 microns in an effort to 

describe the significance of micro algae in the estuarine systems . The 

study was conducted from December, 1974 to September, 1975 . 

Conley, W .J . and B .A . Hoffman . 1987 . Nesting activity of sea turtles in 

Florida . Fla . Sci . 50 :201-210 . 

Connell, M .E . 1978 . Crystal River community structure study for Florida Power 

Corporation . Annual Environmental Operating Report Vol . 1 . Crystal River 

Power Corporation, Unit 3 . 

Connell, M .E . 1979 . Crystal River Community Structure Study . pp . 1-165 . 

Post-Operational Ecological Monitoring Program Crystal River Units 1, 2 

and 3, Annual Report for 1978 . Vol . 1 . Crystal River Power Corporation, 

Connell, M .E . 1980 . Post Operational Ecological Monitoring Program, Crystal 

River Units 1, 2 and 3 : Annual Report 1979, Part 1 : Community Structure 

Study . Vol . 1 . Technical Report . Florida Power Corporation . 181 pp . 

Connell, M .E ., Inc . 1981 . Post Operational Ecological Monitoring Program 

Crystal River Units 1, 2 and 3 : Annual Report 1980, Part I : Community 

Structure Study . Vol . 1 . Technical Report . Florida Power Corporation . 

194 pp . 

30 
Continental Shelf Associates . 1981 . Survey of potential live bottom areas in 

Destin Dome blocks 562 and 563 off the western coast of Florida. 

Continental Shelf Associates . Tequesta, FL . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1982a . Study of the effect of oil and gas 

activities on reef fish populations in the Gulf of Mexico OCS area . 

Executive summary. Continental Shelf Associates, Inc . Tequesta, FL . 

14 pp . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1982b . Study of the effects of oil and gas 

activities on reef fish populations in the Gulf of Mexico . Vol . 1 and 2 . 

Minerals Management Service, Gulf OCS office . Metairie, LA . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1985a . Apalachicola Bay Study : Field Data 

Collection Program : Technical Methodology and Data Summaries . Final 

Report, Vol . 6 . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1985b . Apalachicola Bay Study : Submersed 

vegetation assessment of the Apalachicola Bay System . U .S . Army Corps of 

Engineers . Mobile, AL . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1985c . Florida Big Bend Seagrass Habitat Study : 

Photographic Atlas . Minerals Management Service, Gulf OCS office . 

Metairie, LA . 17 pp . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1986 . A Plan for siting artificial reefs in the 

northern Gulf of Mexico . Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium . Ocean 

Springs, MS . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1987 . Assessment of hurricane damage in the 

Florida Big Bend seagrass beds . Minerals Management Service . Metairie, 

LA . 95 pp . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1990 . A comparison of marine productivity among 

outer continental shelf planning areas, September 1990 . OCS Study NMS 

90-0070 . Minerals Management Service, Gulf of Mexico OCS office . 

Metairie, LA . 426 pp . 

Continental Shelf Associates . 1991 . A comparison of marine productivity among 

outer continental shelf planning areas : feasibility analysis of 

secondary measures : April 1991 . OCS Study MINIS 91-0031 . Minerals 

Management Service, Gulf of Mexico OCS office . Metairie, LA . 74 pp . 

Continental Shelf Associates . and I . Martel Laboratories . 1985 . Florida Big 

Bend Seagrass Habitat Study . Minerals Management Service, Gulf of Mexico 

OCS office . Metairie, LA . 48 pp . 

Cooley, N .R . 1974 . Occurrence of snook on the north shore of the Gulf of 

Mexico . Fla . Sci . 37(2) :98-99 . 

Abstract . Discusses the range of snook, including a record from St . Andrew 

Bay . 

Cooley, N .R . 1978 . An inventory of the estuarine fauna in the vicinity of 

Pensacola, Florida . Marine Research Laboratory, Fla . Dept . Nat . 

Resources . St . Petersburg, FL . 

31 
Cooper, G .A. 1973 . Brachiopods (Recent) . Za Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises . 

III(3) Marine Research Laboratory, Fla . Dept . Nat . Resources ; St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Copeland, B .J . and T .J . Bechtel . 1974 . Some environmental limits of six Gulf 

coast estuarine organisms . Contrib . Mar . Sci . 18 :169-204 . 

Cosper, T .C . 1969 . The identification and distribution of Tintinnids 

(Protozoa : Ciliata : Tintinnida) of the St . Andrews Bay system, Florida . 

Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 64 pp . 

Coull, B .C . and S .S . Bell . 1979 . Perspectives of meiofaunal ecology . pp . 189-

216 . Zn R .J . Livingston, ed . Ecological Processes in Coastal and Marine 

Systems . Plenum Press, New York, NY . 

Cox, D .T . 1969 . Stream investigations, Apalachicola and Suwannee Rivers . 

Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 71 pp . 

Cox, J . 1987 . The breeding bird survey in Florida : 1969-1983 . Florida Field 

Naturalist . 15 :29-56 . 

Cox, J . et al . 1994 . Closing the gaps in Florida's wildlife habitat 

conservation system . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, 

Office of Environmental Services . Tallahassee, FL . 

Crateau, E .J . et al . 1981 . Apalachicola River Striped Bass Project : Biology, 

population dynamics and management of Morone, species, with emphasis on 

native Gulf of Mexico race and intro . Annual Progress Report, FY 1981 

ed . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Fisheries Assistance . 105 

PPCrewz, F . and R . Lewis III . 1991 . An evaluation of historical attempts to 

establish emergent vegetation in marine wetlands in Florida . Florida Sea 

Grant Publication TP-60 ed . Sea Grant College . Gainesville, FL . 110 pp . 

Crowley, F.C . and C .J . Dawes. 1970 . Ecology of the algae of a Florida Key : a 

preliminary checklist, zonation, and seasonality . Bulletin of Marine 

Science of the Gulf and Caribbean. 20 :165-185 . 

Cruise, J. 1971 . The planktonic shrimp genus Lucifer; its distribution and use 

as an indicator organism in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 185 pp . 

Culter, J .K . and S . Mahadevan . 1982 . Long-term effects of beach nourishment on 

the benthic fauna of Panama City Beach, Florida . U .S . Army Corps of 

Engineers, Coastal Engineering Research Center, Miscellaneous Report . 

82-2 :94 . 

Abstract . The long-term effects of beach nourishment on the benthic infauna 

and surface sediments of Panama City beaches were investigated . Fortyseven stations located on nine transects between West Pass and Philips 

Inlet, and two nourishment borrow sites were sampled in NovemberDecember 1979 and May 1980 . The data collected were compared to 

prenourishment base-line information collected by Saloman (1976) . 

Abiotic parameters, water temperature, dissolved oxygen and salinity 

32 
were measured . Sediments were analyzed for particle-size distribution, 

percent organic carbon and percent carbonate . Benthic macroinvertebrates were represented by 162 taxa of 14 major animal phyla . 

Species composition and faunal densities varied seasonally . Polychaetes 

and amphipods were the most abundant animal groups ; a small number of 

species were dominant at nearly all stations and highest offshore . 

Sediment composition was similar to that of Saloman's (1976) study 

within limits of sampling and processing errors . Faunal composition was 

found to be different from 1976 but was attributed to normal seasonal 

and spatial variations . Based on benthic community analyses and sediment 

parameters, no significant differences were found between nourishment 

borrow sites and surrounding areas and in the nearshore areas where 

beach nourishment was conducted. No long-term adverse effects of beach 

nourishment were detected . 

Cupka, D .M . 1970 . Observations on the biology and bathymetric distribution of 

the bathybenthic octopod Opisthoteuthis agassizi . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Curl, H ., Jr . 1959 . The phytoplankton of Apalachee Bay and the northeastern 

Gulf of Mexico . Inst . Mar . Sci . Publ . (University of Texas) . 6 :277-320 . 

Dames and Moore . 1979a . The Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Outer continental 

shelf baseline environmental survey, MAFLA 1977/i97e . Volume i-A . 

Program synthesis report . BLM/YM/ES-79/01-VOL-1-A . Bureau of Land 

Management . Washington, D .C . 278 pp . 

Abstract . A third year baseline marine environmental survey was conducted and 

a synthesis report prepared . Marine geology, physical oceanography, 

marine biology, trace metal and hydrocarbon chemistry of the water 

column, sediments and tissues were examined for the Mississippi, 

Alabama, Florida Outer continental shelf in support of prospective OCS 

oil and gas development . Physical oceanographic and sediment geology 

data provided information to better understand the biological and 

chemical distributions . A data base was created merging data collected 

from 1974-1978 into a single format . 

Dames and Moore . 1979b . The Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, outer continental 

shelf baseline environmental survey, MAFLA . 1977/1978 . Volume 1-B . 

Executive summary report . BLM/YM/ES-79/02-VOL-1-B . Bureau of Land 

Management, Washington, D .C . 30 pp . Washington, D .C . 30 pp . 

Abstract . The prime purpose of the MAFLA program was the determination of 

ongoing or potential impacts on the outer continental shelf (OCS) 

environment from oil and gas development . The Executive Summary is 

organized along the same lines as the Program Synthesis Report, with 

sections on methodology, geology, physical oceanography, chemistry and 

biology. A brief summary and lists of recommended monitoring parameters 

and major deficiencies in the data base are also included . 

Dames and Moore . 1979c . The Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, outer continental 

shelf baseline environmental survey, MAFLA, 1977/1978 . Compendium of 

work element reports . Vol . II-A . BLM/YM/ES-79/08 . Bureau of Land 

Management . Washington, D .C . 537 pp . 

Abstract . This report presents the results of a four year investigation of the 

surface sediments of the eastern Gulf of Mexico continental shelf . In 

33 
the first two years our approach consisted of sampling from two of the 

replicate box cores at each station and each season . During the final 

summer and year the authors altered their approach by collecting a large 

number of replicates at each of the relatively small number of stations 

in order to determine small scale variability . In addition to 

sedimentologically characterizing the MAFLA margin, the authors task was 

to provide ancillary data for sediment chemistry and benthic biological 

studies . 

Dames and Moore . 1979d . The Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, outer continental 

shelf baseline environmental survey, MAFLA, 1977/1978 . Compendium of 

work element reports . Vol . II-B . BLM/YM/ES-79/08 . Bureau of Land 

Management . Washington, D .C . 546 pp . 

Abstract . Demersal, or bottom fishes, are represented by numerous species at 

the peak of the trophic level . These top carnivores are, therefore, 

primary candidates for analysis of any sort of biological concentration 

or magnification of substances passing through the lower trophic levels . 

In addition, many of the benthic fishes are substrate-specific and 

reflect and corroborate distribution of sediment types . Many of the 

forms exhibit abbreviated larval development, and thus are good 

indicators of historical zoo-geographical patterns . Finally, to the 

public at large, fishes represent an identifiable unit, recognizable and 

deserving of study, especially in regard to possible effects by drilling 

interests . 

Dames and Moore . 1982 . Gulf Coast Ecological Inventory User's Guide and 

Information Base . U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological 

Services Report FWS/OBS-82/55 . 

Danglade, E . 1917 . Condition and extent of the natural oyster beds and barren 

bottoms in the vicinity of Apalachicola, Florida . (Document No . 841) 

U .S . Department of Commerce, Bureau of Fisheries . Washington, D .C . 86 

PP . 

Daniels, K .L . 1977 . Descriptions, comparison and distribution of larvae of 

Cynoscion nebulosus and Cynoscion arenarius from the northern Gulf of 

Mexico . Master's Thesis . Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA . 48 

PP . 

Abstract . This study presents a comparison of spotted sea trout (Cynoscion 

nebulosus) and sand sea trout (Cynoscion arenarius) in terms of 

morphological development, pigmentation and osteological development . 

The specimens examined were taken from 1971 to 1977 on various R/V 

Oregon cruises . 

Darcy, G .H . and E .J . Gutherz . 1978 . Abundance and density of demersal fishes 

on the west Florida shelf . Bull . Mar . Sci . 34(1) :81-105 . 

Abstract . At least 246 species of fish, in 71 families, were present in the 

trawl catches . Dominant families by weight were : Haemulidae, Sparidae, 

Sciaenidae, Serranidae and Bothidae . Fish density was approximately 

twice as high in the northern part of the study area as in the southern 

part . Apparent standing stock for 9-93 m depths was 433 .0 thousand 

metric tons . 

34 
Dardeau, M.R . 1984 . Synalpheus Shrimps (Crustacea : Decapoda : Alpheidae) . I . 

The Gambarelloides Group, with a description of a new species . 

Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises VII(2) . Fla . Dept . Mar . Research, 

Bureau of Marine Research ; St . Petersburg, FL . 

Dardeau, M .R . and R .W . Heard Jr . 1983 . Crangonid Shrimps (Crustacea : Caridea), 

with a description of a new species of Pontocaris . Z,p Memoirs of the 

Hourglass Cruises VI(2) . Fla . Dept . Mar . Resources, Marine Research 

Laboratory ; St . Petersburg, FL . 

Darnell, R . 1976 . Bio energetics study - Gulf of Mexico . Texas A&M University, 

Department of Oceanography . College Station, TX . 

Abstract . The data file represents results of a two-year study involving over 

150 stations on the northern Gulf coast extending from Panama City, 

Florida to Corpus Christi, Texas. Samples include benthic fishes and 

benthic macroinvertebrates . 

Darnell, R .M . and J .A . Keypas . 1987 . Eastern Gulf Shelf Bio-Atlas : A study of 

the distribution of demersal fishes and Penaeid shrimp of soft bottoms 

of the continental shelf from the Mississippi River Delta to the Florida 

Keys . (OCS Study MMS 86-0041) Minerals Management Service, Gulf of 

Mexico OCS Region . New Orleans, LA . 548 pp . 

Darovec, J .E ., Jr . et al . 1975 . Techniques for coastal restoration and fishery 

enhancement in Florida . (Publication No . 15) Florida Marine Research . 

St . Petersburg, FL . 27 pp . 

Dassuy, D .R . 1983 . Species profiles : life histories and environmental 

requirements (Gulf of Mexico) - spotted sea trout . Rpt . No . FSW/OBS82/11 .4 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services . 

Washington, D .C . 14 pp . 

Dauphin Island Sea Lab . 1984 . The ecology of irregularly flooded salt marshes 

of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico : a community profile . U .S . Fish 

Wildl . Serv . Report . 85(7 .1) :89 . 

Davis, C.C . 1954 . Phytoplankton of the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 163-169 . Xn P .S . 

Galtsoff, ed . Gulf of Mexico, Its Origin, Waters, and Marine Life . U.S . 

Fish Wildl . Serv . Fish . Bull . 89, 

Davis, J .H ., Jr . 1967 . General Map of the Natural Vegetation of Florida . Inst . 

Food Agri . Sci ., University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . Map Circular S178 . 

Davis, J .H ., Jr . 1975 . Stabilization of beaches and dunes by vegetation in 

Florida . Florida Sea Grant College Report . 7 :52 . 

Dawes, C .J . 1984 . In situ and energetics in seagrass beds on the west coast of 

Florida . pp . 1-13 . Zn Abstracts : Annual Meeting of the Phycological 

Society of America . Fort Collins, CO (USA), 5-9 Aug . 1984) 

Abstract . The 15 month mean biomass and energetics of the macroalgal and 

seagrass components of the marine angiosperm community along the west 

coast of Florida was 229g _M-2 dry wt . The highest mean standing stock 

occurred at Homosassa River Bay (656g _M-2 dry wt ., or 2 .41 tons-acre 

35 
dry wt .) . The mean overall standing stock in seagrass beds extending 

from Anclote Key to Cedar Key, Florida is estimated to be 2 .28 x 109 

metric tons or 3 .4 x 106 US tons . Available energetics were lowest in 

the winter months (166 kcal -m Z, Cedar Key, Florida in January and 

February) and highest in the spring (3911 kcal m2, Homosassa River Bay, 

May and June) . 

Dawes, C .J . and J .F . Van Breedveld . 1969 . Benthic marine algae . In Memoirs of 

the Hourglass Cruises . Part II . Vol . 47 . Florida Dept . Marine Resources, 

Marine Research Laboratory, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Dawson, C .E ., Jr . 1954 . A bibliography of the lobster and spiny lobster, 

Families xomaridae and Palinuridae . Florida State Board of Conservation 

Publications . St . Petersburg, FL . 86 pp . 

Dawson, C .E ., Jr . 1955a . Observations on the incidence of Dermocystidium 

marinum infection in oysters of Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Tex . Jour . of 

Sci . 7(1) :47-56 . 

Dawson, C .E ., Jr . 1955b . A study of the oyster biology and hydrography at 

Crystal River, Florida . Contrib . to Mar . Sci ., University of Texas . 

4(l) :279-302 . 

Defenbaugh, R . 1973 . Distribution of selected benthic macroinvertebrates of 

the northern Gulf of Mexico . Amer . Zoologist . 13(4) :1327 . 

Defenbaugh, R .E . 1976 . A study of the benthic macroinvertebrates of the 

continental shelf of the northern Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Texas A&M University, College Station, TX . 

Abstract . The present study details the occurrence and distribution of the 

macroinvertebrates of the continental shelf of much of the Gulf of 

Mexico . The primary study area is the northern Gulf, between Corpus 

Christi, Texas, and Pensacola, Florida ; some information is also 

provided on the fauna of the Mexican coast, between the mouth of the Rio 

Soto la Marina, Tamaulipas, and Progreso, Yucatan . The study is based on 

collections from 146 trawl samples, mostly collected in the depth range 

of 18 to 183 m . Approximately 50,000 specimens were collected and 

processed . These represent 356 species in 261 genera and 161 families, 

and include sponges (10 species), coelenterates (41 species), worms (26 

species, in 5 phyla), molluscs (116 species), arthropods (113 species), 

echinoderms (30 species), ectoprocts (9 species), and urochordates (11 

species) . Essentially all species are synoptically described, with 

pertinent comments on distribution and natural history, and are 

photographically illustrated . Literature pertaining to the fauna and 

physical characteristics of the Gulf of Mexico is reviewed and 

discussed . Based upon the results of the present study, the published 

literature, and unpublished reports, twelve faunal assemblages 

characteristic of the northern Gulf, from Brownsville, Texas, to Tampa 

Bay, Florida, in the depth range of 4 to 200 m are proposed . These 

assemblages are : (a) inner shelf assemblage, Texas-Louisiana shelf (4-20 

m) ; (b) pro-delta fan assemblage (4-20 m) ; (c) pro-delta sound 

assemblage (4-20 m) ; (d) inner shelf assemblage, West Florida shelf (4-

20 m) ; (e) intermediate shelf assemblage, Texas-Louisiana shelf (20-60 

m) ; (f) intermediate shelf assemblage, West Florida shelf (20-60 m) ; (g) 

36 
outer shelf assemblage, Texas-Louisiana shelf (60-120 m) ; (h) outer 

shelf assemblage, West Florida shelf (60-120 m) ; (i) upper slope 

assemblage, Texas-Louisiana shelf (120-200 m) ; (j) upper slope 

assemblage, West Florida shelf (120-200 m) ; (k) submarine bank 

assemblage, Texas-Louisiana shelf (20-100 m) ; and (1) Florida Middle 

Grounds assemblage, (30-60 m) . Physical characteristics, geographic 

extent, and fauna characteristics of each assemblage are briefly 

described . 

de la Cruz, A .A . 1981 . Differences between South Atlantic and Gulf Coast 

marshes . pp . 10-20 . In R .C . Carey, P .S . Markovits and J .B . Kirkwood, 

eds . Proceedings of the U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service Workshop on 

Coastal Ecosystems of the United States . Office of Biological Services, 

Washington, D .C . 

Abstract . The one factor that determines the biological (plant communities), 

ecological (primary productivity, food web, energy flow), and chemical 

(salinity, nutrients) differences between the South Atlantic and Gulf 

Coast marshes is water-the hydrological processes and hydrodynamic 

regimes that characterize each region . Gulf Coast marshes are developed 

primarily on deltaic formations constructed on alluvial deposits created 

by several major river systems, while the South Atlantic marshes are 

basically formed on estuarine and lagoonal soft silt deposits bridging 

the barrier islands and the mainland shorelines . Tides in the South 

Atlantic (a tidal dominated coast) are normally semidiurnal with 

fluctuations of more than 2 .0 m ; meteorological phenomena are more 

stable with fewer events of major storm surges . In the Gulf, tides are 

generally diurnal with maximum fluctuation of 0 .3 m ; but during periods 

of lowest fluctuations, tides can change over to very weak semidiurnal 

occurrences . Prevailing local weather conditions, the occurrence of 

seasonally changing major wind directions, high energy summer tropical 

storms, and Gulf basin natural oscillations complicate the hydrodynamics 

of the Gulf marsh system . The peculiar hydrology of the Gulf Coast (a 

wave dominated coast coupled with the great freshwater input dominated 

by the Mississippi River) influences salinity producing a more diverse 

vegetation structure and seasonal fluxes of material into the Gulf Coast 

marsh-estuary . 

De Laubenfels, M .W . 1953 . Sponges of the Gulf of Mexico . Bull . Mar . Sci . 

2 (3) :511-557 . 

Depoala, A . et al . 1984 . Distribution of Vibrio cholerae in the Apalachicola 

(Florida) Bay Estuary . Jour . of Food Protection . 47(7) :549-553 . 

de Sylva, D . 1955 . Report on pollution and fish mortality in Bayou Chico, 

Pensacola, Florida. Unpublished Report . 

de Sylva, D.P . 1956 . Populations of the Black Mullet (Mugil cephalus L.) in 

Florida. Tallahassee, FL . 

Devinell, S .E . and C .R . Futch . 1973 . King mackerel spawning, larval, and 

juveniles in the northeast Gulf of Mexico, June-October 1969 . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources Laboratory, Leaflet Series . 4 :14 . 

37 
Diaz, R .J . 1982 . Habitat suitability index models : juvenile Atlantic croaker . 

Rpt . No . FWS-OBS-82-10 .21 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of 

Biological Services . Washington, D .C . 22 pp . 

Diaz, R .J ., M . Luckenbach, S . Thornton, R .J . Livingston and C .C . Koenig . 1987 . 

Field validation of multi-species laboratory test systems for estuarine 

benthic communities . Sponsored by Environmental Research Lab . Gulf 

Breeze, FL . 91 pp . 

Abstract . The major objective of the project was to determine the validity of 

using multi-species laboratory systems to evaluate the response of 

estuarine benthic communities to an introduced stress . In a 5-year 

period, experiments in Apalachicola Bay, Florida, and the York River, 

Virginia, sought to develop criteria for microcosm tests to evaluate the 

capacity of microcosms to model natural communities in the presence and 

absence of pollution-induced stress, and assess the validity of 

extrapolating test results of one location to another . Individual 

species response patterns in the microcosms were highly variable and 

seldom showed good agreement with patterns in the field. Species 

richness in the microcosms and field sites showed good temporal 

agreement and provided a conservative indicator of community response to 

a toxic stress . 

Ditty, J .G ., G .G . Zieske and R .F . Shaw . 1988 . Seasonality and depth 

distribution of larval fishes in the northern Gulf of Mexico above 26°N . 

Fish . Bull . 86 :811-823 . 

Division of Marine Resources . 1971 . List of artificial reefs in Florida. 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, Division of Marine Resources . 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Dix, T .L . 1990 . Escape behavior and the ecology of contact chemoreception in 

the marsh periwinkle : Littorina irrorata (Littorinidae : Gastropods) . 

Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 

Dix, T .L . and P .V. Hamilton . 1993 . Chemically mediated escape behavior in the 

marsh periwinkle Littoraria irrorata Say . J . Expl . Mar . Biol . Ecol . 

166(1993) :135-149 . 

Dodd, C .K . 1988 . Synopsis of the biological data on the loggerhead sea turtle 

Caretta caretta (Linnaeus 1758) . FAO, NMFS, Biological Report . 88(14) . 

Dressler, R.L . et al . 1987 . Identification manual for wetland plant species of 

Florida . University of Florida, Florida Coop . Ext . Ser., Inst . of Food 

and Agri . Sci., Florida Agri . Experimental Station . Gainesville, FL . 

Dressler, R .L . et al . 1988 . Identification manual for wetland plant species of 

Florida . Florida State Museum/University of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

297 pp . 

Drew, R .D . and N .S . Schomer . 1984 . An ecological characterization of the 

Caloosahatchee River/Big Cypress Watershed . U .S . Fish & Wildlife 

Service, Office of Biological Services . Rpt . No . FWS/OBS-82/58 .2 :225 . 

38 
Dugan, P .J . 1983 . Seasonal and geographic distribution of seven decapod 

crustaceans in Apalachee Bay, Florida . Contrib . Mar . Sci . 26 :65-79 . 

Abstract . Seasonal, annual and supra-annual abundance of seven abundant 

epibenthic decapod macrocrustaceans (Shrimp >3 mm total length, crabs >3 

mm carapace width) collected in Apalachee Bay, Florida, from 1972 to 

1979 were investigated. Pagurus c .f . bonaire nsis, Palaemon floridanus, 

Tozeuma carolinense, Neopanope texana, Palaemonetes intermedius, 

Hippolyte pleuracanthus and Periclimenes longicaudatus demonstrated 

constant seasonal, reproductive and growth patterns during the study 

period. There were species-specific responses to habitat alterations and 

climatological variations . Most species' populations decreased in 

numerical abundance during periods of climatological extremes but 

increased in concert with benthic macrophytes and frift red algae . 

Dugan, P .J . and R . J . Livingston . 1980a . Long-term Variation in 

Macroinvertebrate Communities in Apalachee Bay, Florida . 

Dugan, P.J . and R.J . Livingston . 1980b . Population statistics for the seasonal 

and geographic distribution of seven common decapod crustaceans in 

Apalachee Bay, Florida . 

Dugan, P .J . and R.J . Livingston . 1982 . Long-term variation of 

macroinvertebrate assemblages in Apalachee bay, Florida . Estuar ., Coast . 

and Shelf Sci . 14(4) :391-403 . 

Duke, T .W . et al . 1970 . A polychlorinated biphenyl (Aroclor 1254) in the 

water, sediment, and biota of Escambia Bay, Florida . Bull . of Envir . 

Contamin . and Toxicology . 5(2) :171-180 . 

Duke, T, et al . eds . 1992 . Report on the Status and Trends of Emergent and 

Submerged Vegetated Habitats of Gulf of Mexico Coastal Waters, USA . U .S . 

EPA, Gulf of Mexico Program, Habitat Degradation Subcommittee . 

Duncan, J .L . 1977 . Short-term effects of storm water runoff on the epibenthic 

community of a north Florida estuary (Apalachicola, Florida) . Master's 

Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 117 pp . 

Duncan, W .H . 1974 . Vascular halophytes of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts of 

North America north of Mexico . pp . 23-50 . J~n R .J . Reinhold and W .H . 

Queens, eds . Ecology of Halophytes . Academic Press, New York, NY . 

Durako, M .J . and M .O . Hall . 1992 . Effects of light on the stable carbon 

isotope composition of the seagrass Thalassia testudinum . Marine Ecol . 

Progr . Series . 86 :99-101 . 

Durako, M .J . and K .M . Kuss . 1994 . Effects of Labyrinthula Infection on the 

Photosynthetic Capacity of Thalassia Testudinum . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 

54(3) :727-732 . 

Durako, M .J . and M .D . Moffler . 1987 . nutritional studies of the submerged 

marine angiosperm Thalassia testudinum I . Growth responses of axenic 

seedlings to nitrogen enrichment . Amer . Jour . of Botany . 74(2) :234-240 . 

39 
Durako, M .J . et al . 1985 . Salt marsh habitat and fishery resources of Florida . 

pp . 189-280 . ,may W . Seaman Jr ., ed . Florida Aquatic Habitat and Fisheries 

Resources . American Fisheries Society, Florida Chapter, Kissimee, FL . 

Durako, M .J . et al . eds . 1987 . Proceedings of the symposium on subtropicaltropical seagrasses of the southeastern United States . (Publication No . 

42) Florida Bureau of Marine Research . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Durako, M .J . et al . 1988 . Assessment of Fisheries Habitat : Northeast Florida . 

Florida Marine Research Publication No . 45 ed . Fla . Dept . Nat . 

Resources, Bureau of Marine Research . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Dustan, P . 1975 . Variability in building by reef corals . Fla . Sci . 38 

(Suppl . 1) :21 . 

Dwinell, S .E . and C .R . Futch . 1973a . King mackerel spawning, larvae, and 

juveniles in the northeast Gulf of Mexico, June-October of 1969 . 

Immature vertebrates . Vol . 4, Leaflet Series . Fla . Dept . Nat . Resources . 

St . Petersburg, FL . 

Dwinell, S .E . and C .R . Futch . 1973b . Spanish and king mackerel larvae and 

juveniles in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico, June through October 1969 . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources Laboratory, Leaflet Series . 

5(Part 1(24)) :1-14 . 

Earle, S .A . 1969 . Phaeophyta of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Phycologia . 

7(2) :71-254 . 

Ebbs, N .K ., Jr . 1966 . The coral inhabiting polychaetes of the northern Florida 

reef tract, Part I . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 16 :455-485 . 

Edmiston, H.L . 1979 . The Zooplankton of the Apalachicola Bay System . Master's 

Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 104 pp . 

Edmiston, H .L . and H .A . Tuck . 1986 . Resource Inventory of the Apalachicola 

River and Bay Drainage Basin . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish 

Commission, Office of Environmental Services . 303 pp . 

Edmiston, J .A . and A .F . Harris . 1977 . A Survey of marine and estuarine 

resources of northwest Florida . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . Mobile, 

AL . 139 pp . 

Ednoff, M .E . 1974 . Surface Phytoplankton Communities and their Relationship to 

the Loop Current in the Gulf of Mexico . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Ednoff, M. 1984 . A mariculture assessment of Apalachicola Bay Florida. Report 

to the office of Coastal Zone Management . Fla. Dept . Enviro . Reg. 

(Report to the Office of Coastal Zone Management) 

Eichholz, N . 1980 . Osprey nest concentration in northwest Florida . Florida 

Field Naturalist . 8 :1 . 

40 
Eichholz, N .F . et al . 1979 . An investigation of dredged material disposal 

sites on the lower Apalachicola River . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish 

Commission, Office of Environmental Services . 

Eidemiller, J .A . 1972a . Marine meadows of Florida : a look at turtle grass 

communities . Underwater Naturalist . 7 :22-25 . 

Eidemiller, J.A . 1972b . Significant associations of the motile epibenthos of 

the turtle-grass beds of St . Joseph Bay, Florida . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Elder, J .F . 1986 . Transport and variability of indicator bacteria in the 

Apalachicola River and estuary, Florida, 1983-84 . USGS Water Res . 

Investigations . WRI 85-4285 :29 . 

Elder, J .F . and D .J . Cairns . 1982 . Production and decomposition of forest 

litter fall on the Apalachicola River flood plain, Florida . U .S . 

Geological Survey, Water-Supply Paper . W 2196-B :42 . 

Abstract . The bottom-land hardwood forests of the Apalachicola River flood 

plain produced 800 grams of leaf litter per square meter per year in 

1978-80 . Decomposition rates of leaves vary among species and 

environmental conditions . Annual flooding on the Apalachicola River 

mobilizes a sizable fraction of the litter-fall detritus . The 

productivity of the estuarine food web in Apalachicola Bay is directly 

dependent on detritus output from the river . From New Publications of 

the Geological Survey, December 1982 . 

Elder, J .F . and H .C . Mattraw Jr . 1982 . Riverine transport of nutrients and 

detritus to the Apalachicola Bay Estuary, Florida . Water Resources 

Bulletin . 18(5) :849-856 . 

Abstract . The Apalachicola River basin in northwest Florida covers an area of 

3,100 square kilometers . Fifteen percent of the area is a dense bottomland hardwood forest which is periodically flooded . The annual leaflitter fall from the flood-plain trees is a potential source of 

nutrients and detritus which eventually can flow into Apalachicola Bay . 

Transport of such material is dependent on the periodic inundation of 

the flood plain . Flood characteristics, such as prior hydrologic 

conditions, extent, and timing, are important in determining the amount 

and forms of materials transported . The 1980 spring flood produced a 

fourfold discharge increase over the annual mean outflow of 800 cubic 

meters per second . Nutrient concentrations varied little with discharge, 

but the 86-day spring flood accounted for 53, 60, 48, and 56 percent of 

the annual flux of total organic carbon, particulate organic carbon, 

total nitrogen, and total phosphorus, respectively . In 1980, the flood 

peaks, rather than rise or recession, accounted for maximum nutrient and 

detritus transport . 

Eleuterius, L .N . 1984 . Autecology of the black needlerush Juncus roemerianus . 

Gulf Res . Rep . 7 :27-34 . 

Ellis, E .E . 1969 . Some basic dynamics of the Pensacola estuary (an operations 

research analysis) . Florida Air and Water Pollution Control Commission . 

Tallahassee, FL . 19 pp . 

41 
E1-Sayed, S .Z . 1972 . Primary productivity and standing crop of phytoplankton 

in the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 8-13 . In V .C . Bushnell, ed . Chemistry, 

Primary Productivity and Benthic Algae of the Gulf of Mexico . Serial 

Atlas of the Marine Environment, folio 22 . American Geographic Society, 

New York, NY . 

Abstract . This work is a general overview of phytoplankton in the Gulf of 

Mexico . Measurements on primary productivity, biomass, and standing crop 

were made . Data is presented on average chlorophyll (mg/m3) and average 

Cl4 uptake (mgC14/m3/hr) . 

Eng, L .L . 1968 . A study of the biology of the pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum 

Burkenroad, in the Cedar Key area with notes on the non-commercial 

shrimp . Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 49 pp . 

Enge, K .M . and C .K . Dodd Jr . 1992 . An indexed bibliography of the herpetofauna 

of Florida . Florida Game and Freshwater Fish Commission, Nongame 

Wildlife Program . 11 :231 . 

Environmental Research Laboratory . 1993 . Publications : Gulf Breeze Laboratory 

1970-1992 . EPA Research and Development, Environmental Processes and 

Effects Research . Gulf Breeze, FL . 

Environment Consultants . 1974a . Environmental and socioeconomic baseline on 

the Gulf of Mexico coastal zone and outer continental shelf : 

supplemental bibliography on environmental processes and conditions in 

the Gulf of Mexico Region . Vol . 2 . Bureau of Land Management . 

Washington, D .C . 

Environment Consultants . 1974b . Environmental and socioeconomic baseline on 

the Gulf of Mexico coastal zone and outer continental shelf : 

supplemental bibliography on environmental processes and conditions in 

the Gulf of Mexico region . Vol . 1 . Bureau of Land Management . 

Washington, D .C . 

Estabrook, R .H . 1973 . Phytoplankton Ecology and Hydrography of Apalachicola 

Bay . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 166 pp . 

Estevez, E .D ., J . Miller, J . Morris and R . Hamman . eds . 1986 . Managing 

Cumulative Impacts in Florida Wetlands . Omnipress . Madison, WI . 

Eubank, F . 1975 . Escambia, Santa Rosa and Okaloosa Counties : a checklist of 

selected research, 1965-1975 . The University of West Florida . Pensacola, 

FL . 

Eubank, F . 1978 . Bibliography of west Florida . Supplement . University of West 

Florida . Pensacola, FL . 

Evermann, B .W . and W .C . Kendall . 1900 . Check-list of the fishes of Florida . 

U.S . Commercial Fish and Fisheries . 1899 :35-103 . 

42 
Evink, G . et al . 1977a . Report E . Benthic invertebrate comparisons in two 

estuaries adjacent to the Crystal River Power Generation Facility, . pp . 

1-106 . Za Crystal River Power Plant Environmental Considerations Final 

Report to the Interagency Advisory Committee ; Part III . Florida Power 

Corp . 

Evink, G . et al . 1977b . Report F . Comparison of selected vertebrate 

populations in two estuaries adjacent to the Crystal River Power 

Generation Facility . ,fig Crystal River Power Plant Environmental 

Considerations Final Report to the Interagency Advisory Committee . Vol . 

III . Florida Power Corp . 

Ewel, J .J . 1990 . Ecosystems of Florida . University of Central Florida Press . 

Orlando, FL . 

Federle, T .W ., R .J . Livingston, D .A . Meeter and D .C . White . 1983 . 

Modifications of estuarine sedimentary microbiota by exclusion of 

epibenthic predators . J . Expl . Mar . Biol . Ecol . 73(1) :81-94 . 

Abstract . The microbial (prokaryote and microeukaryote) community of Florida's 

St . George Sound-Apalachicola Bay system was monitored by extracting 

phospholipids from the sediments and analyzing their fatty acid 

composition . Removal of epibenthic predators (crabs and fishes) with 

exclusion cages in the field greatly affected the microbiota . 

Federle, T .W ., R .J . Livingston, L .E . Wolfe and D .C . White . 1986 . A 

quantitative comparison of microbial community structure of estuarine 

sediments from microcosms and the field . Can . Jour . Microbiol . 

32(4) :319-325 . 

Abstract . Estuarine soft-bottom sediments in microcosms and the field were 

compared with regard to microbial community structure . Community 

structure was determined by analyzing the fatty acids derived from the 

microbial lipids in the sediments . Fatty acid profiles were compared 

using a multivariate statistical approach . Experiments were performed 

using sediments from St . George Sound and Apalachicola Bay, Florida . The 

community structure of St . George Sound sediments was apparently 

controlled by epibenthic predators. In Apalachicola Bay, the dominant 

influences were physical factors related to the flow of the Apalachicola 

River . In the St . George Sound experiment, microbial communities in the 

microcosms differed from those in the field after only 2 weeks, and the 

degree of this difference increased substantially as time progressed . In 

the Apalachicola Bay experiment, although microbial communities in the 

microcosms were detestably different from those in the field, the degree 

of this difference was not large nor did it not increase with time . 

Findlay, R .H . 1981 . The effects of the sanddollar Mellita quinquiesperforata 

on the benthic microbial community. Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 42 pp . 

Fishery Management Council . 1981x . Fishery management plan, final 

environmental impact statement, regulatory impact review and draft 

regulations for the coastal migratory pelagic resources (mackerels) in 

the Gulf of Mexico and south Atlantic region . Tampa, FL . 

43 
Fishery Management Council . 1981b . Fishery management plan for the shrimp 

fishery of the Gulf of Mexico and south Atlantic . Tampa, FL . 

Fishery Management Council . 1982 . Fishery management plan, environmental 

impact statement and regulatory impact review for spiny lobster in the 

Gulf of Mexico and south Atlantic . Tampa, FL . 

Flandorfer, M . and L . Skuplen . 1980 . Proceedings of a workshop for potential 

fishery resources of the northern Gulf of Mexico . MASGP-80-012 . 

Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium . Ocean Springs, MS . 

Flemer, D .A . et al . 1993 . The Importance of physical scaling factors to 

benthic marine invertebrate recolonization of laboratory microcosms . 

Internat . Jour . of Environ . Studies . 44 :161-179 . 

Fleminger, A. 1956 . Taxonomic and distributional studies on the epiplanktonix 

calanoid copepods (Crustacea) of the Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Harvard University, Cambridge, MA . 

Florida Artificial Reef Summit . 1988 . Florida Artificial Reef Summit : 

Proceedings of a conference held November 2, 1987 in Miami, Florida . Sea 

Grant Extension Program . Gainesville, FL . 

Florida Department of Administration . 1977 . The Apalachicola River and Bay 

System : Florida Resource . DSP-BLWM-5-77 . Division of State Planning, 

Bureau of Land and Water Management . Tallahassee, FL . 52 pp . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1971 . Shellfish harvesting area maps, 

1979-1982 . Florida Department of Natural Resources . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1976 . Florida regional coastal zone 

environmental quality assessment - Region 1, West Florida. 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1979a . Inventory of problem aquatic 

plants in the Northwest Florida Water Management District . Northwest 

Florida Water Management District . Havana, FL . 21 pp . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1979b . Project Hourglass--A 

systematic ecological study of west Florida shelf biotic communities . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research Laboratory 

Publication . St . Petersburg, FL . 9 pp . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1982 . List of publications of the 

Bureau of Marine Science & Technology, Marine Research Laboratory, 1948-

1980 . Florida Dept . of Natural Resources . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1983 . Proposed Apalachicola River and 

Bay National Estuarine Sanctuary Management Plan . Florida Dept . of 

Natural Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 84 pp . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1988 . Public Meeting Draft 

Apalachicola Bay Aquatic Preserve Management Plan . Division of State 

Lands, Bureau of Aquatic Preserves . 138 pp . 

44 
Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1990 . Guide to the natural 

communities of Florida. Florida Natural Areas Inventory and Florida 

Department of Natural Resources, Office of Land Use Planning and 

Biological Services . Tallahassee, FL . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1992 . Apalachicola Bay Aquatic 

Preserve Management Plan . Division of State Lands, Fla . Dept . Nat . 

Resour . 163 pp . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . Unknown. Native plant list : Cedar Key 

Scrub Reserve . Florida Park Service . 7 pp . 

Florida Department of Pollution Control . 1974 . Biological Report, Apalachicola 

River Basin . Florida Department of Pollution Control, Technical Section . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 1973 . Marine environmental studies of 

Florida's Gulf coast : summary and selected bibliography . Florida DER . 

Tallahassee, FL . 20 pp . 

Abstract . Publications are listed by geographic region . 

Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 1995a . Apalachicola Wildlife 

Management Area : 1994-95 Regulations Summary and Area Map . U.S . Forest 

Service, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission 

Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 1995b . Point Washington Wildlife 

Management Area : 1994-95 Regulations Summary and Area Map . Division of 

Forestry, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission 

Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 1995c . Spring Creek Unit, Big 

Bend Wildlife Management Area : 1994-95 Regulations Summary and Area Map . 

Florida Division of Forestry, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish 

Commission 

Florida Marine Research Institute . 1993 . Publications of the Florida Marine 

Research Institute . State of Florida, Department of Environmental 

Protection . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Florida Natural Areas Inventory. 1983 . U .S . candidate (Ur-1) and listed 

threatened and endangered plants and animals in Florida. Unpublished 

data . Tallahassee, FL . 

Florida Sea Grant College . 1981 . Environmental impact statement and fishery 

management plan for the reef fish resources of the Gulf of Mexico . Gulf 

of Mexico Fishery Management Council . Tampa, FL . 140 pp . 

Florida State Board of Health . 1948 . Pollution survey Apalachicola River and 

Bay - November 1947 to August 1948 . 

Florida State Board of Health . 1958 . Escambia Bay bioassay, April - May 1958 . 

Bureau of Sanitary Engineering . Jacksonville, FL . 13 pp . 

Florida State Board of Health . 1966 . Biological Survey of Escambia River, 

1966 . 

45 
Florida State Board of Health . 1967 . Survey of Perdido River and Bay 1966-1967 . 

Florida State Board of Health, Bureau of Sanitary Engineering . 43 pp . 

Fore, P .L . and R .D . Peterson . 1980 . Proceedings of the Gulf of Mexico Coastal 

Ecosystems Workshop . FSW/OBS-80/30 . U.S . Fish and Wildlife Service, 

Office of Biological Services . Washington, D .C . 214 pp . 

Abstract . The purpose of this workshop was to provide training for U.S . Fish 

and Wildlife field personnel on recent developments in our understanding 

of Gulf coast ecosystems . The workshop focused on presenting and 

discussing information related to assessing the impact of human 

activities on fish and wildlife resources in these ecosystems . Fourteen 

formal presentations were given during three technical sessions by 

invited scientists and other professionals . These presentations are the 

papers included in these proceedings . Two afternoons of the workshop 

were devoted to field trips to representative coastal habitats of the 

south Texas region . 

Foster, J .M . and S .E . Lecroy . 1991 . Haustorius javae , a new species of 

haustoriid amphipod from the northern Gulf of Mexico, with notes on its 

ecology at Panama City Beach, Florida U .S .A . Gulf Res . Rep . 8(3) :259-

270 . 

Abstract . Describes a newly-discovered species of amphipod crustacean, 

collected from various sites, including St . Andrew Bay and Panama City 

Beach . Includes a key for identification of species in the genus 

Haustorius . A new species of sand-burrowing amphipod, Haustorius 

jayneae, is described from the swash zone and shallow subtidal sands 

along the north Florida and Mississippi Gulf coasts . It is most similar 

to H . canadensis from the American Atlantic coast, differing primarily 

in the presence of a distinct anterodistal spinous lobe on pereopod 6, 

article 5 ; a longer row of distal marginal spines on pereopod 7, article 

4 ; and fewer proximal spines on the peduncle of uropod 1 . A revised key 

to the known species of Haustorius is included and information on the 

ecology of H, jayneae n . sp . at Panama City Beach, Florida, is reviewed . 

Foy, M .S . and D . Thistle . 1991 . Vertical Distribution of a Benthic 

Harpacticoid Copepod : Field, Laboratory, and Flume Results . J . Expl . 

Mar . Biol . Ecol . 153(2) :153-163 . 

Abstract . To identify a target species for the investigation of factors 

influencing the vertical distribution of subtidal meiofauna, a year-long 

survey was conducted of the 2-mm-scale vertical distribution of 

harpacticoid copepods at a site 5 m deep in St . George Sound, Florida . 

Leptastacus cf . rostratus Nicholls was seldom found to occur in surface 

sediments, and its population maximum is in the second cm of sediment . 

The results of a preference experiment suggest that factors intrinsic to 

the sediment column do not cause L. cf . rostratus to be rare in the 0-1 

cm layer . A flume experiment demonstrated that this species burrows 

deeper into the sediment in response to increased flow, suggesting that 

Leptastacus cf . rostratus finds the surface sediments unattractive under 

high-flow conditions . These results suggest that near-bottom flow 

influences the vertical distribution of Leptastacus at this subtidal 

site . (Author's abstract) . 

Franz, R . 1982 . Invertebrates . In Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida . Vol . 

6 . University Press of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

46 
Frayer, W .E . 1991 . Florida Wetlands : Status and Trends, 1970s to 1980s . U.S . 

Fish and Wildlife Service, Southeast Region . Atlanta, GA . 

Frazer, T .K ., W .J . Lindberg and G .R . Stanton . 1991 . Predation on sand dollars 

by gray triggerfish, Balistes capriscus, in the northeastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Bull . Mar . Sci . 48(1) :159-164 . 

Fritts, T .H ., A .B . Irvine, R .D . Jennings, L .A . Collum, W . Hoffman and M .A . 

McGehee . 1983 . Turtles, birds, and mammals in the northern Gulf of 

Mexico and nearby Atlantic waters . U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office 

of Biological Services Report . FWS/OBS082/65 :455 . Denver Wildlife 

Research Center . 

Frost, C .C . and L .J . Musselman . 1987 . History and vegetation of the Blackwater 

Ecological Preserve . Castenea . 52 :16-46 . 

Fruge, D .J . and F .M . Truesdale . 1978 . Comparative larval development of 

Micropogon undulatus and Leiostomus xanthurus (Pisces : Sciaenidae) from 

the northern Gulf of Mexico . Copeia . 4 :648-663 . 

Fry, B . 1983 . Fish and shrimp migrations in the northern Gulf of Mexico 

analyzed using stable C, N, and S isotope ratios . Fish . Bull . 81(4) :789-

881 . 

Fry, B . 1984 . C13/C12 ratios and the trophic importance of algae in Florida 

Syringodium filiforme seagrass meadows . Mar . Biol . 79 :11-19 . 

Fuller, D .A . 1978 . The habits, distribution, and incidental capture of sea 

turtles in the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 41 . In Appendix A, Draft 

Environmental Impact Statement and Fishery Management Plan for the 

Shrimp Fishery of the Gulf of Mexico, United States waters . Gulf of 

Mexico Fishery Management Council, Tampa, FL . 

Abstract . This report includes detailed information on the six species of 

seaturtles found in the Gulf of Mexico . Included for each species are 

topics on distribution, breeding habits, growth and mortality, foraging 

and food habits, migration and population status . In addition, 

distribution of seaturtles in the Gulf of Mexico and discussion of 

incidental captures in shrimp trawls are also included . 

Futch, C .R . 1966 . The stone crab in Florida . Florida Board of Conservation 

Marine Laboratory, Saltwater Fisheries Leaflet . 2 :6 . 

Futch, C .R . and J . Martina . 1967 . A survey of the oyster resources of Bay 

County, Florida, with special reference to selection of cultch planting 

sites . Florida Board of Conservation, Div . of Salt Water Fisheries, 

Marine Lab . Special Scientific Report . 16 :25 . 

Abstract . This survey of oyster populations includes hydrographic data for St 

Andrew Bay. 

Futch, C .R . and J .M . Torpey . 1966a . Florida clams : A resource with a future . 

Florida Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory, Saltwater Fisheries 

Leaflet . 3 :6 . 

47 
Futch, C .R . and J .M . Torpey . 1966b . The red snapper -- a valuable marine 

resource . Saltwater Fisheries Leaflet No . 4 ed . Florida Board of 

Conservation . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Galtsoff, P .S . 1954 . Gulf of Mexico Its Origin Waters and Marine Life . U .S . 

Fish Wildl . Serv . Fish. Bull . 89(55) :1-604 . 

Abstract . Contents : I . Historical sketch of the explorations in the Gulf of 

Mexico ; II . Geology; III . Marine meteorology of the Gulf of Mexico, a 

brief review ; IV . Bacteria, fungi, and unicellular algae ; VII . Protozoa ; 

VIII . Sponges, coelenterates, and ctenophores ; IX . Free-living 

flatworms, nemerteans, nematodes, tardigrades, and chaetognaths ; X . 

Parasitic worms ; X2 . Bryozoa, Brachiopoda, Phoronida, and Enteropneusta ; 

XII . Echinoderm ; XIII . Annelids and miscellaneous worms ; XIV . 

Arthropods ; XV . Mollusks ; XVI . Tunicates and lancelets ; XVII . Fishes and 

sea turtles ; XVIII . The birds of the Gulf of Mexico ; XIX . Mammals of the 

Gulf of Mexico ; XX . Pollution of water . 

Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 1973 . Florida Habitat Survey, Florida 

Panhandle . State of Florida, Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 

Tallahassee, FL. 

Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 1978 . Conceptual Fish and Wildlife 

Management Plan for Lower Apalachicola Eel Tract (Draft) . State of 

Florida, Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . Tallahassee, FL . 50 pp . 

Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 1982 . Florida fishing - northwest 

region . State of Florida, Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 1990 . Apalachicola River Studies 

Investigations Completion Report 1985-1990 . Study I : Aquatic Habitat 

Enhancement ; Study II : Morone Studies ; Study III : Lake Seminole 

Investigations . State of Florida, Game and Fresh water Fish Commission . 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Gano, L . 1917 . A study in physiographic ecology in northern Florida . Botanical 

Gazette . 2 :112-114 . 

Gartner, J .V ., Jr . 1993 . Patterns of reproduction on the dominant lanternfish 

species (Pisces : Myctophidae) of the eastern Gulf of Mexico, with a 

review of reproduction among tropical-subtropical Myctophidae . Bulletin 

of Marine Science . 52 :721-750 . 

Gartner, J .V ., Jr ., T .L . Hopkins, R .C . Baird and D .M . Milliken . 1987 . The 

lantern fishes of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Fish . Bull . 85 :81-98 . 

Genoni, G .P . 1985 . Food limitation in salt marsh fiddler crabs Uca rapax 

(Smith) (Decapoda : Ocypodidae) . J . Expl . Mar . Biol . Ecol . 87 :97-110 . 

Geraci, J .R . and D .J . St . Aubin . 1982 . Study of the effects of oil on 

cetaceans . Contract No . AA551-CT9-29 . U .S . Department of the Interior, 

Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 

48 
Gifford, C .A . 1978 . Use of a floating tire breakwater to induce growth of high 

marsh and foredune plants along a shoreline . pp . 225 . Xn D .P . Cole, ed . 

The Restoration of Coastal Vegetation in Florida, Proceedings of the 

Fifth Annual Conference, May 13, 1978, Tampa, FL . 

Gilbert, C .R . ed . 1978 . Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida . Vol . 4 : Fishes . 

University Press of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

Gilbert, C .R . 1986 . Species Profiles : Life histories and environmental 

requirement of coastal fishes and invertebrates : Southern, Gulf and 

Summer Flounders . Department of the Interior, U .S . Fish and Wildlife 

Service ; U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental Station, 

Coastal Ecology Group . Washington, D .C . 

Gilmore, R .G . 1984 . Fishes and macrocrustacean population dynamics in a 

tidally influenced impounded sub-tropical marsh . La D .B . Carlson et al ., 

eds . Impoundment Management Final Report, CM47, CM73 ; Section 2 . Fla . 

Dept . Environ . Reg . ; Coastal Zone Manag . Dept ., Tallahassee, FL . 

Ginsburg, I . 1931 . On the differences in habitat and size of Cynoscion 

arenarius and Cynoscion nothus . Copeia . 1931(3) :144 . 

Gittings, S . 1992 . Historic data on Gulf of Mexico reef shows compatibility 

with drilling, production . Offshore . 52 :33-3? 

Glassen, R .C . 1977 . Bayou Chico Restoration Study . Florida Department of 

Environmental Regulation, Florida Resource and Environmental Analysis 

Center, Florida State University . Tallahassee, FL . 47 pp . 

Glynn, P.W . 1973 . Aspects of the ecology of coral reefs in the western 

Atlantic region . pp . 271-324 . In O.A . Jones and R . Endean, eds . Biology 

and Geology of Coral Reefs . Vol . 2 . Academic Press, New York . 

Godcharles, M .F . 1971 . A study of the effects of a commercial hydraulic clam 

dredge on benthic communities in estuarine areas . (Technical Series, 

64 .) Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine Resources Division, 

St . Petersburg, Florida . 51 pp . 

Godcharles, M .F . 1986 . Species Profiles : Life histories and environmental 

requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (south Florida) : King 

and Spanish Mackerel . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife 

Service ; U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental Station, 

Coastal Ecology Group . Washington, D .C . 

Godcharles, M .F . and W .C . Jaap . 1973a . Exploratory clam survey of Florida 

nearshore and estuarine waters with commercial hydraulic dredging gear . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine Research Laboratory . 

Professional Paper Series No . 21 :77 . 

Godcharles, M .F . and W .C . Jaap . 1973b . Fauna and flora in hydraulic clam 

dredge collections from Florida west and southeast coasts . Special 

Science Report No . 40 . Florida State Department of Natural Resources 

LaboratorySt . Petersburg, FL . 90 pp . 

49 
Goldberg, E .D . et al . 1978 . The mussel watch . Environmental conservation . 

5(2) :101-125 . 

Gong, S .W . 1977 . Factors governing the distribution patterns of 2 pagurid 

hermit crabs (Pagurus impressus and Pagurus pollicaris) in the cedar 

Keys region . Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 66 

PPGoodwin, T .M . 1979 . Waterfowl management practices employed in Florida and 

their effectiveness on native migratory waterfowl populations . Fla . Sci . 

42 :123-129 . 

Gore, J .A . 1991 . Distribution and abundance of nesting least terns and black 

skimmers in northwest Florida . Florida Field Naturalist . 19(3) :65-96 . 

Gore, J .A . and C .A . Chase . 1989 . Snowy Plover breeding distribution . Florida 

Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, Nongame Wildlife Section, Final 

Performance Report . 23 pp . 

Gorzelany, J .F . 1986 . Oyster-associated fauna . Vol . 5 of a data collection 

program for selected coastal estuaries in Hernando, Citrus, and Levy 

Counties, Florida . Southwest Florida Water Management District . 

Brooksville, FL . 120 pp . 

Gotsell, J .S . 1931 . Natural history of the bay scallop . (Doc . 1100) U .S . 

Department of Commerce, Bureau of Fisheries . Washington, D .C . 

Grady, J .R . 1981 . Properties of sea grass and sand flat sediments from the 

intertidal zone of St . Andrew Bay, Florida . Estuaries . 4(4) :335-344 . 

Abstract . Investigates the composition and texture of the sediments of both 

vegetated and unvegetated substrates . 

Graham, H .W . 1954 . Dinoflagellates of the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 223-226 . ZI1 P .S . 

Galtsoff, ed . Gulf of Mexico, Its origin, waters, and Marine Life . 

(Bulletin 89) U .S . Fish Wildl . Serv ., 

Green, F.M . 1973 . Nitrogen fixation in salt marshes of the northern Gulf Coast 

of Florida . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 

57 pp . 

Abstract . The acetylene reduction method for determination of nitrogen 

fixation was used to describe nitrogen fixation in salt marshes on the 

northern Gulf coast of Florida. Three plots on one transect at each of 2 

stations were monitored biweekly from January, 1971 to February, 1972 . 

Irregular measurements were made at 4 other stations . 

Greening, H .S . and R .J . Livingston . 1982 . Diel variation in the structure of 

seagrass-associated epibenthic macroinvertebrate communities . Mar . Ecol . 

Prog . Ser . 7(2) :147-156 . 

Abstract . Epibenthic macroinvertebrate community structure (species 

composition, numbers of individuals and species, and relative abundance 

distributions) were examined at 4 study sites in the northeast Gulf of 

Mexico (Apalachee Bay, Florida, USA) . The relative abundance 

distribution changes with time of sampling (diurnal or nocturnal) 

because individual species become more or less numerically abundant in 

50 
nocturnal samples . The number of individuals collected was significantly 

different between diurnal and nocturnal samples at 3 of the 4 study 

sites . The degree of day/night variation appears to be associated with 

habitat complexity (as defined by plant biomass and red algae volume) 

for number of individuals, but not for number of species, collected. The 

inadequacies and consequences of reliance on an exclusively diurnal 

epibenthic sampling program for a good representation of 

macroinvertebrate community structure are discussed. 

Grice, G .D . 1953 . A qualitative and quantitative seasonal study of the 

Copepods and Cladocera of Alligator Harbor . Master's Thesis . Florida 

State University, Tallahassee, FL . 82 pp . 

Grice, G .D . 1960 . Calanoid and cyclopoid copepods collected from the Florida 

Gulf coast and Florida Keys in 1954 and 1955 . Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the 

Gulf and Carib . 10 :217-226 . 

Grimes, C .B . and J .A. Mountain . 1971 . Effects of thermal effluent upon marine 

fishes near Crystal River steam electric station . Florida Department of 

Natural Resources Marine Research Laboratory . Prof . Paper Series 17 :64 . 

Grimes, C .B ., A .G . Johnson and W .A . Fable Jr . 1987 . Delineation of king 

mackerel (Scomberomorus cavalla) stocks along the U .S . East Coast and in 

the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 186-187 . Xn H .E . Kumpf, ed . Proceedings of the 

Stock Identification Workshop, November 5-7, 1985, Panama City Beach, 

Florida . NOAA, (NOAA Tech . Memo NOAA-TM-NMFS-SEFC-199 .) 

Abstract . King mackerel (Scomberomorus cavalla) are widely distributed along 

the U.S . South Atlantic coast and in the Gulf of Mexico where they 

support both recreational and mixed-gear commercial fisheries. Because 

catches are landed within the boundaries of 8 states, 2 regional fishery 

management jurisdictions and Mexico, management of the fisheries is a 

problem of both regional and international concern. Biochemical (starchgel electrophoresis) and mark-recapture techniques are being used to 

evaluate the stock structure of king mackerel . Preliminary results 

suggest that at least two breeding groups may exist ; a western Gulf of 

Mexico group, and a second group in the eastern Gulf of Mexico and along 

the Atlantic coast . Tagging data indicate that mixing of the 2 groups 

may be occurring in the western and northwestern Gulf of Mexico in 

summer . 

Grinnell, R .S ., Jr . 1971 . Structure and development of oyster reefs on the 

Suwannee River delta, Florida . Ph .D . Dissertation . State University of 

New York, Binghampton, NY . 186 pp . 

Gulf Coast Technical Services Unit . UNKNOWN YEAR . Bacteriological studies of 

commercial shellfish on the Gulf Coast . Gulf Coast Technical Services 

Unit . Dauphin Island, AL . 

Abstract . Bacteriological studies of commercial shellfish were conducted in 

four areas along the Gulf Coast . Hydrographic data were collected in 

conjunction with each sampling . 

Gulf exploratory fishery program . 1958 . Gulf of Mexico explored for hard clams 

and scallops . Commercial Fisheries Review . 20 :41-43 . 

51 
Gulf of Mexico Fisheries Management Council . 1981 . Draft fishery management 

plan environmental impact statement and regulatory analysis for the 

groundfish in the Gulf of Mexico . Gulf of Mexico Fisheries Management 

Council . Tampa, FL. 39 pp . 

Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council . 1981 . Environmental impact 

statement and fisheries management plan for the reef fisheries of the 

Gulf of Mexico . Tampa, FL . 

Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission . 1977 . Gulf states marine fisheries 

commission twenty-eighth annual report 1976-1977 to the Congress of the 

United States and to the governors and legislators of Alabama, Florida, 

Louisiana, Mississippi and Texas . Gulf States Marine Fisheries 

Commission . Ocean Springs, MS . 48 pp . 

Gulf Sturgeon Recovery/Management Task Team . 1993 . Gulf Sturgeon (Acipenser 

oxyrinchus desotoi) Recovery/Management Plan (Public Review Draft) . U .S . 

Fish and Wildlife Service, Gulf State Marine Fisheries Commission, NMFS . 

101 pp . 

Gunter, G . 1954 . Mammals of the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 543-551 . in P .S . Galtsoff, 

ed . Gulf of Mexico : Its Origin, Waters, and Marine Life . Fisheries 

Bulletin 55(89) . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 

Gunter, G . 1967 . Some relationship of estuaries to the fisheries of the Gulf 

of Mexico . pp . 621-638 . In G .H . Lauff, ed . Estuaries . Publication No . 

83 . American Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, 

D .C . 

Gunter, G . 1968 . The status of seals in the Gulf of Mexico, with a record of 

feral otariid seals off the United States Gulf coast . Gulf Res . Rep . 

2(3) :301-308 . 

Gunter, G . and J .Y . Christmas . 1960 . A review of literature on menhaden with 

special reference to the gulf menhaden, Brevoortia patronis Goode . U .S . 

Fish Wildl . Serv . Spec . Sci . Rep . Fish . 363 :31 . 

Gunter, G . and R .W . Menzel . 1957 . The crown conch : Melongena corona, as a 

predator upon the Virginia oyster . Nautilus . 70(3) :84-87 . 

Gunter, G . et al . 1948 . Catastrophic mass mortality of marine animals and 

coincident phytoplankton bloom on the west coast of Florida, November 

1946 to May 1947 . Ecological Monographs . 18 

Gunter, J. et al . 1992 . Comprehensive shellfish harvesting area survey of 

Indian Lagoon, Gulf County, Florida. Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Shellfish Environmental Assessment Section . Tallahassee, FL . 

Haburay, K . 1975 . Plagusia depressa from the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Fla . 

Sci . 38 :28-30 . 

52 
Haburay, K . 1976 . New locality records for Spirobranchus giganteus var . 

giganteus in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Fla . Sci . 39(2) :127-128 . 

Abstract . A specimen of the 'Christmas tree' serpulid worm, S . giganteus var . 

giganteus (Pallas, 1766), was collected 29 June 1974 by David Graham, a 

Pensacola SCUBA diver, who pried the solitary worm tube off a limestone 

ledge located 1 .68° from the Destin Sea Buoy and approximately 3 .7 miles 

south of the Destin Pass, Florida . The specimen was taken at a depth of 

30 m in an area known to local SCUBA divers as 'Amberjack Rock' . The 

worm agreed fully with Ten Hovels (1970) description of S . giganteus and 

the specimen has been accessioned into the annelid collections of the 

U .S . National Museum (USNM - uncataloged) . Data for the specimen are as 

follows : operculum with 3 horns (2 branched latero-dorsal horns and 

single prominent medio-ventral horn with broken tip) ; branchial 

filaments spiraled, 6 whorled and 8 whorled ; ca . 194 abdominal segments ; 

length of abdomen and thorax, 80 mm. 

Haburay, K . et al . 1974 . Tropical marine fishes from Pensacola, Florida . Fla . 

Sci . 37 :105-109 . 

Haddad, K . et al . 1990 . Marine Resources Geographic Information System and 

Fishery Resources . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Division of 

Marine Resources, Florida Marine Research Institute . 

Hagan, J .E . 1972 . Estuarine surveys in the southeast . pp . 155-174 . Lu Coastal 

Zone Pollution Management, Proceedings of the Symposium, Charleston, 

South Carolina, February 21-22, 1972 . Clemson University, Clemson, SC . 

Abstract . This is a review of selected estuarine studies which have been 

conducted in recent years along the southeastern Atlantic and Gulf 

coast, and an attempt to draw some generalization concerning the types 

of pollution situations encountered, study techniques which have been 

particularly useful (or not useful), and some of the problems which seem 

to recur with the greatest frequency . Studies are selected which attempt 

to deal with fairly large segments of the ecosystem, demonstrate 

particular techniques, highlight recurring problems, and were of 

particular personal interest to the author . The effects of rediversion 

of the Cooper River on the water quality of Charleston harbor, South 

Carolina, are considered . Other topics include : Obnoxious odors in 

Hillsborough Bay, Florida; the influence of a steam-electric generating 

station on the shores of lower Biscayne Bay, Florida; fish kills in 

Escambia Bay, Florida; the effect of a paper mill on Perdido Bay, 

Alabama; bacterial pollution of Mobile Bay, Alabama ; waste disposal in 

the Savannah River estuary, Georgia ; water quality in waccasassa and 

Fernholloway estuaries, Florida ; pollutant problems in Lake Worth, 

Florida; the effects of chemical disposal on Port Royal Sound, South 

Carolina and strip mining in the area of the Georgia coastal marsh. 

Halusky, J . 1975 . Locomotory activity rhythms in blue crabs, Callinectes 

sapidus, (Rathbun) . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 126 pp . 

Aalusky, J . et al . 1993 . Artificial reef evaluation capabilities of Florida 

Counties . Florida Sea Grant Publication . TP-69 :93 . 

53 
Hamilton, P .V . 1978 . Intertidal distribution and long-term movements of 

Littorina irrorata (Mollusca : Gastropoda) . Mar . Biol . 46 :49-58 . 

Hampson, P.S . 1984 . Wetlands in Florida . U.S . Geological Survey . 109 . 

Hannah, R .P . 1972 . Primary productivity and certain limiting factors in a 

bayou estuary . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, 

FL . 53 pp . 

Abstract . Primary productivity and its related limiting factors was studied at 

6 stations in Bayou Texar, Pensacola Bay, Florida for one year beginning 

in April, 1971 . Biweekly monitoring and 3 diurnal studies were 

supplemented by in-situ and laboratory experiments with nutrients in 

order to describe the factors that effect primary production . 

Hannah, R.P . et al . 1973 . Nutrient-productivity relationships in a bayou 

estuary . Journal of Federal Water Pollution Control . 45 :2425-2630 . 

Hansen, D .J . 1969 . Food, growth, migration, reproduction, and abundance of 

pinfish, Lagodon rhomboides, and Atlantic croaker, Micropogon undulatus, 

near Pensacola, Florida, 1963-65 . Fish . Bull . 68(1) :135-146 . 

Hansen, D .J . and A .J . Wilson Jr . 1970 . Significance of DDT residues from the 

estuary near Pensacola, Florida . Pestic . Monit . J . 4(2) :51-56 . 

Harlos, D .P . 1976 . Environmental distribution of Melampus bidentatus 

(Pulmonata) and Cerithidea scalarifomis (Prosobranchia) in a Florida 

tidal marsh . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

66 pp . 

Harper, R.M . 1914 . Geography and vegetation of northern Florida . pp . 163-451 . 

Florida Geological Survey . 6th Annual Report ed . 

Hart, T.L . 1977 . An ecological study of epipsammic diatoms from sediments 

associated with Juncus roemerianus in a northwest Florida salt marsh. 

Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 191 pp . 

Hartman, D .S . 1969 . Florida's manatees, mermaids in peril . National Geographic 

Magazine . 136 :342-353 . 

Hartman, D .S . 1971 . Behavior and ecology of the Florida manatee, Trichechus 

manatus (Harden) at Crystal River, Florida . Ph .D . Dissertation . Cornell 

University, Ithaca, NY . 285 pp . 

Hartman, O . 1951 . The littoral marine annelids of the Gulf of Mexico . Publ . 

Inst . Mar . Sci ., (Univ . Tex .) 2(1) :7-124 . 

Hartman, O . 1959 . Capitellidae and Nereidae (marine annelids) from the Gulf 

side of Florida, with a review of the freshwater Nereyidae . Bull . Mar . 

Sci . 9(2) :153-168 . 

Hastings, P .A . and S .A . Bortone . 1976 . Additional notes on tropical marine 

fishes in the northern Gulf of Mexico . Fla . Sci . 39(2) :123-125 . 

Abstract . Halichoeres poeyi is recorded from the Gulf of Mexico and its 

presence is attributed to the transport of pelagic eggs and larvae from 

more southerly populations ; and H. radiatus is now known to occur at 

54 
Destin, Florida perhaps by recruitment of individuals from offshore 

reefs . A second Gulf locality for Oostethus lineatus and a second 

specimen of Corniger spinosus are also reported . 

Hastings, R .W . 1972a . Biology of the pygmy sea bass, Serraniculus pumilio 

(Pisces : Serranidae) . Fish . Bull . 7(1) :235-242 . 

Abstract . During the period from 1968 to 1971, numerous specimens of 

Serraniculus pumilio, were collected in shallow waters of the northern 

Gulf of Mexico . This paper presents biological data accumulated from 

these and other specimens in the fish collection of Florida State 

University and from scattered literature references regarding the 

species . The range of S . pumilio extends from North Carolina along the 

continental margin of the western Atlantic Ocean to Guyana, but it 

apparently does not occur in the West Indies . It has been collected at 

depths from 1 to 117 m ., usually over sand or shell bottoms near coral 

or rock reefs or accumulations of mollusk shells . Individuals move about 

considerably, although they spend much time resting on the bottom . S . 

pumilio is a synchronous hermaphrodite, but pairs mate to exchange 

gametes and self-fertilization probably never occurs . Spawning occurs 

between March and August or September in the northern Gulf of Mexico . 

Hastings, R .W . 1972b . The origin and seasonality of the fish fauna on a new 

jetty in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida 

State University, Tallahassee, FL . 555 pp . 

Hastings, R .W . 1979 . The origin and seasonality of the fish fauna on a new 

jetty in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Bull . Fla . State Mus . Biol . 

Sci . 24(1) :1-117 . 

Abstract . The establishment of the fish fauna on a new jetty at East Pass at 

the mouth of Choctawhatchee Bay, Okaloosa County, Florida, was studied 

from June, 1968, to January, 1971 . 

Hastings, R .W ., L .H . Ogren and M .T . Mabry . 1976 . Observations of the fish 

fauna associated with offshore platforms in the northeastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Fishery Bull . 74(2) :387-402 . 

Abstract . A survey of the fish species associated with the two Navy research 

stages off of Panama City . 

Haydee, L . 1982 . Observations on the ecology of benthic aquatic testaceans 

(Protozoa, Rhizopoda Testacealobosia) . Fla . Sci . 45 :25 . 

Hayes, P.F . 1979 . The reproductive cycle of early setting Crassostrea 

virginica (Gmelin) in the northern Gulf of Mexico and its implications 

for population recruitment . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Heald, E .J . 1970 . Fishery resource atlas II . West coast of Florida to Texas . 

University of Miami Sea Grant Program . Sea Grant Technical Bulletin . 

4 :174 . 

Heald, E .J . and W .E . Odum . 1969 . The contribution of mangrove swamps to 

Florida fisheries . pp . 130-135 . Lu Proceedings, Gulf and Caribbean 

Fisheries Institute, 22nd Annual Session . 

55 
Heard, R .W . 1978 . Macroarthropods from the MAFIA box core program (summer 1977 -

winter 1978) . Final Report submitted by Dames & Moore, Inc . for Contract 

AA550-CT7-34 . U .S . Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land 

Management . 749-835 pp . 

Heard, R .W . 1979 . Guide to common tidal marsh invertebrates of the 

northeastern Gulf of Mexico . MASGP-79-004 . Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant 

Consortium . Ocean Springs, MS . 

Abstract . This guide is intended to be a laboratory guide to the marsh 

invertebrates of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . It includes taxonomic 

keys to the major groups of invertebrates and provides detailed 

descriptions (with illustrations) to the more commonly encountered 

polychaetes, molluscs and crustaceans . Also given is a general 

discussion on the importance of tidal marshes and general information on 

the interaction between organisms found there . 

Heard, R .W . 1982 . Observations on the food and food habits of clapper rails 

(Rallus longirostris Boddaert) from tidal marshes along the east and 

Gulf coast of Florida . Gulf Res . Rep . 7 :125-135 . 

Heard, W .H . 1977 . Reproduction of Unionidae Elliptio in Northern Florida, USA . 

The Bull . of the Amer . Malacological Union . 43 :86 . 

Heatwole, D .W ., J .H . Hunt and F .S . Kennedy Jr . 1988 . Catch efficiencies of 

live lobster decoys and other attractants in the Florida spiny lobster 

fishery . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Bureau of Marine 

Research . St . Petersburg, FL . 15 pp . 

Hebbel, T .H . et al . 1956 . The Flint-Chattahoochee-Apalachicola Region and Its 

Environments . Bull . Fla . St . Mus . Biol . Ser . 1(1) :1-72 . 

Heck, K .L .J . 1976 . Community Structure and the Effects of Pollution in SeaGrass Meadows and Adjacent Habitats . Mar . Biol . 35 :345-357 . 

Abstract . Differences in the structure of epibenthic invertebrate species 

assemblages were investigated in two estuarine areas in Apalachee Bay, 

Florida (USA), and related to the presence or absence of pulp-mill 

effluents . Invertebrate species associated with seagrass beds, mud 

flats, and oyster reefs were included in the analyses . Surprisingly, 

several commonly used indicators of pollution stress were ineffective in 

differentiating the study areas, even though there were large difference 

in abundance and dominance relationships between them, and these 

differences were clearly related to the presence of the pulp-mill 

effluents . Recommendations for data analyses in similar types of studies 

are made based on the results of this investigation and others in the 

same study areas. 

Heck, K .L ., Jr . 1973 . The impact of pulp mill effluents on species assemblages 

of epibenthic invertebrates in Apalachee Bay, Florida . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Hefernan, J .J . and T .L . Hopkins . 1981 . Vertical distribution and feeding of 

the shrimp genera Gennadas and Bentheogennema (Decapoda : Penaeidae) in 

the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Jour . Crust . Biol . 1(4) :461-473 . 

56 
Hefner, J .M . 1986 . Wetlands of Florida, 1950s to 1970s . pp . 23-31 . Zn E .D . 

Estevez, J . Miller ; J . Morris and R . Hamman, eds . Managing Cumulative 

Impacts in Florida Wetlands . Omnipress, Madison, WI . 

Hendrix, J . 1983 . Cape Saint George State Reserve Management Plan . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 

Henningson, D . and Richardson . 1975 . Bayou Texar Restoration Study . Vol . 1 and 

2 . Intergovernmental Program Office . Pensacola, FL . 

Henwood, T.A . 1978 . Life history of the long spined porgy, Stenotomus 

caprinus . Master's Thesis . University of South Alabama, Mobile, AL . 

65 pp . 

Abstract . Specimens of Stenotomus caprinus, the long spined porgy, were 

captured between 1972 and 1976 . Distribution, reproduction, feeding and 

growth patterns for the species were examined . 

Henwood, T.A ., P . Johnson and R.W . Heard. 1978 . Feeding habits and food of the 

long spined porgy, Stenotomus caprinus Bean . Northeast Gulf Sci . 

2 (2) :133-137 . 

Abstract . The long spined porgy, Stenotomus caprinus Bean, is an abundant 

species in the 40 to 100 meter depth range over much of the northern and 

western Gulf of Mexico . Gunter & Knapp (1951), Siebenaler (1952), 

Hildebrand (1954), Caldwell (1955), Roithmayr (1965), Moore et . al . 

(1970), Perry (1970), Franks et . al . (1972) and Chittenden & McEachran 

(1976) have documented the occurrence of this species in the 20 to 120 

meter range . Despite ample evidence that the porgy is a major member of 

the offshore demersal fish population, there have been no published 

reports on the feeding behavior or food of this fish . This study was 

undertaken in the hopes of characterizing major food items and feeding 

patterns within the species . 

Hoese, H .D . 1964 . Studies on oyster scavengers and their relation to the 

fungus Dermocystidium marinum . Proc . Natl . Shellfish Assoc . 53 :161-174 . 

Abstract . Dermocystidium marinum, a parasitic fungus of oysters, was 

demonstrated from the stomachs of the snail, Urosalpinx cinerea, from 

the stomach, intestine and body of three fishes, Gobiosoma bosci, 

Chasmodes bosquianus, and Opsanus tau, and from the body, especially the 

setal, of two crabs, Neopanope texana and Rhithropanopeus harrisii . All 

animals containing D . marinum had scavenged oysters infected by the 

fungus . A few oysters became lightly infected when kept in aquaria with 

fishes that had been fed infected oyster tissue . It is concluded that 

nearly all dying oysters are consumed by animals during periods or 

normal mortality, so their parasites must pass through the digestive 

system of scavengers . 

Hoese, H .D . and R .H . Moore . 1977 . Fishes of the Gulf of Mexico ; Texas, 

Louisiana, and Adjacent Waters . Texas A&M University Press . College 

Station, TX . 327 pp . 

Hoff, F .W. 1976 . Controlled conditioning and spawning of the Florida pampano, 

Trachinotus carolinus . Master's Thesis . University of South Florida, St 

Petersburg, FL . 141 pp . 

57 
Hood, M .A., G . Ness, G .E . Rodrick and N .J . Blake . 1983 . Distribution of Vibrio 

cholerae in two Florida estuaries . Microb . Ecol . 9(1) :65-75 . 

Abstract . The distribution of Vibrio cholerae was examined in 2 Florida 

estuaries, Apalachicola and Tampa Bay . V . cholerae serotype non-O1 was 

the most abundant serotype, being isolated from 45% of the oyster 

samples, 30% of the sediments, 50%- of the waters, and 75%- of the blue 

crabs : V . cholerae serotype 01 was isolated from only one oyster sample . 

Strong linear correlations between V . cholerae and temperature, 

salinity, or the other physical/chemical parameters measured, 

Escherichia coli, or fecal coliforms were not observed, but a range of 

temperatures and salinities appeared relevant to the distribution of the 

organism . The organism was present in the highest concentrations when 

salinities were 10 ppt-25 ppt and temperatures were 20°C-35°C . In-vitro 

growth curves of 95 V . cholerae environmental isolates further supported 

that 10 ppt-25 ppt was an ideal salinity range for the organisms . The 

results suggest that V . cholerae is a widely distributed organism in the 

nutrient-rich warm waters of the Gulf Coast estuaries . 

Hooks, T .A . 1973 . An analysis and comparison of the benthic invertebrate 

communities in the Fenholloway and Ecofina Estuaries of Apalachee Bay, 

Florida . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Hooks, T .A ., K .L . Heck Jr . and R .J . Livingston . 1976 . An inshore marine 

invertebrate community structure and habitat association in the 

northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Bull . Mar . Sci . Gulf Carib . 26(1) :99-109 . 

Hopkins, S .H . 1957 . Notes on the boring sponges in Gulf Coast estuaries and 

their relation to salinity . Bulletin of Marine Science . 6 :44-58 . 

Hopkins, T .L . 1966 . The plankton of the St . Andrew Bay system, Florida . Publ . 

of the Inst . of Mar . Sci . (Univ . Texas) . 11 :12-64 . 

Abstract . A comprehensive study of the Bay's plankton, both plant and animal . 

Hopkins, T .L . and R .C . Baird . 1985 . Feeding ecology of four hatchetfishes 

(Sternoptychidae) in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Bull . Mar . Sci . 

36(2) :260-277 . 

Abstract . Vertical distribution and trophic ecology of hatchetfishes were 

investigated in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . The four principal species, 

Argyropelecus aculeatus, A. hemigymnus, Sternoptyx diaphana and S . 

pseudobscura, ranged in abundance from 21-53 x 103/km2 in the upper 

1,000 m. There is strong evidence for time-space and food resource 

partitioning among these species . Depth of habitat and diet 

characteristics are reflected in cryptic adaptations and functional 

morphology of the two genera . 

Hopkins, T .L ., D .M . Milliken, L .M . Bell, E .J . McMichael, J .J . Heffernan and 

R .V . Cano . 1981 . The landward distribution of oceanic plankton and 

micronekton over the west florida continental shelf as related to their 

vertical distribution . J . Plankton Res . 3(4) :645-658 . 

Abstract . The landward distributions of 69 plankton and 92 micronekton species 

over the west Florida continental shelf were examined in relation to 

their vertical distribution in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Using linear 

and power-curve regressions, it was found that extent of landward 

occurrence is significantly correlated with bottom topography in terms 

58 
of bottom depth and distance from the open Gulf . Epipelagic plankton 

species were distributed considerable distances across the shelf whereas 

the mesopelagic shrimp and fish species were not found landward of slope 

stations . Possible factors affecting landward distribution, such as 

currents, vertical migration patterns, and predation, are discussed. 

Hopkins, T .S . 1969 . The Escambia River and Escambia Bay during Summer, 1969 . 

U .S . Bureau of Commercial Fisheries . Washington, D .C . 54 pp . 

Abstract . Pt . I . Physical/chemical studies on Escambia River complex ; Pt . II . 

Physical/chemical/biological studies on Escambia Bay . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1971a . Effects of pesticides on estuarine productivity, II . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 

Abstract . An ecological investigation of Mulatto and Thompson's bayous, 

Escambia Bay, Florida, was carried out in order to describe water 

quality and productivity . Water quality was determined biweekly at 15 

stations, phytoplankton standing crop at 9 stations, and fish standing 

crop at 3 stations . Arochlor 1254, a polychlorinated biphenyl, was 

measured in representative samples of all animals collected . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1971b . Effects of pesticides on estuarine productivity, III . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 

Abstract . Environmental parameters were measured in Mulatto and Thompson's 

Bayous, Escambia Bay, Florida, in an effort to describe the effects of 

pesticides on productivity . Five water quality parameters were monitored 

weekly at 12 stations and fish and plankton productivities were measured 

at 1 and 3 stations respectively . Arochlor 1254, a PCB, was monitored in 

several fish populations at 3 stations, and in an oyster population a 

one station . Dieldrin, DDD, DDE and DDT were measured in catfish held in 

cages at one station in Thompson's Bayou . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1973a . Marine Ecology in Escarosa . State of Florida, Department 

of Natural Resources, Coastal Coordinating Council . Tallahassee, FL . 

100 pp . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1973b . Zooplankton . In J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and 

R .E . Smith, eds . A Summary of Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico . 

State University System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Abstract . Zooplankton in the eastern Gulf, a warm temperature-subtropical 

region, seems to show distinct seasonality in abundance . In estuaries 

and on the southwest Florida shelf the biomass maximum appears in summer 

whereas in shelf waters of the central and northeastern Gulf the 

seasonal maximum occurs in winter . No seasonal trend is as yet evident 

for the Loop Current . Annually, averages for zooplankton biomass range 

from 0 .88 to 0 .80 ml/m', 0 .02 to 0 .10 ml/m3 and 0 .01 to 0 .10 ml/m3 in 

estuarine, shelf, and eastern Central Gulf regions, respectively . 

Locally both on the shelf and in estuaries biomass can be much higher . 

The principal holoplankton species in terms of biomass in estuaries 

appears to be Acartia tonsa . In summer meroplankton significantly 

augments plankton biomass in inshore waters . The principal hydrographic 

factors regulating zooplankton distribution in the eastern Gulf are the 

Loop Current, Mississippi River, and runoff from other small rivers . 

Upwelling generated by the Loop Current appears to be responsible for 

59 
the maximum on the southwest Florida shelf while the Mississippi and 

other river discharge along with cool meteorological conditions may be 

primarily responsible for winter peaks on the northern Gulf shelf . 

Biological factors in addition to annual temperature and runoff cycles 

may affect seasonal abundance of estuarine zooplankton . There is 

evidence that ctenophores and scyphomedusae play a major role in 

regulating dynamics of estuarine microzooplankton . Studies on taxonomic 

composition of plankton have shown that certain species of pteropods, 

foraminiferans, and planktonic shrimp can be used to define the Loop 

Current and other water mass in the eastern Gulf . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1975 . The interrelationships of the biology, chemistry, and 

geology of Escambia Bay and adjacent waters, Year 01, Annual Report . 

University of West Florida, Florida Sea Grant . Pensacola, FL . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1977 . Epifaunal and epifloral benthic communities in the MAFIA 

Year 02 lease area (1975-76) . Unpublished Report . U .S . Department of the 

Interior . Washington, D .C . 98 pp . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1978 . Macroepifauna from the MAFLA program . Final Report 

submitted to Dames & Moore, Inc . under contract AA550-CT7-34 . U .S . 

Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 

789-838 pp . 

Hopkins, T .S . 1979 . Chapter 17 . Macroepifauna . pp . 789-835 . In The 

Mississippi, Alabama, Florida outer continental shelf baseline 

environmental survey . Bureau of Land Management, Washington, D .C . 

Abstract . Macroepifaunal invertebrates were collected by dredging and trawling 

at 19 localities in the MAFLA tract of the eastern Gulf of Mexico over 

three seasons in 1977-1978 . In addition, archived samples, from 20 

dredge/trawl and 6 dive stations, were also analyzed. Results report a 

species list of 51 coelenterates, 260 molluscs, 250 decapod crustaceans, 

15 stomatopod crustaceans, 9 Pycnogonida, and 95 Echinodermata to the 

generic rank and below ; 26 Families of the Polychaeta are reported . 

Molluscs were found to be good potential indicators of seasonality and 

decapod crustaceans and echinoderms maybe good indicators of substrate 

at certain depths . Faunal assemblages are stronger along contour 

gradients and species numbers decrease with depth . Each station appears 

to have a characteristic assemblage which probably relates to such 

factors as annual temperature and substrate . There is continuing 

evidence that the MAFLA macroepifauna has its greatest affinites with 

West Indian stocks . 

Hopkins, T .S . UNKNOWN YEAR-a . Sport fishing activity on Pensacola bridge and 

Pensacola main beach . Dauphin Island Sea Lab . Dauphin Island, AL . 

Abstract . The sport fishery of Pensacola bridge and Pensacola main beach was 

studied during 1972 . Counts and identifications of fish were made, as 

well as data on the fishing population/pressure . 

Hopkins, T .S . UNKNOWN YEAR-b . Upper Escambia Bay Marsh Creek stagnation study . 

Dauphin Island Sea Lab . Dauphin Island, AL . 

Abstract . Nine stations in Upper Escambia Bay were visited daily at dawn from 

60 
April to July, 1972 in an effort to document fish kills . Salinity, 

temperature and dissolved oxygen were measured daily, and fish were 

identified and counted when kills occurred . 

Hopkins, T .S . and J .F . Valentine . 1987 . An illustrated guide with key to 

selected benthic invertebrate fauna of the northern Gulf of Mexico . 

MASGP-87-010 . Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium . 

Hopkins, T .S . and U .S . Valentine . 1981 . The echinoderm fauna of the 

continental shelf of the east and central Gulf of Mexico . International 

Echinoderm Conference . Tampa, FL . 

Hopkins, T . et al . 1977 . Preliminary characterization of the biotic components 

of composite strip transects on the Florida Middle Ground, northeastern 

Gulf . Proceedings, International Coral Reef Symposium, 3rd, Miami, 

Florida . 1 :31-37 . 

Horlick, G . and C .B . Subramanyam . 1982 . Macroinvertebrate infauna of a salt 

marsh tidal creek . Fla . Sci . 45(Supplemental 1) :26 . 

Houbrick, R . 1974 . Growth studies on the genus Cerithium (Gastropoda : 

Prosobranchia) with notes on ecology and microhabitats . Nautilus . 

88(l) :14-27 . 

Houde, E .D . 1976 . Ichthyoplankton survey data report : summary of egg and 

larvae data used to determine abundance of clupeid fishes in the eastern 

Gulf of Mexico . University of Miami . Coral Gables, FL . 193 pp . 

Houde, E .D . and N . Chitty . 1976 . Seasonal abundance and distribution of 

zooplankton, fish eggs, and fish larvae in the eastern Gulf of Mexico, 

1972-74 . National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National 

Marine Fisheries Service . Seattle, WA . 18 pp . 

Houde, E .D ., J .C . Leak, C .E . Dowd, S .A . Berkley and W .J . Richards . 1979 . 

Ichthyoplankton abundance and diversity in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . 

Contribution AA550-CT7-28 . BLM . Washington, D .C . 581 pp . 

Abstract . An ichthyoplankton survey in the eastern Gulf of Mexico was carried 

out from 1971-1974 . Objectives of the survey were to determine the kinds 

and abundances of larval fishes, their distribution and diversity, and 

the relationship of their occurrence to environmental factors . The 

surveys succeeded in providing important baseline data on the early life 

stages of fishes in the Gulf of Mexico . Effects of environmental factors 

on ichthyoplankton abundances were not clearly demonstrated but the 

modes and ranges of surface temperature, surface salinities and station 

depths where common species occurred were clearly defined . Positive 

affinities of some species with water of Loop Current origin, when it 

intruded into coastal areas, were demonstrated for several species . 

Howell, A .H . 1932 . Florida Bird Life . Florida Department of Game and Fresh 

Water Fish . Tallahassee, FL . 

Howey, T .W . 1973 . Distribution of zooplankton displacement volumes in the Gulf 

of Mexico and abundance of major taxa . Amer . Zoologist . 13(4) :13-27 . 

61 
Hsieh, Y .P, and O .J . Weber . 1984 . Net aerial primary production and dynamics 

of soil organic matter formation in a tidal marsh ecosystem . Soil Sci . 

Soc . of Amer . Jour . 48(1) :65-72 . 

Hubbell, T .H . et al . 1956 . The Flint-Chattahoochee-Apalachicola Region and its 

Environments . Bull . Fla . State Museum . 1(1) :1-72 . 

Huff, A .J . et al . 1981 . Summary of marine turtle activity in Florida, 1980 . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . St Petersburg, FL . 

Huff, J .A . and S .P . Cobb . 1979 . Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises, Vol . V, Part 

IV : Penaeoid and Segestoid Shrimps (Crustacea : Decapoda) . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research Laboratory . St 

Petersburg, FL . 

Rulings, N.C . 1961 . The barnacle and decapod fauna from the nearshore area of 

Panama City, Florida . Quarterly Jour . of the Fla . Acad . of Sci . 

24 (3) :215-222 . 

Abstract . A survey of benthic invertebrates collected from nearshore bottoms . 

Humor, H .J. 1952 . Marine algae from Campeche Banks . Florida State University 

Studies . 7 :27 . 

Humor, H .J . 1953 . Notes on the marine algae of Florida . II . Flora of the rocky 

bottom off St . Mark's Light, Wakulla County (Gulf of Mexico) . Phycol . 

Society News Bulletin . 6 :8 . 

Humm, H.J . 1956 . Annotated checklist of the marine fauna and flora of the St . 

George's Sound-Apalachee Bay region, Florida Gulf Coast. Florida State 

University, Contrib. of the Ocean . Institute . 60 :1-78 . 

Humor, H .J . 1963 . Some new records and range extensions of Florida marine 

algae . Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the Gulf and Carib . 14 :306-341 . 

Humor, H .J . 1964 . Epiphytes of the seagrass, Thalassia testudinum, in Florida . 

Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the Gulf and Carib . 14 :306-341 . 

Humor, x .J . 1973a . Benthic algae of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . pp . IIIB1-

IIIB15 . ID2 J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and R .E . Smith, eds . A 

Summary of Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico . State University 

System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Humor, H .J . 1973b . The biological environment . In J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . 

Rinkel and R .E . Smith, eds . A Summary of Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf 

of Mexico, 1973 . State University System of Florida, Institute of 

Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Humor, H .J . 1973c . Mangroves, pp . IIID1-IIID6 . LU J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . 

Rinkel and R .E . Smith, eds . A Summary of Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf 

of Mexico . State University System of Florida, Institute of 

Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

62 
Humor, H .J . 1973d . Seagrasses . pp . 10 . jn J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel 

and R .E . Smith, eds . A Summary of Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of 

Mexico, 1973 . State University System of Florida, Institute of 

Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Humor, H .J . and S .E . Taylor . 1961 . Marine chlorophyta of the upper west coast 

of Florida . Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the Gulf and Carib . 11(3) :321-380 . 

Humor, W . 1956 . Sea grass of the northern Gulf coast . Bull . Mar . Sci . Gulf 

Carib . 6(4) :305-308 . 

Husar, S .L . 1977 . The West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) . U .S . Fish 

Wildl . Serv . Report . 7 :22 . 

Hutchings, P .A . 1986 . Biological destruction of coral reefs--a review . Coral 

Reefs . 4 :239-252 . 

Hutton, R .F . 1964 . A second list of parasites from marine and coastal animals 

of Florida . Trans . American Microscopy Society . 83 :439-447 . 

Hydroscience, I . 1977 . The effects of forest management on the water quality 

and aquatic biota of Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Buckeye Cellulose 

Corporation . 

Idyll, C .P . 1957 . The commercial shrimp industry of Florida . Florida Board of 

Conservation Marine Laboratory, Educational Series . No . 6 :30 . 

Inamoto, T . 1965 . Summary of tuna observations in the Gulf of Mexico on 

cruises of the exploratory fishing vessel Oregon, 1950-1963 . Comet . Fish . 

Rev . 27(1) :7-14 . 

Ingle, R .M . 1950a . Summer Growth of the American Oyster in Florida Waters . 

Science . 112(2908) :338-339 . 

Ingle, R .M . 1950b . Variation in salinity and its relation to the Florida 

oyster ; salinity variations in Apalachicola Bay . Gulf and Caribbean 

Fisheries Institute, Proceedings . 3 :35-42 . 

Ingle, R .M . 1951 . Spawning and setting of oysters in relation to seasonal 

environmental changes . Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the Gulf and Carib . 

1(2) :111-135 . 

Ingle, R.M. 1952 . Studies of the Effect of Dredging Operations Upon Fish and 

Shellfish. (Technical Series, No . 5 .) Florida State Board of 

Conservation, Division of Oyster Culture . Tallahassee, FL . 

Ingle, R .M . 1957 . Intermittent shrimp sampling in Apalachicola Bay with 

biological notes and regulatory applications . pp . 6-17 . Ta Proceedings 

of the Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, 9th Annual Session, 

November . Coral Gables, FL . 

Ingle, R .M . 1959 . Preliminary analysis of Tortuga Shrimp Sampling Data, 1957-

58 . Florida State Board of Conservation, Marine Laboratory . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

63 
Ingle, R .M . 1962 . Results of the Tagging of salt water fishes in Florida . 

Florida State Board of Conservation, Marine Laboratory . St . Petersburg, 

FL . 

Ingle, R .M . 1967 . Purse net studies in Florida . Florida Board of Conservation, 

Marine Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Ingle, R .M . 1969 . Selected References Concerning Florida's Marine Resources . 

Marine Research Laboratory, Florida Board of Conservation . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Ingle, R.M . 1971 . Florida sea turtle industry in relation to restrictions 

imposed in 1971 . Summary of Florida commercial marine landings, 1971 . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, Division of Marine Resources, 

Bureau of Marine Science and Technology . St . Petersburg, FL . 8 pp . 

Ingle, R .M . 1981 . Shellfisheries in Florida, an Update . = Proceedings of 

Shellfishery Workshop . 

Ingle, R .M. and C .E . Dawson . 1951 . Variation in salinity and its relation to 

the Florida oyster - salinity variations in Apalachicola Bay . Marine 

Laboratory, University of Miami, Contribution No . 46 . Coral Gables, FL . 

35-42 pp . 

Ingle, R .M . and C .E . Dawson . 1952 . Growth of the American Oyster, Crassostrea 

virginica (Gmelin) in Florida Waters . Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the Gulf and 

Carib . 2 :393-404 . 

Ingle, R .M . and C .E . Dawson . 1953 . A survey of the Cedar Key area . Florida 

Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory, Tech . Series . 9 :26 . 

Ingle, R.M . and C.E . Dawson Jr . 1953 . A survey of Apalachicola Bay. (Technical 

Series, No . 10 .) Florida Board of Conservation . Tallahassee, FL . 39 pp . 

Ingle, R .M . and D .F . Martin . 1971 . Prediction of the Florida red tide by means 

of the iron index . Environ . Letters . 1 :69-74 . 

Ingle, R.M . and J. Torpey . 1966 . The Red Tide . revised ed. Florida Board of 

Conservation, Marine Laboratory, Educational Series No . 1 . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 27 pp . 

Ingle, R .M . and W .K . Whitfield Jr . 1968 . Oyster culture in Florida . Florida 

State Board of Conservation, Division of Saltwater Fisheries Educational 

Series . 5 . 

Ingle, R .M . et al . 1963 . On the possible Caribbean origin of Florida's spiny 

lobster populations . Florida State Board of Conservation Marine 

Laboratory, Technical Series . No . 40 :12 . 

Ingram, W . 1980 . The heuristic analysis of temporal and spatial variation 

within zooplankton community structure at the Crystal River estuary : a 

multivariate approach . Ph .D . Dissertation . University of Florida, 

Gainesville, FL . 640 pp . 

64 
Irby, E .W ., Jr . 1974 . A fishing survey of Choctawhatchee Bay and adjacent Gulf 

of Mexico Waters . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine 

Research Laboratory . Publication No . 2 :26 . 

Irvine, A .B . and H .W . Campbell . 1978 . Aerial census of the West Indian 

manatee, Trichechus manatus, in the Southeastern United States . J . 

Mammal . 59 :613-617 . 

Irvine, A.B . and M .B . Scott . 1984 . Development and use of marking techniques 

to study manatees in Florida . Fla . Sci . 47 :12-26 . 

Irvine, A .B . et al . 1981 . Aerial surveys for manatees and dolphins in western 

peninsular Florida ; with notes on sightings of sea turtles and 

crocodiles . Rpt . No . FWS/OBS-80/50 :21 . U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, 

Office of Biological Services . 

Ivanov, A.I . 1966 . Some data on phytoplankton of the Gulf of Mexico and 

Florida Straits . Studies on the Central American Seas . Institute of the 

Ecology of Southern Seas, Academy of Sciences, Ukranian SSR, No . 1 . 

Kiev, USSR . 89-99 pp . 

Ivany, L .C . et al . 1994 . Benthic invertebrates of a modern carbonate ramp : a 

preliminary survey . Jour .of Paleon . 68(3) :417-433 . 

Iverson, J .B . and C .R . Etchberger . 1989 . The distributions of turtles of 

Florida . Fla . Sci . 52(2) :119-120 . 

Abstract . The distributions of all 25 turtle species recorded from Florida 

(including 17 freshwater, five marine, one estuarine, and two 

terrestrial species) are mapped and reviewed . Freshwater turtle species 

density in Florida is among the highest in the world, with 13 species 

known to co-occur in the Escambia River, and possibly also in the 

Apalachicola, Wakulla, and Suwannee River basins . Although at least 

eight exotic species have been introduced into Florida, the only 

confirmed breeding populations of non-native forms are of Trachemys 

scripta elegans . 

Iverson, R .L . and H .F . Bittaker . 1986 . Seagrass distribution and abundance in 

eastern Gulf of Mexico coastal waters . Estuarine Coastal Shelf Sci . 

22(5) :577-602 . 

Abstract . The marine angiosperms Thalassia testudinum, Syringodium filiforme, 

and Halodule wrightii form two of the largest reported seagrass beds 

along the northwest and southern coasts of Florida where they cover 

about 3,000 Km2 in the Big Bend area and about 5500 Km2 in Florida Bay, 

respectively . The cross shelf limits of the two major seagrass beds are 

controlled nearshore by increased water turbidity and lower salinity 

around river mouths and offshore by light penetration to depths which 

receive 10% or more of sea surface photosynthetically active radiation . 

Seagrasses form large beds only along low energy reaches of the coast . 

Ivester, M .S . 1978 . Analysis of benthic meiofauna from the MAFLA/Eastern Gulf 

of Mexico . MAFLA Final Report (1977-78), Contract #AA550-CT7-34, 

Submitted to Dames & Moore, Inc . for BLM . Bureau of Land Management . 

640-666 pp . 

65 
Ivester, S . 1979 . Chapter 13 . Benthic meiofauna . In The Mississippi, Alabama, 

Florida Outer Continental Shelf Baseline Environmental Survey, 

1977/1978 . Bureau of Land Management, Washington, D .C . 

Abstract . Meiofauna density in the eastern Gulf of Mexico - MAFLA region are 

in the range for densities from other parts of the world. Marine freeliving nematodes comprised 70 .38 . Density was highest in shallow inshore 

waters and decreased to lowest values in depth > 100 m . An inshore 

density depression is evident south of Mobile Bay were large river 

inputs apparently reduced meiofauna density . Meiofauna densities peak in 

moderate to high carbonate, medium to fine sands . Association patterns 

between and within stations, and between seasons do not show any 

definite trends . Correlations between taxa and physical parameters are 

nonexistent or weak . This is due probably to the limited taxonomic 

identification . Thirty families of marine free-living nematodes were 

described from nine selected stations . All are indicative of sandy 

habitats . Some general reports are records for the North American 

continent . 

Jaap, W .C . 1984 . The Ecology of the South Florida Coral Reefs : a Community 

Profile . Rpt . No . FWS/OBS-82-108 . U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office 

of Biological Services 

Jackewicz, J .R . 1973 . Energy utilization in the marsh crab, Sesarma 

retiCUlatum (Say) . Master's Thesis . University of Delaware, Newark, DE . 

Jackson, B .P . ed . 1987 . Symposium on protecting the marine environment, 

research and regulation . Environmental Research Laboratory . Gulf Breeze, 

FL . 38 pp . 

Jackson, C .R . 1951 . Topographic, edaphic, and climatic factors affecting plant 

zonation in a tidal marsh . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 46 pp . 

Jackson, C .R . 1952 . Some topographic and edaphic factors affecting plant 

distribution in a tidal marsh . Quart . J . Fla . Acad . Sci . 15 :137-146 . 

James, C .W . 1961 . Endemism in Florida . Brittonia . 13 :225-244 . 

Johnson, A .F . 1982 . Some demographic characteristics of the Florida rosemary 

Ceratiola ericoides Michx . American Midlands Naturalist . 108 :170-174 . 

Johnson, A .F . 1993 . Sequence and rate of vegetation change on dunes along the 

northeast coast of the Gulf of Mexico . Zn A .F . Johnson, ed . Florida 

Natural Areas Inventory. Tallahassee, FL . 

Johnson, A .G ., W .E . Fable Jr ., C .B . Grimes, L . Trent and J .V . Perez . 1994 . 

Evidence for distinct stocks of king mackerel, Scomberomorus cavalla, in 

the Gulf of Mexico . Fish . Bull . 92 :91-101 . 

Johnson, P .G . 1981 . Standardization of identifications of benthic polychaetous 

annelids from the Gulf of Mexico outer continental shelf . American 

Zoologist . 21(4) 

66 
Johnson, P .G . and J .M . Uebelacker . 1983 . Ecological characterization of 

macrofaunal communities of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Presented at 

Benthic Ecology Meeting, Florida Institute of Technology, Melbourne, FL . 

Johnson, V . 1993 . Apalachicola Bay : Endangered Estuary . Florida water . 

2(l) :14-24 . 

Johnston, S .A. 1983 . Preliminary report on Avicennia germinans communities 

located on Ile de Chien, (Dog Island), Franklin County, Florida . Trop . 

Ecol . 24(1) :13-18 . 

Abstract . The discovery of tidal communities of the black mangrove, Avicennia 

germinans, may constitute the northernmost range of this mangrove 

species along the Gulf of Mexico . This preliminary description of A. 

germinans communities of Ile de Chien serves to document a discovery 

useful to further investigation of chilling-tolerance in mangroves . 

These mangroves are compared to similar communities cited in the 

literature . 

Jolley, J . 1972 . Exploratory fishing for the sunray venus clam, Macrocallista 

nimbosa, in northwest Florida . Florida Department of Natural Resources 

Marine Research Laboratory . 67 :42 . 

Abstract . An exploratory fishing project designed to locate commercially 

harvestable populations of sunray venus clams, Macrocallista nimbosa, 

was carried out from November 1969 to April 1970 along Florida's west 

coast . Physical data recorded included water depth, temperature, 

salinity, secchi disc depth, and bottom type . Catch of venus clams was 

reported . Taxonomic determinations of associated fauna were made . 

Jones, A.C . et al . 1986 . Oceanic habitat and fishery resources of Florida . pp . 

437-542 . Za W . Seaman Jr ., ed . Florida Aquatic Habitat and Fishery 

Resources . Florida Chapter of the American Fisheries Society, Kissimmee, 

FL . 

Jones, J .I ., R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and R .E . Smith . eds . 1973 . A Summary of 

Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico, 1973 . State University System 

of Florida, Institute of Oceanography . St . Petersburg, FL . 590 pp . 

Abstract . A compilation and evaluation of significant environmental 

characteristics of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . It provides an overview 

of knowledge and information on past and ongoing studies significant to 

the environment and ecology of this area . Major sections of the report 

include 1) Physical Environment, 2) Biological Environment, 3) 

Utilization of Marine and Coastal Resources, 4) Recreation and Industry 

Coastal Resources, 5) Environmental Quality Problems, and 6) Master 

Bibliography . Writing is somewhat general in nature with few specific 

data for all but the bays . 

Jordan, D .S . 1900 . The Fishes of North and Middle America : A Descriptive 

Catalogue of the Species of Fish-like Vertebrates Found in the Waters of 

North America, North of the Isthmus of Panama . Government Printing 

Office . Washington, D .C . 

Jordan, D .S . and C .H . Gilbert . 1882 . Notes on fishes observed about Pensacola, 

Florida and Galveston, Texas, with description of new species . 

Proceedings, U .S . National Museum . 5 :241-307 . 

67 
Jordan, G .F . 1952 . Reef formation in the Gulf of Mexico off Apalachicola Bay, 

Florida . Geological Society of America Bulletin . 63 :741-744 . 

Joseph, E .D . and R .W . Yerger . 1956 . The fishes of Alligator harbor, Florida 

with notes on their natural history . (No . 22) Florida State University 

Studies . Tallahassee, FL . 

Joss, J .W, and R .R . Marak . 1983 . MARMAP (Marine Resources Monitoring, 

Assessment, and Prediction) plankton survey manual . NOAA-TM-NMFS-F/NEC21 . National Marine Fisheries Service, Northeast Fisheries Center . Woods 

Hole, MA . 278 pp . 

Joyce, E .A . 1965 . The Commercial Shrimps of the Northeast Coast of Florida . 

Florida Board of Conservation, Marine Laboratory, Maritime Base . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Joyce, E .A ., Jr . 1970 . History and current status of the Sunray Venus Clam 

fishing in northwest Florida, Annual Report . American Malacological 

Union . 29-30 pp . 

Joyce, E .A., Jr . 1972 . A partial bibliography of oysters, with annotations . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine Research Laboratory . 

Special Science Report No . 34 :846 . 

Joyce, E .A ., Jr . 1981 . Summary of Florida Commercial Marine Landings . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources Report . Tallahassee, FL . 

Joyce, E .A ., Jr . and B . Eldred . 1966 . The Florida shrimping industry . Florida 

Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory, Educational Series No . 15 . 

47 pp . 

Juhl, R. and S .B . Drummond . 1976 . Shrimp bycatch investigations in the United 

States of America . NOAA, NMFS, Southeast Fisheries Center Report . 213-

226 pp . 

Kahl, M.P . 1964 . Food ecology of the Wood Stork (Mycteria americana) in 

Florida. Ecological Monographs . 34 :97-117 . 

Kale, H .W . 1989 . Florida's Birds : A Handbook and Reference . 1st ed . Pineapple 

Press . Sarasota, FL . 

Kale, H.W ., II . 1978 . Birds . ja P .C .H . Pritchard, ed . Rare and Endangered 

Biota of Florida. Vol . 2 . University Press of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

Kaplan, E .H . 1982 . A Field Guide to Coral Reefs of the Caribbean and Florida . 

(Peterson Field Guide Series, 27 .) Houghton . Boston, MS . 

Kaplan, E.H . 1988a. A field guide to southeastern and Caribbean seashores : 

Cape Hatteras to the Gulf Coast, Florida, and the Caribbean. Houghton 

Mifflin. Boston, MA . 

Kaplan, E .H . 1988b . Mangrove communities of Florida and the Caribbean . pp . 

173-197 . I~U A Field Guide to Southeastern and Caribbean Seashores . 

Houghton, Boston, MA . 

68 
Kennedy, F .S ., Jr . 1972 . Distribution and abundance of physalia in Florida 

waters . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research 

Laboratory, Professional Paper Series No . 18 . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Keppner, E .J . 1987a . Another new species of free-living marine nematode 

(Nematoda : Enoplida) from northwest Florida, U .S .A . Transactions of the 

American Microscopical Society . 106(4) :348-353 . 

Abstract . A new species of nematode worm is described, collected from St . 

Andrew Bay. Enoplolaimus asymmetricus n . sp . is described from subtidal 

non-vegetated sediments from St . Andrew Bay, Bay County, Florida . E. 

asymmetricus n . sp . has a distinct sexual dimorphism in the shape of the 

mandibles and position of the mouth and labial setae . The new species is 

most similar to Enoplolaimus punctatus, which is the only other species 

in the genus with a striated and punctate cuticle . Males of E . 

asymmetricus n . sp . differ from males of E . punctatus in the shape and 

asymmetry of the mandibles, in the position of the mouth and labial 

setae, in the absence of a gubernaculum, in the shape of the spicules, 

and in the presence of a pair of subventral post-anal sensillae . Females 

of E . asymmetricus n . sp . are difficult to differentiate from females of 

E. punctatus, except for differences in the relative lengths of the 

cephalic setae . 

Keppner, E .J . 1987b . Five new and one known species of free-living marine 

nematodes of the family Oncholaimidae (Nematoda : Enoplida) from 

northwest Florida, U .S .A . Trans . of the Amer . Microscop . Assoc . 

106(3) :214-231 . 

Abstract . Describes specimens collected from St . Andrew Bay and Lake Powell . 

Five new and one known species of the free-living marine nematode family 

Oncholaimidae are described from non-vegetated, subtidal sediments from 

St . Andrew Bay and Lake Powell, Bay County, Florida . 

Keppner, E .J . 1987c . Five new species of free-living marine nematodes 

(Nematoda : Enoplida) from a northwest Florida, U .S .A. estuary . Trans . of 

the Amer . Microscop . Soc . 106(4) :333-347 . 

Abstract . Describes specimens collected from St . Andrew Bay. Five new species 

of free-living marine nematodes of the order Enoplida are described from 

non-vegetated subtidal and beach sediments in St . Andrew Bay, Bay 

County, Florida, USA. Anticoma asupplementa n. sp . differs from the 

similar A. strandi and A. platonovae in the shape of the spicules and 

gubernaculum . Enoplolaimus pararegius n . sp . differs from the closely 

related E . regius in the number of setae constituting the subcephalic 

circle in the male and in the shape of the gubernaculum . Mesacanthoides 

brevicaudatus n . sp . differs from the other members of the genus in the 

absence of a gubernaculum and in the shape of the spicules . Trileptium 

americanum n. sp . differs from the similar T. otti in the position of 

the pre-anal supplement, length of spicules, presence of three postanal, supplement-like structures, the absence of pre-anal ducts, and the 

presence of distinct mandibles . Eurystomina olsonae n . sp . differs from 

the other members of the genus in the presence of large, broad spicules 

with a large, barbed, and hooked tip, in the shape of the gubernaculum, 

and in the presence of large, elevated, labial setae . 

69 
Keppner, E .J . 1987d . Observations on three known free-living marine nematodes 

of the family Ironidae (Nematoda : Enoplida) and a description of 

Thalassironus nae n . sp . from northwest Florida . Proceed . of the 

Biol . Soc . of Washington . 100(4) :1023-1035 . 

Abstract . Describes specimens taken from St . Andrew Bay. Two known species of 

free-living marine nematodes, Thalassironus britannicus and T . 

americanus, are described from sediments vegetated with manatee grass 

(Syringodium filiformis) and shoal grass (Halodule wrightii) are nonvegetated sediments from St . Andrew Bay, Bay County, Florida. 

Differences between specimens from the two habitats are discussed. 

Thalassironus lynnae n. sp . is described from vegetated sediments in St . 

Andrew Bay. It differs from the other species in the genus by having a 

long, flagellate tail, shorter more posteriorly located double cervical 

setae, and by the presence of a segmented, pre-anal papilla in males . A 

key to the species of the genus Thalassironus is given. Ironella 

prismatolaima is described from non-vegetated sediments from the Gulf of 

Mexico off Sea Horse Key, Levy County, Florida . 

Keppner, E .J . 1988 . Thoonchus long,isetosus and Oxvonchus striatus , new species 

of free-living marine nematodes (Nematoda : Enoplida) from northwest 

Florida, U .S .A. Proceed . of the Biol . Soc . of Washington . 101(1) :183-191 . 

Abstract . Two new specimens collected from St . Andrew Bay and the nearby Gulf 

of Mexico . Two new species of free-living marine nematodes from the 

genera Thoonchus and Oxyonchus (Nematoda : Enoplida) are described from 

sediments off the Gulf of Mexico and St . Andrew Bay, Bay County, 

Florida . Thoonchus longisetosus is unique in the presence of distinct 

labial setae rather than labial papillae, in the size and shape of the 

amphid, the position of the excretory pore, and in the shape of the 

gubernaculum . Oxyonchus striatus is unique in the presence of distinct 

transverse striation of the cuticle and in the size and shape of the 

spicules and gubernaculum. Keys are provided to the species of each 

genus . 

Keppner, E .J . 1989 . Four new species of free-living marine nematodes in the 

genus Pareurystomina (Nematoda : Enoplida) with observations on other 

members of the genus . Proceedings of the Biological Society of 

Washington . 102(1) :249-263 . 

Abstract . Describes specimens collected from St . Andrew Bay and the nearshore 

waters of the Gulf of Mexico . Four new species of Pareurystomina and the 

male of P . flagellicaudata are described for the first time from 

sediments in St . Andrew Bay and the Gulf of Mexico, Bay County, Florida . 

Additional information is provided for P . bissonettei, P. floridensis, 

and P. acuminata . P. americana n. sp . and P. vaughtae n. sp . differ from 

one another in the shape of the spicules and gubernaculum, and from P. 

atypica in the location of the excretory pore and shape of the spicules 

and gubernaculum . P. parafloridensis n. sp . differs from P. floridensis 

in the number of circles of denticles in the stoma and in the size and 

arrangement of the denticles . P. alima n. sp . differs from P . 

parafloridensis n. sp . in the number of circles of denticles in the 

stoma, in the absence of a gubernaculum, and in the shape of the 

spicules . It differs from P. agubernaculain the number of circles of 

denticles in the stoma and the length and shape of the spicules . The 

70 
genus Megeurystomina is placed in synonymy with Pareurystomina, and M. 

combesi becomes P . combesi n, comb . A key to the species of the genus 

Pareurystomina is given . 

Ketchen, H .G . 1979 . A hydrographic survey in Pensacola Bay . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 117 pp . 

Abstract . During the summer and fall of 1974, a study of Pensacola Bay was 

conducted in an attempt to determine the flushing tendencies and 

circulation patterns in this estuary. The objectives of this study were 

to : (a) classify Pensacola Bay as a particular dynamic type and suggest 

how this classification might charge under various influences, (b) gain 

some insight into the flow patterns and mechanisms responsible for 

transporting dissolved or suspended materials from the Bay, and (c) 

collect a set of hydrographic data and present some findings and 

interpretations which would prove valuable to other investigators as a 

base for additional research in the Bay. 

Khromov, N.S . 1965 . Distribution of plankton in the Gulf of Mexico and some 

aspects of its seasonal dynamics . Soviet-Cuban Fishery Research 

Translations . 

Kilby, J .D . 1955 . The fishes of two Gulf coastal marsh areas of Florida . 

Tulane Studies in Zoology . 2 :175-247 . 

King, C . 1962 . Some aspects of the ecology of two psammo-littoral nematodes in 

the Northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Ecology . 43(3) :515-523 . 

Kirtley, D .W . 1966 . Intertidal reefs of Sabellariidae (Annelida : Polycheatea) 

along the coasts of Florida . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Klima, E .F . and R .B . Roe . 1972 . Report of the National Marine Fisheries, 

Southeast Fisheries Center, Pascagoula Laboratory, fiscal years 1970 and 

1971 . NOAA-TM-NMFS-SEFC-2 . National Marine Fisheries, Southeast 

Fisheries Center . Pascagoula, MS . 28 pp . 

Abstract . Among the activities of the center reported here are the following : 

investigations into the application of remote sensors for resource 

detection using aerial photography, pulsed lasers, spectrophotometry, 

and low-light level imagery ; assessment surveys along the outer 

continental shelf and upper continental slopes of the Gulf of Mexico and 

Caribbean Sea where deep-sea prawns, crabs, and silver hake were taken 

in quantity . RUFAS, the remote controlled underwater fisheries 

assessment vehicle was used successfully in benthic shelf explorations . 

Electrical harvesting gear were planned to increase the efficiency of 

available gear and to provide the technology for sampling resources 

presently impossible to harvest . 

Klima, E .F . and D .A . Wickham . 1971 . Attraction of coastal pelagic fishes with 

artificial structures . Trans . Am . Fish . Soc . 100(1) :86-99 . 

Knight, R .L . and W .F . Coggins . 1982 . Record of estuarine and salt marsh 

metabolism at Crystal River, Florida, 1977-1981 . Final Summary Report to 

Florida Power Corporation . C .L . Montague ; principal investigator . 

Florida Power Corporation, Contract QEA-000045 . 89 pp . 

71 
Kochman, H .I . et al . 1983 . Use of Kings Bay, Crystal River, Florida by the 

West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) . pp . 60-124 . ,jam J .M . Packard, 

ed . Proposed Research/Management Plan for Crystal River Manatees . Vol . 

III . (Technical Report 7) Compendium, University of Florida Cooperative 

Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, Gainesville, FL . 

Kohlmeyer, J . 1969 . Ecological notes on fungi in mangrove forests . 

Transactions, British Mycological Society . 35(2) :237-250 . 

Krakauer, J.M . 1969 . The ecology of Aplysia willcoxi Eilprin at Cedar Key, 

Florida . Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 88 pp . 

Kritzler, H. 1977 . Estimation of biomass of benthic invertebrate macrofauna 

and identification of polychaetous annelids for BLM MAFIA extended 

baseline and monitoring study (1975-76) . Unpublished Report . U .S . 

Department of the Interior, BLM . Washington, D .C . 39 pp . 

Kruczynski, W .L . 1982 . Salt marshes of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . pp . 

71-87 . Zn R .R . Lewis III, ed. Creation and Restoration of Coastal Plant 

Communities . CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL . 

Kruczynski, W .L . and G .U . Myers . 1976 . Occurrence of Apanthura magnifica 

Menzies and Frankenburg, 1968 (Isopoda : Anthuridae) from the west coast 

of Florida, with a key to the species of Apanthura Stebbing, 1900 . 

Proceed . of the Biol . Soc . of Washington . 89(28) :353-360 . 

Kruczynski, W .L . and C .B . Subrahmanyam . 1978 . Distribution and breeding cycle 

of Cyathura polita (Isopoda : Anthuridae) in a Juncus roemerianus Marsh 

of northern Florida . Estuaries . 1(2) :93-100 . 

Kruczynski, W .L . et al . 1978a . Studies on the plant community of a north 

Florida salt marsh . Part I . Primary Production . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 

28 (2) :316-334 . 

Kruczynski, W .L ., R .T . Huffman and M .K . Vincent . 1978b . Habitat development 

field investigations, Apalachicola Bay Marsh Development Site, 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways 

Experiment Station, Technical Report . WES-TR-D-78-32 :45 . 

Abstract . The feasibility of developing marsh on fine-grained and coarsegrained dredged material in a brackish water intertidal environment was 

tested at a dredged material disposal site in Apalachicola Bay, Florida. 

Smooth cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) and saltmeadow cordgrass 

(Spartina patens) sprigs were planted at different spacing intervals to 

evaluate optimum conditions for growth . Natural invasion of plant 

species was also documented during the period of study . Results indicate 

that the development of marsh plants on dredged material can be readily 

accomplished in the area of study . 

Kruczynski, W .L ., C .B . Subrahmanyam and S .H . Drake . 1978c . Studies on the 

plant community of a north Florida salt marsh . Part 2 . Nutritive value 

and decomposition . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 28(4) :707-715 . 

Abstract . Nutritive values of dominant halophytes in a Juncus roemerianus 

marsh at St . Marks, Florida were measured bimonthly from September 1974 

through August 1975 . Leaves and rhizomes of J . roemerianus and leaves of 

72 
Spartina alterniflora were sampled from three marsh zones : Distichlis 

spicata leaves were collected only from the high marsh. Changes in 

nutrient composition in decomposing Juncus and Spartina were followed at 

three locations within the marsh as well as in a tidal stream . Zonal 

differences were significant in ash content of live Juncus leaves, ash 

and lipid of dead leaves, and ash, crude fiber, protein, lipid, and 

phosphorus content of rhizomes . Ash, lipid, and protein content of 

Spartina showed significant zonal differences . Annual decomposition of 

Juncus was 70% in low and upper marsh zones and 30% in the high marsh; 

Spartina litterbags lost 80 to 89% of weight at all marsh sites . 

Krumholz, L .A . 1943 . Notes on manatees in Florida waters . J . Mammal . 24 :272-

273 . 

Kuenzler, E .J . 1974 . Mangrove swamp systems . pp . 346-371 . Zn H .T . Odum et al ., 

eds . Coastal Ecological Systems of the United States . Vol . 1 . 

Conservation Foundation, Washington, D .C . 

Kurz, H . 1942 . Florida dunes and scrub, vegetation and geology . Florida 

Geological Survey, Geol . Bull . 23 :1-154 . 

Kurz, H . 1953 . Vegetation of northwest Florida tidal marshes . Final Report, 

ONR Contract NR 163-117 . 85 pp . 

Kurz, H . and K. Wagner . 1957 . Tidal Marshes of the Gulf and Atlantic Coasts of 

Northern Florida and Charleston, South Carolina . (Study No . 24) Florida 

State University . Tallahassee, FL . 

Kushlan, J.A . 1990 . Avian use of fluctuating wetlands . Za R. Sharitz and W. 

Gibbons, eds . Wetlands and Wildlife . DOE Technical Publications Series . 

Kutkuhn, J.H . 1966 . The role of estuaries in the development and perpetuation 

of commercial shrimp resources . pp . 16-36 . In R .F . Smith, A .H . Swartz 

and W .H . Massmann, eds . A Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries . Am . Fish . 

Soc . Spec . Publ . 3 . 

Abstract . This report summarizes knowledge concerning functional relationships 

between the estuarine environment and commercial shrimp resources . 

Discussion is largely restricted to North America species, especially 

the rapidly developing Gulf coast . 

Lakela, O . 1964 . Fewer Florida rarities : changing flora of Pineola Grotto, 

Citrus County . Sida . 1 :299-305 . 

Landrum, P .A . and F .J . Prochaska . 1980 . The Florida commercial blue crab 

industry : landings, prices resource productivity . (Report No . 34) 

Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, University of Florida . 

Florida Sea Grant College . Gainesville, FL . 

Landry, G.C . 1974 . Analysis of certain aspects of seawater foam . Master's 

Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 62 pp . 

Abstract . Weekly measurements of lignin, pH, chloride and sea foam tendency 

and stability were made at 11 stations in Perdido and Blackwater Bays, 

Florida from July to December, 1972 . The purpose of the study was to 

describe the effects of pulp mill effluent on sea foam . 

73 
Lassuy, D .R . 1983a . Species profiles : 

requirements (Gulf of Mexico) -

82/11 .3 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife 

Washington, D .C . 12 pp . 

life histories and environmental 

Atlantic croaker . Rpt . No . FSW/OBSService, Office of Biological Services . 

Lassuy, D .R . 1983b . Species profiles : life histories and environmental 

requirements (Gulf of Mexico) - brown shrimp . Rpt . No . FSW/OBS-82/11 .1 . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services . 

Washington, D .C . 15 pp . 

Abstract . This series of profiles about coastal aquatic species of commercial, 

sport, and/or ecological significance is being jointly developed and 

funded by the U.S . Army Corps of Engineers and the U.S . Fish and 

Wildlife Service . It is designed to provide coastal managers, engineers, 

and field biologists with an introduction to the subject species and a 

synopsis of the information necessary to relate expected changes 

(associated with coastal development)in the physiochemical 

characteristics of estuaries to changes in these selected biological 

populations . Each profile includes brief sections on taxonomy and 

identification followed by a narrative of life history, environmental 

requirements, ecological role, and (where applicable) the fishery of the 

subject species . A three-ring binder is used for this series to 

facilitate additions as new profiles are prepared . 

Lassuy, D .R . 1983c . Species profiles : 

requirements (Gulf of Mexico) -

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, 

Washington, D .C . 13 pp . 

life histories and environmental 

gulf menhaden . Rpt . No . FSW/OBS-82/11 .2 . 

Office of Biological Services . 

Lassuy, D .R . 1983d . Species profiles : life histories and environmental 

requirements (Gulf of Mexico) - spotted sea trout . Rpt . No . FSW/OBS82/11 .4 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services . 

Washington, D .C . 14 pp . 

Lassuy, D .R ., R .J . Muncy, W .M . Wingo and H .R . Robinette . 1983 . Species 

profiles : Life histories and environmental requirements of coastal 

fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of Mexico) . p . 147 . Xz . (National Coastal 

Ecosystems Team) Biol . Serv . Program, U.S . Fish Wildl . Serv ., Slidell, 

LA . 

Abstract . Species Profiles are summaries for the life histories and 

environmental requirements of selected coastal fishes and invertebrates 

of commercial, recreational, or ecological significance . This series 

covers Gulf of Mexico - Cedar Key to U .S .-Mexico border . Forty species 

or species groups were selected in order of priority by offices of the 

U.S . Army Corps of Engineers and the U.S . Fish and Wildlife Service for 

each biogeographic region . 

Latch, M. 1972 . Comparative tolerances of the barnacles Balanus improvisus and 

Balanus eburneus to varying salinities . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 85 pp . 

Laughlin, R .A . 1979 . Trophic ecology and population distribution of the Blue 

Crab, Callinectes sapidus rathbun, in the Apalachicola Estuary . Ph .D . 

Dissertation . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 143 pp . 

74 
Laughlin, R .A . 1982 . Feeding habits of the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus 

Rathbun, in the Apalachicola Estuary, Florida . Bull . Mar . Sci . 

32(4) :807-822 . 

Laughlin, R .A. and R .J . Livingston . 1982 . Environmental and trophic 

determination of the spatial/temporal distribution of the brief squid 

(Lolliguncula brevis) in the Apalachicola Estuary . Bull . Mar . Sci . 

32(2) :489-497 . 

Lawrence, M .A. 1974 . The submerged forests of the Panama City, Florida area --

A paleoenvironmental interpretation . Master's Thesis . Univ . of Florida, 

Gainesville, FL . 120 pp . 

Abstract . A study of submerged fossil tree remains in the entrance channel of 

St . Andrew Bay . Includes analysis of sediment samples, and a discussion 

concerning ancient shorelines in the area . 

Layne, J .N. 1965 . Observations on marine mammals in Florida waters . Bull . of 

the F1a .State Mus . of Biol . Sci . 9 :131-181 . 

Layne, J.N . ed . 1978 . Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida. Vol . Vol . 1 : 

Mammals . University Press of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

Leber, K.M . 1983 . Influence of microhabitat on decapod predation in seagrass 

beds . Presented at Benthic Ecology Meeting. Florida Institute of 

Technology . Melbourne, FL . 

Leber, K .M . and H .S . Greening . 1986 . Community studies in seagrass meadows : a 

comparison of two methods for sampling macroinvertebrates and fishes . 

Fish . Bull . 84(2) :443-450 . 

LeBlanc, D .J . 1973 . The ecology, diversity, and biomass of nearshore 

polychaetes in Ocklockonee Bay, Florida. Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . SS pp . 

LeBuff, C .R . 1990 . The loggerhead turtle in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . 

Caretta Research . Sanibel, FL . 216 pp . 

Leffler, C .W . 1971 . Some temperature effects on growth and metabolism of 

juvenile blue crabs, Callinectes sapidus (Rathbun) . Master's Thesis . 

University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 54 pp . 

Leffler, C .W . 1974 . Ionic and osmotic regulation, metabolic response to 

salinity, and physiological response to pesticides of juvenile 

Callinectes sapidus Rathbun . Ph .D . Dissertation . University of Florida, 

Gainesville, FL . 58 pp . 

Lehman, M . 1974 . Oyster reefs at Crystal River and their adaptation to thermal 

plumes . pp . 269-359 . In Crystal River Power Plant Environmental 

Considerations, Final Report to the Interagency Research Advisory 

Committee, Florida Power Corporation . 

Leitman, H .M . 1978 . Correlation of Apalachicola River Floodplain Tree 

Communities . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

57 pp . 

75 
Leitman, S . 1987a . Draft Apalachicola Bay Aquatic Preserve Management Plan . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources . 155 pp . 

Lewis, F .G . and A .W . Stoner . 1983 . Distribution of macrofauna within seagrass 

beds : An explanation for patterns of abundance . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 

33 (2) :296-304 . 

Abstract . An examination of macrofaunal microhabitats within a seagrass meadow 

was conducted in Apalachee Bay (north Florida) . Core samples were taken 

from two substrata within the grassbed, Thalassia testudinum shoots and 

bare areas among the shoots, and compared with the fauna collected in 

randomly placed cores . Seagrass samples showed significantly greater 

numbers of individuals and species than the other two treatments . When 

compared with either bare substrate or random samples, four times the 

number of individuals and twice the number of species were collected in 

cores containing seagrass shoots . It is suggested that macrofaunal 

density and species richness estimates may be greatly affected by the 

distribution of plants within the grassbed . This study points out 

potential difficulties in macrofaunal estimates when the preferred 

micro-habitat of the species under examination is undersampled . 

Lewis, F .G ., III . 1987 . Crustacean epifauna of seagrass and macroalgae in 

Apalachee Bay, Florida, USA . Mar . Biol . 94(2) :219-229 . 

Abstract . Epifaunal crustaceans on turtlegrass (Thalassia testudinum) and five 

dominant macroalgae (Anadyomene stellata, Digenia simplex, xalimeda 

incrassata, Laurencia poitei and Penicillus lamourouxii) were 

quantitatively sampled bimonthly over a one-year period from Sep . 1979 

to Sep. 1980 in a subtropical seagrass meadow in Apalachee Bay, Florida 

(northeastern Gulf of Mexico) . These plant species exhibited a wide 

range of morphologies, with surface area-to-biomass ratios differing by 

> 2 .5 times . A similar suite of crustaceans occurred on all macrophytes 

despite differences in shape or architecture among plant species . 

Relative abundances of many crustaceans, however, varied among plant 

hosts . Species richness was generally higher on turtlegrass than on any 

of the macroalgae . Abundances of total crustaceans per plant biomass 

area, on the other hand, were greater on all macroalgal species compared 

to the seagrass . Both surface area-to-biomass ratios and degree of 

branching were poorly correlated with epifaunal abundance and number of 

species . Neither structural feature is an adequate predictor of faunal 

abundance and species richness among plant species, especially when 

macrophytes with very different morphologies are compared . 

Lewis, F .G ., III and A .W . Stoner . 1981 . An examination of methods for sampling 

macrobenthos in seagrass meadows . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 31(1) :116-124 . 

Lewis, J .C . et al . 1990 . Ecology of Sambar Deer on St . Vincent National 

Wildlife Refuge, Florida . Bull . of Tall Timbers Res. Station. 25 pp . 

Lewis, R.R . and F .M . Dunstan. 1975 . The possible role of Spartina alterniflora 

Loisel in establishment of mangroves in Florida. pp . 82-100 . 

Proceedings, 2nd conference on the restoration of coastal vegetation in 

Florida . Hillsborough Community College, Tampa, FL . 

Lewis, R .R ., III . 1982 . Creation and restoration of coastal plant communities . 

CRC Press . Boca Raton, FL . 219 pp . 

76 
Lewis, R .R ., III . 1983 . Protection and management of seagrass meadows - is it 

working? Fla . Sci . 46 (Supplemental 1) :15 . 

Lewis, R .R ., III et al . 1985 . Mangrove habitat and fishery resources of 

Florida . pp . 281-336 . Zn W . Seaman Jr ., ed . Florida Aquatic Habitat and 

Fishery Resources . Florida Chapter of the American Fisheries Society, 

Kissimmee, FL . 

Lewis, T .C . 1982 . The reproduction, anatomy, seasonal cycles, and development 

of the Atlantic stingray, Dasyatis sabina (Leseuer) (Pisces, Dasyatidae) 

from the Northeast Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 205 pp . 

Lewis, T .E . et al . 1994 . Effects of predator control on sea turtle nest 

success on the barrier islands of Apalachicola Bay . pp . 323 . Zn K .A . 

Bjorndal et al ., eds . Proceedings of the Fourteenth Annual Symposium on 

Sea Turtle Biology and Conservation . NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFSSEFC-351 . 

Light, H .M ., M .R . Darst, M .T . MacLaughlin and S .W . Sprecher . 1993 . Hydrology, 

vegetation, and soils of four North Florida river flood plains with an 

evaluation of State and Federal wetland determinations . USGS Water Res . 

Investigations . WRI 93-4033 :94 . Prepared in cooperation with the Florida 

Department of Environment Regulation, U .S . Geological Survey, Reston, 

VA . 

Lindall, W .H . and C .H . Saloman . 1977 . Alteration and destruction of estuaries 

affecting fishery resources of the Gulf of Mexico . Mar . Fish . Rev . 

Abstract . Both the commercial and recreational fishing industries of the Gulf 

of Mexico are overwhelmingly dependent on estuaries . About 90 percent of 

the commercial catch and 70 percent of the recreational catch are made 

up of species that are estuarine dependent . Man's alteration of 

estuaries is threatening these fishery resources . Data from recently 

published inventories of major natural and man-made estuarine features 

of the five Gulf coastal states indicated that the total Gulf estuarine 

area is 13,965,910 acres, including 7,891,611 acres of open-water area 

and 6,075,299 acres of emergent tidal vegetation . Submerged grass beds 

total 796,796 acres and live oyster beds amount to 158,611 acres . Major 

man-made alterations include 4,446 miles of federally maintained 

navigation channels, 138,458 acres of fill, and 795,609 acres closed to 

shell fishing because of pollution . 

Lindberg, W .J . 1980 . Behavior of a xanthid crab occupying bryozoan colonies, 

and patterns of resource use with reference to mating systems . Ph .D . 

Dissertation . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 121 pp . 

Lindberg, W .J ., T .M . Bert and G .P . Genoni . 1992 . Alternative hypotheses for 

low landings in the Cedar Key stone crab (genus Menippe) fishery, 1984-

S5 . pp . 50-59 . Za T .M . Bert, ed . Proceedings : Symposium On Stone Crab 

(Genus Menippe) Biology and Fisheries . Vol . 50 . Sarasota, FL (USA), 

25-26 Apr . 1986 . 

Abstract . Year-to-year fluctuations in yield are to be expected in the Florida 

stone crab fishery, but depressed landings statewide during the 1983-84 

season and a virtual collapse of the Cedar Key fishery in fall of 1984 

77 
caused us to evaluate factors that might affect stone crab abundance . 

Hypotheses are suggested and synthesized into a working model that could 

explain this extreme event as well as other less obvious annual 

variations in abundance . An equally important result of this study was 

that large gaps in our knowledge of stone crab ecology and life history 

were exposed when we were forced to make many assumptions concerning 

aspects of stone crab life history in order to derive a working model 

describing relationships of stone crab abundance to environmental 

factors . 

Little, E .J . 1973 . Reestablishment of destroyed oyster reefs . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 

Little, E .J . and J .A . Quick Jr . 1976 . Ecology, resource rehabilitation, and 

fungal parasitology of commercial oysters, Crassostrea virginica 

(Gmelin), in Pensacola Estuary, Florida . Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Marine Research Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 89 pp . 

Little, E .J ., Jr . 1958 . The sponge fauna of the St . George's Sound, Apalachee 

Bay, and Panama City regions of the Florida Gulf coast . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Little, E .J ., Jr . 1973 . Summary of Florida's Pensacola area oyster culture 

program . National Shellfish Association Proceedings . 64 :4-5 . 

Little, F .J ., Jr . 1963 . The sponge fauna of the St . George's Sound, Apalachee 

Bay, and Panama City regions of the Florida Gulf coast . Tulane Studies 

in Zoology . 11(2) :30-71 . 

Abstract . Comprehensive study of the sponges found in northwest Florida . 

Includes a key for identification . 

Livingston, R .J . 1974a . Report on East Bay of the Apalachicola Bay system : 

Potential impact of pulp mill activities (Buckeye Cellulose Corporation) 

in the Tate's Hell Swamp . Florida State University . Tallahassee, FL . 6 

PPLivingston, R .J . 1974b . A system for the determination of chronic effects of 

pollutants on the physiology and behavior of marine organisms . State 

University System of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

Livingston, R.J . 1975a . Impact of Kraft Pulp-mill effluents on estuarine and 

coastal fishes in Apalachee Bay, Florida. Mar. Biol . 32 :19-48 . 

Abstract . Offshore areas in north Florida that received kraft pulp-mill 

effluents (kme) displayed significant increases in color and turbidity 

and reductions in dissolved Oz compared with a nearby control area . 

Estuarine and marsh fish assemblages in areas of acute impact were 

severely reduced in numbers of individuals and species . Species 

diversity could not be used as an indicator of pollution per se, and was 

useful only when considered in conjunction with various other 

parameters . Transition areas (between polluted and unpolluted areas) 

showed increases in species diversity, individuals, and species . in 

general, the effects of kme on offshore fish assemblages appeared to be 

due to a complex combination of habitat alteration, reduced benthic 

productivity, and behavior reactions . Overall, there were some 

78 
significant changes in the biota such as reduced dominance and 

productivity in polluted areas that were similar for the various types 

of organisms sampled . 

Livingston, R .J . 1975b . Resource management and estuarine function with 

application to the Apalachicola Drainage System . pp . 17 . Zn Estuarine 

Pollution Control and Assessment - Proceedings of a Conference . Vol . 1 . 

Livingston, R .J . 1976a . Diurnal and seasonal fluctuations of organisms in a 

north Florida estuary . Estuar . and Coast . Mar . Sci . 4 :373-400 . 

Livingston, R .J . 1976b . Environmental considerations and the management of 

barrier islands : St . George Island and the Apalachicola Bay System . pp . 

86-102 . In Barrier Islands and Beaches, Technical Proceedings of the 

1976 Barrier Islands Workshop, Annapolis, ND . (Contribution No . 7 .) 

Livingston, R .J . 1976c . Resource management and estuarine function with 

application to the Apalachicola Drainage System (north Florida, USA) . 

Florida State University. Tallahassee, FL . 23 pp . 

Livingston, R .J . 1977a . Analysis of the environmental implications associated 

with the reopening of the Navarre Pass (Santa Rosa Sound, Santa Rosa 

County, Florida) . Florida Department of Environmental Regulation, 

Division of Envir . Permitting . Tallahassee, FL . 

Livingston, R .J . 1977b . Energy relationships and the productivity of 

Apalachicola Bay, Final Report . Florida Sea Grant Program, NOAH . 437 pp . 

Livingston, R .J . 1977c . Estuarine and coastal research in Apalachee Bay and 

Apalachicola Bay . ,In Coastal Zone Management Symposium . University of 

West Florida, 

Livingston, R .J . 1977d . Time as a factor in biomonitoring estuarine systems 

with reference to benthic macrophytes and epibenthic fishes and 

invertebrates . pp . 212-234 . Ja J . Cairns Jr . et al ., eds . Biological 

Monitoring Water and Effluent Quality, ASTM STP 607 . American Society of 

Test . Mat ., 

Livingston, R .J . 1978 . Short and Long Term Effects of Forestry Operations on 

Water Quality and the Biota of the Appalachicola Estuary (north Florida, 

USA) . Florida Sea Grant College Program, Technical Paper . 5 . 

Livingston, R .J . 1980 . The Apalachicola Experiment : Research and Management . 

Oceanus . 23(4) :14-21 . 

Abstract . Since 1971, a continuous, multidisciplinary research program has 

been carried out in the Apalachicola Bay system in northern Florida . The 

project originated as a routine assessment of the estuary, including 

monthly evaluations of water quality and biological productivity . 

Initial studies indicated relatively high levels of phytoplankton 

productivity and virtually no pollution from organochlorine compounds . 

The delicate hydrologic and nutrient regimes of the bay system were 

observed . To protect this ecosystem, ecologically sensitive lands were 

purchased by the state in order to establish sanctuaries . 

79 
Livingston, R .J . 1981 . River-derived input of detritus into the Apalachicola 

Estuary . pp . 320-332 . Zn Proceedings of the National Symposium on 

Freshwater Inflow to Estuaries . Vol . 1 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 

Rpt . No . FWS/OBS-81/04 . 

Livingston, R .J . 1982 . Trophic organization of fishes in a coastal seagrass 

system . Mar . Ecol . Prog . Series . 7 :1-12 . 

Livingston, R.J . 1983a . Identification and analysis of sources of pollution in 

the Appalachicola River and Bay System . Florida State University . 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Livingston, R .J . 1983b . Resource atlas of the Apalachicola Estuary . Report No . 

55 . Dept . of Biol . Sci ., Fla . State Univ ., Sea Grant College . 

Gainesville, FL . 64 pp . 

Abstract . The colored charts and LANDSAT photographs in this small resource 

atlas vividly illustrate the environment, ecology, and potential of this 

unique coastal area of western Florida (where Alabama and Georgia touch 

on Florida) . The public relations information type of presentation 

gives, on two-page spreads each, pictorial, topographic, and statistical 

data with textual summaries on the following subjects : 1) general 

overview of the river and bay system and the National Estuarine 

Sanctuary; 2) physical and chemical features of the barrier islands : 

depths, tides, and currents ; temperature and salinity of surface and 

bottom waters ; water quality features ; rainfall and river flow ; and 

nutrients and organic detritus ; 3) biological features, covering 

emergent vegetation, submergent vegetation, microbial ecology, 

zooplankton, benthic macroinvertebrates, oysters, crabs, shrimp, 

anchovies, spot, croaker, sand seatrout, commercial and sport fisheries, 

food webs, and community organization ; and 4) regional economics and 

planning of resource management . An extensive bibliography is appended . 

Seasonal and annual rainfall, river flow, and temperature variations are 

shown on bar charts and explained in the text . 

Livingston, R .J . 1984a . Ecology of the Apalachicola Bay System : An estuarine 

profile . Rpt . No . FWS/OBS-82/05 . Florida State University, Department of 

Biological Science . Tallahassee, FL . 165 pp . 

Abstract . Twelve years of studies in the Apalachicola Bay system are reviewed . 

Included are data on geography, hydrology, chemistry, geology, and 

biology . The system is part of a major drainage area including four 

rivers and associated wetlands in Georgia, Alabama, and Florida . The 

system is in a relatively natural state, though hardly pristine . But 

economic development and population growth are beginning to threaten it . 

The area's economic and ecological importance as a food producer and 

shelter for diverse species has inspired a movement to protect its 

natural resources, including State and Federal land-purchase programs, 

integration of county land-use regulations into a comprehensive 

development, and creation of the Apalachicola River and Bay National 

Estuarine Sanctuary . 

Livingston, R.J . 1984b . Long term effects of dredging and open-water disposal 

on the Apalachicola Bay System (Final Report) . NOAA, Office of Coastal 

Management . 

80 
Livingston, R .J . 1984c . The relationship of physical factors and biological 

response in coastal seagrass meadows . Estuaries . 7(4A) :377-390 . 

Livingston, R .J . 1984d . Trophic responses of fishes to habitat variability in 

coastal seagrass systems . Ecology . 65 :1258-1275 . 

Livingston, R.J . 1985 . Application of scientific research to resource 

management : Case history, the Apalachicola Bay system . pp . 103-125 . 

N.L . Chao and W. Kirby-Smith, eds . Proceedings of the International 

Symposium On Utilization of Coastal Ecosystems : Planning, Pollution and 

Productivity, 21-27 Nov . 1982, Rio Grande, Brazil . Vol . 1 . 

Abstract . An account is given of some of the results of a research program 

conducted in the northeast Gulf of Mexico, examining applications to 

resource management . The Apalachicola River and Bay system is one of the 

areas under study and is an important unpolluted and highly productive 

resource in the southeastern United States . The extensive scientific 

data base has been used as the basis of a comprehensive resource 

planning and management effort for the entire Apalachicola basin. This 

combination of research and planning has led to a variety of management 

applications, which include the purchase of ecologically sensitive 

wetlands and barrier islands and the development of advanced land-use 

plans at the local, state and federal levels . 

Livingston, R .J . 1986a . The Choctawhatchee River-Bay system distribution of 

organisms, fisheries data, guild organization . Final Report . Vol . 3 . 

Center for Aquatic Research and Resource Management, Florida State 

University . Tallahassee, FL . 

Livingston, R.J . 1986b. Choctawhatchee River-Bay System historical trends, 

review of previous scientific studies, methods and materials, 

climatological features, sedimentary analysis, water quality features, 

nutrients, productivity and organic carbon . Center for Aquatic Research 

and Resource Management, Florida State University . Tallahassee, FL . 

Livingston, R .J . 1986c . The Choctawhatchee River-Bay System Seagrass 

Experiments, planning and management initiatives . Final Report . Vol . 4 . 

Center for Aquatic Research and Resource Management, Florida State 

University . Tallahassee, FL . 

Livingston, R .J . 1986d . Field verification of bioassay results at toxic waste 

sites in three southeastern drainage systems . Vol . 1-8 . Unpublished 

Manuscript . U .S . Environmental Protection Agency . Corvallis, OR . 

Livingston, R .J . 1987a . Field Sampling in Estuaries : The Relationship of Scale 

to Variability . EPA/600/J-87/364 ; EPA-R-812053 . Florida State Univ . 

Tallahassee, FL . 17 pp . 

Abstract . The spatial/temporal scaling problem (i .e ., fitting a given research 

question to the dimensions of variability of the study area) is 

particularly pronounced in highly variable systems such as estuaries . 

Long-term, multidisciplinary studies in the Apalachicola Bay system were 

used to evaluate variation of different physical, chemical, and 

biological factors . Specific limitations of weekly, monthly, and 

quarterly sampling intervals were directly related to the efficiency of 

the sampling gear, the range of variation in the study parameters, and 

81 
specific biological features (motility, recruitment, natural history) of 

infaunal macroinvertebrates and epibenthic organisms . There are families 

of spatial and temporal scaling phenomena that should be considered when 

establishing a given field sampling program . 

Livingston, R .J . 1987b . Historic trends of human impacts on seagrass meadows 

in Florida . pp . 139-156 . In M .J . Durako et al ., eds . Proceedings, 

Symposium on Subtropical-Tropical Seagrasses of the Southeastern U.S . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, Tallahassee, FL . (Florida 

Marine Research Publication No . 92 .) 

Livingston, R .J . 1991a . Dog Island : A barrier island ecosystem . Florida State 

University . Tallahassee, FL . 

Livingston, R .J . 1991b . Historical relationships between research and resource 

management in the Apalachicola River estuary . Ecological Applications . 

1(4) :361-382 . 

Abstract . A continuous field effort has been carried out in the Apalachicola 

River estuary since March 1972 . The information generated from this 

interdisciplinary study has been directly applied to the management of 

the Apalachicola resource by means of close associations among local, 

state, and federal officials and university scientists . During the early 

years, scientific data were instrumental in the prevention of the 

impoundment of the Apalachicola River . A series of regional studies was 

carried out to evaluate various forms of effects due to forestry 

activities, pesticides, and stormwater runoff from urban areas . A review 

was made of fisheries problems associated with dredging, overfishing, 

and marine pollution . Results of such studies were directly applied to 

local management questions . Research that linked the river wetlands with 

the estuary, in terms of the input of freshwater, nutrients, and organic 

matter, served as the basis for the purchase of extensive bottomland 

tracts . Analyses of the long-term scientific data indicated that 

dominant, commercially important estuarine populations are associated 

with river flow, local salinity characteristics, and biological 

(predation, competition) interactions with the salinity regime and food 

web structure . Such interactions are not straightforward, however ; they 

reflect complex interactions of the freshwater influxes and biological 

responses in the estuary that are not well understood . 

Livingston, R .J . and J .L . Duncan . 1979a . Climatological control of a north 

Florida coastal system and impact due to upland forestry management . pp . 

339-381 . In R .J . Livingston, ed . Ecological Processes in Coastal and 

Marine Systems . Plenum Press, New York, NY . 

Livingston, R .J . and J . Duncan . 1979b . Short and long-term effects of forestry 

operations on water quality and epibenthic assemblages of a north 

Florida estuary . In R .J . Livingston, ed . Ecological Processes in Coastal 

and Marine Systems . Plenum Press, 

Livingston, R .J . and E .A . Joyce Jr . eds . 1977 . Proceedings : Conference on the 

Apalachicola Drainage System, 23-24 April 1976, Gainesville, Florida . 

(Publication No . 26) Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine 

Research Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 177 pp . 

62 
Livingston, R .J . and N .P . Thompson . 1975 . Field and laboratory studies 

concerning the effects of various pollutants on estuarine and coastal 

organisms with application to the management of the Apalachicola Bay 

System . Florida State University, Florida Sea Grant Project . R/EM-1 :574 . 

Livingston, R .J . et al . 1972 . The effects of dredging and eutrophication on 

Mulat - Mulatto Bayou, Research No . 111308016 . Florida State University . 

Tallahassee, FL . 172 pp . 

Abstract . The effects of dredging and eutrophication of Mulat - Mulatto Bayou, 

off Escambia Bay, Pensacola, Florida, on water quality and biological 

populations was studied jointly by Florida State University and the 

University of Western Florida from May 1971 to June 1972 . 

Livingston, R .J ., R .L . Iverson, R .H . Estabrook, V .E . Keys and J . Taylor Jr . 

1974 . Major features of the Apalachicola Bay System : Physiography, 

Biota, and Resource Management . Fla . Sci . 37(4) :245-271 . 

Abstract . A review was made of various features of the Apalachicola Bay 

System . Unique physical, chemical, and biological features of this 

system combine to make it one of the most productive estuarine areas in 

the state of Florida . Primary productivity and secondary productivity 

are discussed in relation to various forcing functions (natural and maninduced) . Problems associated with development include dredging, sewage 

effluents, pesticides and a number of up-river activities such as 

industrialization, cattle ranching, channelization, and damming . The 

ApalaChicola Drainage System is viewed as one of the largest relatively 

unpolluted areas in the country . However, it is a neglected resource 

with little management or control ; as such it is presently endangered by 

a number of activities . 

Livingston, R .J . et al . 1975 . Long-term fluctuations of epibenthic fish and 

invertebrate populations in Apalachicola Bay, Florida . U .S . National 

Marine Fisheries Service, Fisheries Bulletin . 74(2) :311-321 . 

Livingston, R .J . et al . 1976a . Associations of epibenthic fishes and 

invertebrates . pp . 270-411 . _In Florida Sea Grant Technical Paper Final 

Report, Project R/EM-4 . Florida Sea Grant College, 

Livingston, R .J . et al . 1976b . Avoidance responses of estuarine organisms to 

stormwater runoff and pulp mill effluents . pp . 313-331 . In Estuarine 

Processes : Uses, Stresses and Adaptation to the Estuary . Vol . 1 . 

Academic Press, New York, NY. 

Livingston, R .J ., G .J . Kibylinski, F .G . Lewis III and Sheridan P .F . 1976c . 

Long-term fluctuations of epibenthic fish and invertebrate populations 

in Apalachicola Bay, FL . National Marine Fisheries Service, Fishery 

Bulletin . 74(2) :311-321 . 

Abstract . A 3-year study was made concerning seasonal changes in the biota of 

Apalachicola Bay. The Apalachicola River causes a temporal progression 

of changes of various environmental parameters in the bay such as 

salinity, turbidity, nutrients, and detritus levels . Fishes were more 

widespread in their distribution throughout the bay than invertebrates . 

This was thought to be related to trophic response and habitat 

preference . High levels of relative dominance prevailed for both groups 

with the top three species of each group accounting for more than 80% of 

83 
the total number of individuals taken. Peak levels of monthly abundance 

of various dominant fish species tended not to overlap through a given 

12-mo . interval . Invertebrate species abundance usually reached peak 

levels during summer and fall . The seasonal appearance and distribution 

of organisms in the Apalachicola Bay system was comparable to that found 

in other estuaries in the northern Gulf of Mexico . The temporal and 

spatial distribution of estuarine fishes and invertebrates was 

associated with species-specific reproductive cycles, trophic 

relationships, and habitat preferences . The Apalachicola estuary was 

viewed as a seasonally stable system, with regular temporal fluctuations 

of the biota through each annual cycle. 

Livingston, R .J ., R .S . Lloyd and M .S . Zimmerman . 1976d . Determination of 

sampling strategy for benthic macrophytes in polluted and unpolluted 

coastal areas . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 26(4) :569-575 . 

Abstract . A series of repetitive samples of benthic macrophytes was used to 

determine the adequacy of various sampling strategies . Plants were 

collected at 14 stations in Apalachee Bay (Fla .) on the Gulf of Mexico . 

Two study areas were involved, one at the mouth of the unpolluted 

Econfina River, and one at the mouth of the adjacent Fenholloway River, 

contaminated by kraft mill effluents . Each station was located so as to 

represent a broad system, such as a grass bed or mud flat . Samples were 

taken between February 1974 and June 1975 by means of aluminum hoops 

0 .25 x 0 .25 m dropped randomly into 10 x 15 m areas . Seagrasses and 

algae within each hoop were gathered by divers . A sample was composed of 

a series of 16 subsamples (0 .25~sq m) taken at each station ; at one 

station 40 subsamples (0 .25~sq m) were taken . Total dry weight of the 

whole plant for each species was determined and recorded by station ; 

relative dominance was computed for each station based on previous data . 

Using confidence limits, the number of subsamples needed to attain a 

given percentage of the true mean of biomass of each species was 

determined . A computer program was developed to determine the number of 

subsamples needed to achieve various levels of species accumulation . It 

was found that only a few subsamples were needed to determine the 

biomass of dominant species, while less common species required more 

sampling . For species determination, stations with low species diversity 

and reduced biomass required more samples . 

Livingston, R.J ., P .S . Sheridan, B .G . McLane, F .G . Lewis III and G .G . 

Kobylinshi . 1977 . The biota of the Apalachicola Bay System : Functional 

relationships . Sponsor : Florida State Univ ., Tallahassee . ; National 

Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Rockville, Md . Office of Sea 

Grant . Florida Research Publication No . 26 . Florida Univ . Gainesville, 

FL . 27 pp . 

Abstract . Results of a long-term study of the Apalachicola Bay System were 

discussed with respect to the functional relationships of the biological 

assemblages of estuarine organisms with the physico-chemical 

environment . There is a regular seasonal variation in parameters 

directly related to river flow, including salinity, turbidity, color, 

and detritus deposition . Thousands of tons (wet weight) of detritus of 

terrestrial origin such as leaf litter and wood debris are swept into 

the bay each year by the Apalachicola River . The benthic infauna and 

epifauna of the Apalachicola Bay System were described with special 

attention to the dominant species . Organisms such as blue crabs, penaeid 

84 
shrimp, sea trout, and other commercially important groups utilize this 

system as a major nursery area . The system is dependent to a 

considerable degree on river based parameters and influxes of inorganic 

and organic substances from upland areas . 

Livingston, R .J ., N.P . Thompson and D .A . Meeter . 1978 . Long-term variation of 

organochlorine residues and assemblages of epibenthic organisms in a 

shallow north Florida estuary . Mar . Biol . 46(4) :355-372 . 

Abstract . A 4-year study (1972-76) determined long-term trends of DDT, DDE, 

DDD, PCBs, and mirex and trawl-susceptible organisms in a shallow, 

river-dominated estuary in north Florida (Apalachicola Bay) . Moderate 

levels of such compounds were found in various species prior to the 

restricted use of DDT in 1972 . A subsequent precipitous decline in 

organochlorine residues was attributed to decreased upland usage, major 

flushing of the river basin in early 1973, and various factors 

associated with estuarine function . No mirex was found in sediments or 

aquatic organisms . Apparently, the half-life of organochlorines is 

relatively short in this bay system . During the study seasonal river 

flow fluctuations dominated water color, turbidity, salinity, nutrients 

(N03), chlorophyll, and the temporal succession of fish in the bay . 

Certain long-term trends offish associations were noted ; relative 

dominance of key fish species declined and stabilized while bay-wide 

species richness and diversity increased with time . Qualitative changes 

in species representation determined the long-term pattern of community 

variability . This was consonant with a distinctive fish fauna during the 

1st year of sampling . The bay anchovy Anchoa mitchilli was dominant 

during 9 of the first 12 months of the project ; this influenced the 

time-related changes in community indices . Temporally clustered fish 

associations reflected the importance of river flow in the estuarine 

environment . Direct correlation of fish distribution with the rapid 

disappearance of organochlorine compounds was complicated by a periodic 

natural phenomena such as storms and river fluctuations . 

Loftin, H . 1962 . A study of boreal shorebirds summering on Apalachee Bay, 

Florida. Bird Banding . 33 :21-42 . 

Lomolino, M.V . 1977 . The ecological role of the Florida manatee (Trichechus 

manatus latirostris) in water hyacinth-dominated ecosystems . Master's 

Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 169 pp . 

Lopez, A .M . and P .J . Pristas . 1982 . Recreational billfish survey newsletteroceanic gamefish investigations . National Marine Fisheries Service, 

Southeast Fisheries Center, Ocean Pelagics Team . Miami, FL . 

Abstract . The National Marine Fisheries Service's (NMFS) Miami Laboratory has 

been conducting surveys of recreational billfishing in the Gulf of 

Mexico since 1971 and in the Atlantic Ocean and Caribbean Sea since 

1972 . These surveys were initiated to monitor trends in billfish catch 

and effort as part of a commitment by the United States to participate 

in cooperative international investigations through the International 

Commission for Conservation of Atlantic Tunas (ICCAT), centered in 

Madrid, Spain . The ICCAT is responsible for coordinating and guiding 

scientific investigations on stocks of tunas and tuna-like fishes, 

including billfishes, in the Atlantic Ocean and adjacent seas . Data 

collected through the NMFS surveys are used in population modeling and 

85 
in annual assessments of the status of stocks of Atlantic billfishes, 

and these results are presented to the international scientific 

community at ICCAT each year . In addition to the annual monitoring of 

recreational billfishing throughout the Western North Atlantic, 

Caribbean Sea, and Gulf of Mexico, NMFS has initiated special surveys 

designed to determine the total catch of billfishes by U .S . recreational 

fishermen . One such survey was conducted in 1977 and 1978 and follow-up 

surveys were conducted in the Gulf of Mexico in 1981 and in the 

Atlantic, Caribbean Sea, and Gulf of Mexico in 1983 . The recreational 

billfish surveys described in this newsletter are part of a larger 

research program conducted by the Miami Laboratory's Oceanic Pelagics 

Team. 

Lowe, J .A . et al . 1991 . Fish kills in coastal waters 1980-1989 . NOAA, National 

Ocean Service, Office of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment, 

Strategic Environmental Assessment Division . 

Lukens, R .R . 1975 . The succession of ichthyofauna on a new artificial reef in 

the northern Gulf of Mexico . Rpt . No . MASGP-75-027 . Mississippi-Alabama 

Sea Grant Consortium . Ocean Springs, MS . 

Abstract . A study was conducted from July, 1975, through October, 1977, to 

monitor the succession of ichthyofauna on a new artificial reef in the 

northern Gulf of Mexico . Sixty species of fish from 33 families were 

recorded at the study reef . The Shannon-Weiner species diversity index 

for the study ichthyofauna ranged from 0 .407 to 0 .937, exhibiting a 

positive correlation with seasonal changes in temperature . Values 

calculated for species richness, evenness, and dominance support the 

Shannon-Weiner index results . Fifty-four species from that site ranged 

from 0 .000 to 0 .809 . No pattern of increase or correlation with seasons 

was indicated at the control . Again the Shannon-Weiner index results 

were supported by indices of species richness, evenness, and dominance . 

Fifty-eight percent of the species reported from the experimental reef 

were primary reef fish . The control site revealed only 15% of species in 

the primary reef fish group . Secondary reef fish were predominant at the 

control site with 48% . Colonization at the experimental reef was 

effected by decreasing water temperatures in winter periods causing 

several species of fish to be seasonally absent from the reef fauna . The 

majority of those species returned with the advent of warmer water 

temperatures . The colonization-decolonization rate curves inadequately 

illustrated true colonization and decolonization when recurrent species 

were given the same importance as new species . If recurrent species are 

not considered, the colonization-decolonization curves more accurately 

describe actual colonization and decolonization . The modified 

colonization rate curve conforms to the MacArthur-Wilson theory of 

island biogeography, however, the decolonization rate does not . These 

results closely correlate with work done by Smith on patch reefs on the 

western Florida shelf . 

Lukens, R.R . 1981 . Ichthyofauna colonization of a new artificial reef in the 

northern Gulf of Mexico . Gulf Res . Rep . 7(1) :41-46 . 

Abstract . Ichthyofaunal colonization of a new artificial reef was monitored 

from June 1975 through September 1977 . Direct observations were 

accomplished using SCUBA . Theories of colonization and species 

equilibrium of islands and island-like habitats were applied to the 

86 
colonization data from the artifical reef . Sixty species of fishes from 

33 families were recorded at the reef . Fifty-two percent of these 

species were primary reef fishes and 48% were secondary . Colonization 

data were produced only from the occurrence of primary reef fish . Data 

indicate that ichthyofaunal communities in the northern Gulf of Mexico 

are heavily influenced by seasonal changes in temperature, and that 

colonization by reef fish in that area does not conform to theories of 

immigration and extinction for island biotas . These results concur with 

similar work conducted on reef ichthyofauna in the eastern Gulf of 

Mexico . 

Lyons, W .G . 1970 . Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises : Scyllarid lobsters 

(Crustacea : Decapoda) . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine 

Research Laboratory . I(4) :74 . 

Lyons, W .G . 1976 . Distribution of Cerithium litteratum (Born) (Gastropoda : 

Cerithiidae) off western Florida . Veliger . 18 :375-377 . 

Lyons, W .G . 1980 . Molluscan communities of the west Florida shelf . Bulletin of 

the Malacological Union . 45 :37-40 . 

Lyons, W .G . and D .K . Camp . 1982 . Zones of faunal similarity within the 

Hourglass Study Area . pp . 44-46 . Zn Proceedings, 3rd Annual Gulf of 

Mexico Information Transfer Meeting . U .S . Department of the Interior, 

Minerals Management Service, Washington, D .C . 

Lyons, W .G . and S .B . Collard . 1974 . Benthic invertebrate communities of the 

Eastern Gulf of Mexico . pp . 157-165 . In R .E . Smith, ed . Proceedings, 

Marine Environmental Implications of Offshore Drilling in the Eastern 

Gulf of Mexico Conference/Workshop . (Contribution No . 233, FDNR/MRL) 

State University System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Lyons, W .G . et al . 1971 . Preliminary inventory of marine invertebrates 

collected near the electrical generating plant, Crystal River, Florida, 

in 1969 . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine Research 

Laboratory . Professional Paper Series No . 14 :45 . 

Lytle, J .S . and T .F . Lytle . 1977a . High molecular weight hydrocarbons in MAFLA 

sediments and benthic algae and rig monitoring sediments . MAFIA-OCS 

Program, Technical Report . Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 

Lytle, J .S . and T .F . Lytle . 1977b . Sediment hydrocarbons as environmental 

indicators in the northeast Gulf of Mexico . In D .A . Wolf e, ed . Fate and 

Effects of Petroleum Hydrocarbons in Marine Organisms and Ecosystems . 

Pergamon Press . 

Lytle, J .S ., T .F . Lytle, J .N . Gearing and P .J . Gearing . 1979 . Hydrocarbons in 

benthic algae from the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Mar . Biol . 51 :279-288 . 

MacDonald, I .R . ed . 1992a . Chemosynthetic ecosystems study, literature review 

and data synthesis, Northern Gulf of Mexico, Executive Summary . Vol . 1 . 

(OCS Study PMMS 92-0033) U .S . Department of the Interior, Minerals 

Management Service. Washington . 25 pp . 

87 
MacDonald, I .R . ed . 1992b . Chemosynthetic ecosystems study, literature review 

and data synthesis, Northern Gulf of Mexico, Technical Report . Vol . 2 . 

(OCS Study NIIMS 92-0034) U .S . Department of the Interior, Minerals 

Management Service . Washington, D .C . 218 pp . 

MacDonald, I .R . ed . 1992c . Chemosynthetic ecosystems study, literature review 

and data synthesis, Northern Gulf of Mexico, Appendix . Vol . 3 . (OCS 

Study fMMS 92-0035) U .S . Department of the Interior, Minerals Management 

Service . Washington, D .C . 263 pp . 

MacDonald, I .R . et al . 1990 . Chemosynthetic mussels at a brine-filled pockmark 

in the northern Gulf of Mexico . Science . 248 :1096-1099 . 

Mahadevan, S . et al . 1984 . Bibliography of Benthic Studies in the Coastal and 

Estuarine Areas of Florida . (Report No . 66) Florida Sea Grant College . 

Gainesville, FL . 576 pp . 

Mahoney, B.M .S . 1981 . Effects of predation on benthic infauna in the 

Apalachicola Bay estuary, Florida . American Zoologist . 21(4) :933 . 

Mahoney, B.M .S . 1982 . Seasonal fluctuations of benthic macrofauna in the 

Apalachicola estuary, Florida : the role of predation and larval 

availability . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State University, Tallahassee, 

FL . 112 pp . 

Mahoney, B .M . and R .J . Livingston . 1982 . Seasonal fluctuations of benthiC 

macrofauna in the Apalachicola Estuary, Florida . Mar . Biol . 69(2) :207-

213 . 

Abstract . Benthic macrofaunal densities are negatively correlated with 

abundant bottom-feeding fish populations ; the relationship was tested 

with predator-exclusion cages during the seasonal population changes . 

Large predators emerged as "not a major factor" in the regulation of 

most macrofaunal species densities . The spring macrofauna decline may 

result from the effects of increased river flow and lowered salinities 

on larval recruitment . 

Main, K .L . 1983 . Behavioral response of a caridean shrimp to fish predators . 

Presented at Benthic Ecology Meeting, Florida Institute of Technology, 

Melbourne, FL 

Main, K.L . 1985 . The influence of prey identity and size on selection of prey 

by two marine fishes . J. Expl . Mar . Biol . Ecol . 88 :145-152 . 

Main, K.L . 1987 . Predator avoidance in seagrass meadows : prey behavior, 

microhabitat selection, and cryptic coloration . Ecology. 68(1) :170-180 . 

Manning, R .B . 1959 . Stomatopod crustaceans of the Florida-Gulf area . Quarterly 

Jour . of the Fla . Acad . of Sci . 22(1) :14-24 . 

Manooch, C .S ., III and D .L . Mason . 1984 . Food and gastrointestinal parasites 

of dolphin Coryphaena hippurus collected along the southeastern and Gulf 

Coasts of the United States . Bull . of the Japanese Society of Sci . 

Fisheries . 50(9) :1511-1525 . 

88 
Marinucci, A .C . 1982 . Trophic importance of Spartina alterniflora production 

and decomposition to the marsh-estuarine ecosystem . Biological 

Conservation . 22 :35-58 . 

Mariscal, R.N . 1985 . Coelenterates and crustaceans of the Florida coast . 

Florida State University, Department of Biological Sciences . 

Abstract . Dr . Mariscal and his graduate students have collected data on 

various aspects of the biology of several coelenterates and crustaceans 

found in the Florida waters . Data on different organisms and programs 

have been presented in 2 master's theses and 1 Ph.D . dissertation with 4 

other master's theses in preparation . Studies have included work on life 

histories of hydroids, hydroids on hermit crabs, behavior and ecology of 

hermit crabs, predator prey relationships and symbiotic associations of 

stone crabs and hermit crabs, nematocyst biology and feeding and 

behavior of several coelenterates . 

Marshall, H .L . 1966 . An ecological study of the American oyster, Crassostrea 

virginica (Gmelin), in the Cedar Key area, Florida . Master's Thesis . 

University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

Marshall, M .J . 1977 . Serologically detected patterns of gastropod predation on 

an intertidal bar . Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, 

FL . 50 pp . 

Marshall, N . 1956 . Chlorophyll a in the Phytoplankton in coastal waters of the 

Eastern Gulf of Mexico . J . Mar . Res . 15(1) :14-32 . 

Mason, W .T .J . 1991 . A survey of benthic invertebrates in the Suwannee River, 

Florida . Environmental Monitoring and Assessment . 16(2) :163-187 . 

Abstract . Of the total 186 benthic invertebrate taxa, 82% had quality values 

that indicate overall clean water, conditions . The predominant benthic 

invertebrates in the Suwannee River were detritivorous and the 

communities reflected oligotrophic to mesotrophic waters . Benthic 

invertebrate communities were surveyed in a 233 km reach of the middle 

and lower Suwannee River in northwestern Florida in the winter 1987 and 

early summer 1988 to determine their abundance and distribution as 

potential foods of the Gulf sturgeon, Acipenser oxyrhynchus desotoi, and 

to determine the effects of possible natural and human-induced 

disturbances to the communities . In substrates of the tidal oligohaline 

to mesohaline lower reach of the East Pass site I (km 2) and site II 

West Pass (km 5) near the Gulf of Mexico, densities of tube dwelling and 

free swimming amphipods, polychaetes, oligochaetes, and dipterans in the 

PONAR grabs were moderate to abundant . Also, at sites I and II, low to 

moderate densities of dipteran Chironomidae and olive nerite snail were 

collected in hardboard multiplate artificial substrate samplers . Upriver 

from site I and II, the transition from an oligohaline tolerant benthic 

community to a freshwater one was abrupt . At sites III (km 48) and IV 

(km 89), benthic invertebrate populations were low to moderate . In the 

middle reach, aquatic insects were predominant . In winter, the bottom 

substrates at sites VII (km 153) and VIII (km 205) contained diverse and 

dense populations of Chironomidae (5932/m2), the greatest density for a 

major taxonomic group recorded in this survey . Crayfish were collected 

in low densities from sites Iv to IX . Empirical Biotic Index values that 

reflect impacts of organic wastes on benthic invertebrate communities 

89 
were within a narrow range, 3 .16 to 6 .38, and indicated slightly 

enriched to enriched water. Of the total 186 benthic invertebrate taxa, 

82W had quality values 0 to 5 that indicate overall clean water 

conditions . The predominant benthic invertebrates in the Suwannee River 

were detritivorous and the communities reflected oligotrophic to 

mesotrophic waters . 

Mathieson, A .C . and C .J . Dawes . 1975 . Seasonal studies of Florida sublittoral 

marine algae . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 25 :46-65 . 

Mathis, K., J .C . Cato, R .L . Degner, P .D . Landrum and F .J . Prochaska . 1978 . 

Commercial fishing activity and facility needs in Florida : Dixie, Levy 

and Taylor Counties . Florida Agricultural Market Research Center, Food 

and Resource Economics Department, Agricultural Experiment Station 

Report . 78-4 :27 . 

Maturo, F .J ., J .W . Caldwell, W . Ingram and F .L . Hearne . 1975 . Multivariate 

analysis of the MAFIA (Mississippi, Alabama, Florida) water column 

baseline data . BLM/YM/ES-75/2 . Bureau of Land Management . Washington, 

D .C . 143 pp . 

Abstract . In the MAFIA region, a strong correlation exists between the 

zooplankton community and its environment . Two general regimes of 

environmental factors weigh heavily in this strong correlation : (1) 

inshore-offshore factors, and(2) surface to bottom layering . Important 

components of inshore-offshore patterns include station depth, net 

range, and salinity range, all of which are associated with deeper, more 

offshore stations ; whereas, net depth, temperature, and temperature and 

salinity range are associated with surface to bottom layering . In 

general, species assemblages found to be correlated with the environment 

are regulated either by depth factors or changes in salinity and 

temperature . The low correlation between the zooplankton community and 

suspended trace metals indicates that low trace metals in the MAFLA area 

are not an important factor governing zooplankton community structure . 

However, the variation of trace metals within the zooplankters 

themselves is highly dependent on the species composition of the 

zooplankton community . This suggests that different organisms are 

affected differentially by hydrocarbons . 

Maturo, F .J ., Jr . 1974 . Zooplankton research, Crystal River Power Plant 

Considerations . Interagency Research Advisory Committee, Florida Power 

Corporation. 418 pp . 

Maxwell, G .R ., II and H .W . Kale II . 1977 . Breeding biology of five species of 

herons in coastal Florida . Auk . 94(3) :689-700 . 

May, E .B . 1973 . Environmental effects of hydraulic dredging in estuaries . Ala . 

Mar . Resour . Bull . 9 :1-85 . 

Abstract . Hydraulic channel and shell dredging and open water spoil disposal 

have little significant immediate effect on water quality in Alabama 

estuaries . Almost all of the sediment discharged by dredges settles very 

rapidly and is transported by gravity along the bottom as a separate 

flocculated density layer and potentially harmful components of the mud 

are not dissolved into the water. There is a limited, temporary 

reduction in benthic organisms in areas affected by dredging . Spoil 

90 
piles from channel dredges can indirectly affect the ecology and 

usefulness of estuaries by interfering with water circulation and 

altering salinity . The basic hydrological concepts which determine the 

effects of dredging should be applicable in other areas . Extensive 

regulations apparently are not necessary to protect water quality in 

open water dredging situations but spoil disposal practices from channel 

dredges must be reconsidered and appropriate new disposal plans 

developed . 

McCaffrey, P .M . 1977 . Studies on the composition and organization of the 

demersal ichthyofauna of the continental shelf zone in the northeastern 

Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

McCaffrey, P .M . 1981 . Studies on the composition and organization of the 

demersal ichthyofauna of the continental shelf zone in the northeastern 

Gulf of Mexico . Florida Department of Environmental Regulation, 

Technical Series . VI(1) :576 . 

McClane, B .G . et al . 1976 . Benthic infauna. pp . 256-264 . In Energy 

Relationships and the Productivity of Apalachicola Bay. Florida Sea 

Grant Technical Paper Final Report ed . Vol . Project R/EM-4 . 

McClean, R .B . 1975 . A description of a marine benthic faunal habitat web : a 

behavioral study . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 176 pp . 

McClintock, J .B . 1983 . Escape response of Argopecten irradians (Mollusca : 

Bivalvia) to Luidia clathrata and Echinaster species (Echinodermata : 

Asteroidea) . Fla . Sci . 46(2) :95-100 . 

McCormick, R . 1979 . The shrimp industry : Gulf of Mexico trawling . Fishery News 

Int . 18(10) :77 . 

McCoy, E .D . 1977 . The diversity of terrestrial arthropods in northwest Florida 

salt marshes . Ph .D . Dissertation . University of Florida, Gainesville, 

FL . 

McCoy, E .D . and J .R . Rey . 1981 . Terrestrial arthropods of northwest Florida 

salt marshes : Coleoptera . Florida Entomologist . 64 :405-411 . 

McCoy, E .D . and J .R . Rey . 1987 . Terrestrial arthropods of northwest Florida 

salt marshes : Hymenoptera (Insecta) . Florida Entomologist . 70 :90-97 . 

McDiarmid, R .W . ed . 1978 . Rare and endangered biota of Florida . Vol . 3 : 

Amphibians and Reptiles . University Press of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

McDonald, M .V . 1983 . Gulf coast salt marsh . pp . 100 . Zn W .T . Van Velzen and 

A.C . Van Velzen, eds . Forty-sixth Breeding Bird Census . American Birds . 

Vol . 36 . 

McDonald, M .V . 1984 . Gulf coast salt marsh . pp . 119 . In W .T . Van Velzen and 

A .C . Van Velzen, eds . Forty-seventh Breeding Bird Census . American 

Birds . Vol . 38 . 

91 
McGraw, K .A . 1974 . Two aberrant forms of the moon jellyfish, Aurelia aurita 

(Linne), in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Chesapeake Sci . 15(1) :55-56 . 

Abstract . The moon jellyfish, Aurelia aurita (Linne), is common in the coastal 

waters of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico from September through 

December, with infrequent occurrences in March and April . From April, 

1971 to June, 1973 over 1500 normal specimens of Aurelia aurita were 

collected in a monthly sampling program, utilizing trawls and dip nets 

off the coasts of Mississippi, Alabama and Florida and one mile beach 

surveys on the barrier islands . Two aberrant Aurelia aurita were 

obtained during routine beach surveys . 

McKown, M .M . and J .G . Montalvo . 1975 . The quality control of trace metal 

analysis for the MAFLA (Mississippi, Alabama, Florida) environmental 

survey . BLM/YM/ES-75/3 . Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 190 pp . 

Abstract . A comprehensive quality control program was conducted by Gulf South 

Research Institute in support of the MAFLA Trace Metal Phase of the 

Baseline Environmental Survey . Five different types of marine 

environmental samples, chosen at random from the samples analyzed by the 

prime contractor were submitted for quality control verification of 

eight different trace metals . 

McLane, B . 1977 . Effects of clearcutting on the benthic infauna of the 

Apalachicola Estuary . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

McLelland, J .A . 1989 . An illustrated key to the Chaetognatha of the northern 

Gulf of Mexico with notes on their distribution . Gulf Res . Rep . 8 :145-172 . 

McMahan, E .A. and D .L . Young . 1974 . Salt marsh microarthropod populations . pp . 

241-254 . Zn Crystal River Power Plant Environmental Considerations . 

Final Report to the Interagency Research Advisory Commission, Florida 

Power Corp . Vol . II . 

McNeil, C .R . 1977 . The red snapper industry in Pensacola, 1845-1865 : an 

historical perspective . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, 

Pensacola, FL . 

McNulty, J .K ., W .N . Lindall Jr . and J .E . Sykes . 1972 . Cooperative Gulf of 

Mexico estuarine inventory and study, Florida : Phase I, Area 

description . NOAA Tech . Rep . NMFS CIRC-368 :126 . 

Abstract . This comprehensive study includes information on St . Andrew Bay. 

Newly-developed tables and maps depict the dimensions, submerged 

vegetation, tidal marshes, mangrove swamps, commercial oyster beds, 

leased oyster-rearing areas, sources of pollution, drained tidal 

marshes, and filled areas of Florida's west coast estuaries . Published 

and unpublished information on temperature, salinity, geology, 

artificial fishing reefs, stream discharge, human population, commercial 

fishing, and economic development are presented in new form . 

McNulty, J .K . et al . 1974 . Data on the biology phase, Florida portion, 

Cooperative Gulf of Mexico Estuarine Inventory . NMFS Data Report No . 95 

ed . NOAA . Washington, D .C . 232 pp . 

92 
Means, D .B . and A.A . Karlin . 1989 . A New Species of Desmognathus from the 

Eastern Gulf Coastal Plain . Herpetologica . 45(1) :37-46 . 

Means, D.B . and D. Simberloff . 1987 . The peninsula effect : habitat-correlated 

species decline in Florida herpetofauna . J. Biogeogr . 14 :551-568 . 

Meeter, D.A . et al . 1979 . Long-term climatological and population changes in a 

river-dominated estuarine system . pp . 315-338 . In R .J . Livingston, ed . 

Ecological Processes in Coastal and Marine Ecosystems . Plenum Press, New 

York, NY . 

Menzel, R .W . 1956 . Some additional differences between Crassostrea virginica 

and Ostrea equestris in the Gulf of Mexico . Proceedings, National 

Shellfisheries Association . 46 :76-81 . 

Menzel, R .W. 1957 . Marine biology of Alligator Harbor, Florida . ASB Bulletin . 

4(4) :51-54 . 

Menzel, R .W . 1961 . Seasonal growth of the northern quahog, Mercenaria 

mercenaria and the southern quahog, M . campechiensis, in Alligator 

Harbor, Florida . Proceedings, National Shellfisheries Association . 

52 :37-46 . 

Menzel, R .W . 1964 . Report on preliminary studies on the blue crab in Alligator 

harbor and adjacent Gulf of Mexico with some observations on stone crab 

larvae . Florida Board of Conservation . 

Menzel, R .W . 1966 . Checklist of the marine fauna and flora of the St . George's 

Sound area . (Contribution No . 61) Florida State University, 

Oceanographic Institute . Tallahassee, FL . 133 pp . 

Menzel, R .W . 1968 . Cytotaxonomy of species clams (Mercenaria) and oysters 

(Crassostrea) . Proceedings, Symposium on Mollusca, Part 1 

Menzel, R .W . 1969 . Identification and analysis of the biological value of 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Final Report to Federal Water Pollution 

Control Administration . Tallahassee, FL . 164 pp . 

Menzel, R.W . ed . 1971 . Checklist of the marine fauna and flora of the 

Appalachee Bay and the St . George's Sound area . 3rd ed . Florida State 

University, Department of Oceanography . Tallahassee, FL . 126 pp . 

Menzel, R .W, and F .E . Nichy . 1958 . Studies of the distribution and feeding 

habits of some oyster predators in Alligator Harbor, Florida . Bull . of 

Mar .Sci . of the Gulf and Carib . 8 :125-145 . 

Menzel, R .W . and I . Olquin-Espinoza . 1988 . The reproductive cycle of the 

oyster crassostrea virginica (Gmelin) in Apalachicola Bay, Florida . 

Technical Memorandum ; Contract #NA86RA-D-C2011 ed . NOAA . Washington, 

D .C . 47 pp . 

Men2e1, R .W . et al . 1958 . Causes of depletion of oysters in St . Vincent Bar, 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida . National Shellfish Association . 48 :66-71 . 

93 
Menzel, R .W . et al . 1966 . Oyster abundance in Apalachicola Bay, Florida in 

relation to biotic association influenced by salinity and other factors . 

Gulf Res . Rep . 2 :73-96 . 

Menzel, R .W . et al . 1976a . Clam mariculture in northwest Florida : field study 

on predation . Proceedings of the National Shellfish Association . 65 :59-

62 . 

Menzel, R .W, et al . 1976b . Clam mariculture in northwest Florida, observations 

on selection and hybridization . Proceedings of the National Shellfish 

Association . 66 :103 . 

Menzel, R.W . 1976 . Comprehensive report on the quahog clam (Mercenaria spp.) 

industry in Florida. University of Delaware, School of Marine Science . 

20 pp . 

Menzies, R .J . and W .L . Kruczynski . 1983 . Isopod Crustacea (exclusive of 

Epicaridea) . Zn Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises . 6 :126 . 

Abstract . Thirty-two species in 26 genera of marine isopod crustaceans 

(excluding Epicaridea) were captured in a 28-month sampling program 

along the central west Florida shelf . Ten new species are described, 

Arcturella spinata, A. bispinata, Tropedotea lyonsi, Edwinjoycea 

horologium, Gnathia floridensis, Mesanthura floridensis, Skuphonura 

lindae, Paranthura floridensis, Lironeca tropicalis, and Carpias 

floridensis . 

Merrill, A .S . and H .S . Tubiash . 1970 . Molluscan resources of the Atlantic and 

Gulf Coast of the United States . pp . 925-948 . Za Proceedings : Symposium 

Mollusca III . 

Mettee, M .F ., Jr . 1970 . A Survey of the Fishes of the Choctawhatchee Bay 

Drainage in Alabama and Florida . Master's Thesis . University of Alabama, 

Tuscaloosa, AL . 93 pp . 

Mettee, M .F ., Jr . 1977 . A study on the distribution of Etheostoma okaloosae, 

the Okaloosa Darter and Etheostoma edwini, the brown darter in northwest 

Florida, USA . Journal of the Alabama Academy of Science . 47(3) :136 . 

Meyers, P .A . 1976 . An extension of the baseline compositions of hydrocarbons 

in benthic epifauna of the outer continental shelf of the eastern Gulf 

of Mexico . BLM/YM/ES-76/02 . Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 

44 pp . 

Abstract . Twenty-four samples of benthic macrofauna collected during the MAFLA 

baseline survey under contract 08550-CT4-11 were analyzed for indigenous 

hydrocarbons . The procedures used are specified in the contract and 

involved separating the extracted hydrocarbons into aliphatic and 

unsaturated fractions and analyzing each fraction by gas chromatography 

on two different columns. Data obtained from these analyses show that 

the ratio of odd to even alkanes is close to unity in all the samples . 

This appears to be a natural characteristic of marine organisms . An 

homologous series of n-alkanes peaking around C25 to C27 is found in 

many of the samples . In most samples, the unsaturated fraction of 

hydrocarbons is at a greater concentration than the aliphatic fraction . 

These organisms display no obvious evidence of oil contamination . 

94 
Meylan, A . et al . 1993 . Sea turtle nesting activity in the State of Florida 

1979-1992 . Florida Dept . Environ . Protect ., Florida Mar . Research Inst . 

St . Petersburg, FL . 

Meylan, P .A . 1982 . The squamate reptiles of the Inglis IA fauna (Irvingtonian : 

Citrus County, Florida) . Bull . Fla . State Mus . 27 :1-85 . 

Mikkelson, P .S . 1980 . A comparison of two Florida populations of the coquina 

clam, Donax variabilis Say, 1822 (Bivalvia : Donacidae) . I . Intertidal 

density, distribution and migration . Veliger . 23(3) :230 . 

Miles, J .G ., Jr . 1972 . Biology of the Alabama Shad in Northwest Florida . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources Laboratory Technical Series . 

68 :24 . 

Miles, R .M . 1951 . An analysis of the "trash fish" of shrimp trawling operating 

in Apalachicola Bay and the adjacent Gulf of Mexico . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 46 pp . 

Miller, J .E . and D .L . Pawson . 1984 . Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises : 

Holothurians (Echinodermata : Holothuridae) . Vol . 7(1) . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research Laboratory . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Miller, M . et al . 1977 . Fish and wildlife values of the Apalachicola River and 

Floodplain . pp . 122-129 . In Proceedings of the Conference on the 

Apalachicola Drainage System, April 1976, Gainesville, Florida . (Marine 

Research Laboratory Publication No . 26) Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, 

Miller, R .E . 1972 . Normal fatty acids in estuarine and tidal-marsh sediments 

of Choctawhatchee and Apalachee Bays, northwest Florida . U .S . Geol . 

Surv . Prof . Pap . Shorter Contributions to General Geology 724-B :13 . 

Miller, R.W . 1972 . Aspects of the biology of the Gulf oyster drill Urosalpinx 

perrugata (Conrad, 1846) . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Mills, C .E . 1976 . Studies on the behavior and life histories of several 

species of hydroids and hydromedusae . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Mills, J .G ., Jr . 1972 . Biology of the Alabama Shad in northwest Florida . 

Technical Series No . 68 ed . Florida Dept . Nat . Resources, Div . Marine 

Resources . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Minerals Management Service . 1982 . Draft regional environmental impact 

statement - Gulf of Mexico . Minerals Management Service, Gulf of Mexico 

OCS Regional Office . Metairie, LA . 730 pp . 

95 
Minerals Management Service . 1983a . Draft environmental impact statement, Gulf 

of Mexico proposed OCS oil and gas lease offerings central Gulf of 

Mexico (April, 1984), western Gulf of Mexico (July, 1984) . Minerals 

Management Service, Gulf of Mexico OCS Regional Office . Metairie, LA . 

357 pp . 

Minerals Management Service . 1983b . Final regional environmental impact 

statement - Gulf of Mexico . Vol . 2 . Minerals Management Service, Gulf of 

Mexico OCS Regional Office . Metairie, LA . 

Minerals Management Service . 1983c . Regional environmental assessment -- Gulf 

of Mexico pipeline activities . Minerals Management Service, Gulf of 

Mexico OCS Regional Office . Metairie, LA . 

Abstract . Pipeline construction, operation, and maintenance on the OCS causes 

minimal impacts to onshore air quality . Water quality may be adversely 

affected by suspension of sediment during construction or trenching 

operations ; such impacts are localized and of short duration . Animal and 

plant life may be adversely affected by the physical disturbance and 

turbidity, but the nonburied pipelines furnish a substrate for 

encrusting organisms and result in increased diversity in the biological 

community in the vicinity of the pipelines . Impacts on shipping and 

navigation through collisions are negligible due to the low number of 

vessels involved in pipeline construction . Some 25 acres per mile of 

seafloor are involved in pipeline rights-of-way, although only a small 

portion of that acreage is physically disturbed by pipeline emplacement . 

At present, pipelines cause a significant adverse impact on other 

commercial fisheries . Cultural resources on the OCS could be impacted by 

physical disturbance caused by anchoring, pipeline construction, or 

jetting. These potential impacts are mitigated through the requirement 

of pre-lay surveys . Although most breaks in offshore pipelines have 

resulted in only minimal amounts of oil spilled, eight pipeline breaks 

since 1964 have resulted in spills greater than 1,000 bbls . To date, no 

major spill from OCS pipelines in the Gulf has resulted in catastrophic 

short-term environmental degradation . Impacts of pipeline emplacement on 

coastal habitats include destruction of vegetation and sessile and slowmoving animals, habitat alteration, changes in salinity and hydrologic 

regimes, and increased marsh soil erosion resulting in coastal land 

loss . Up to 25 acres of seagrass beds, marshes, and swamp and bottomland 

forests could be destroyed for each mile of pipeline installed . Oil 

spilled from leaking or ruptured pipelines can cause severe and possibly 

long-term adverse impacts on coastal flora and fauna . Seagrass beds and 

coastal marshes are especially susceptible to adverse impacts from 

spilled oil . 

Minerals Management Service . 1984a . Area-wide environmental assessment for 

Gulf of Mexico outer continental shelf exploration activities in 

northwest section of eastern planning area . U .S . Department of the 

Interior, Minerals Management Service . 83 pp . 

Minerals Management Service . 1984b . Draft environmental impact statement -

proposed oil and gas lease sales 94, 98, and 102 . Gulf of Mexico region . 

Minerals Management Service, Gulf of Mexico OCS Regional Office . 

Metairie, LA . 512 pp . 

96 
Abstract . This document discusses the purpose and background of the proposed 

actions, the alternatives including the proposed actions, the 

description of the affected environment, and the environmental impacts 

of the proposed Central Gulf of Mexico Sale 98 (May 1985), Western Gulf 

of Mexico Sale 102 (July 1985), and Eastern Gulf of Mexico Sale 94 

(November 1985) . 

Mitchell, V . and J . Winstead . 1974 . Macroinvertebrates . pp . 50-68 . Zn Baseline 

Study of Physical, Chemical, Biological and Socio-economic Parameters of 

Navarre Beach, Florida . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 

Moe, M .A . 1969 . Biology of the red grouper Epinephelus morio (Valenciennes) 

from the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Florida Dept . Nat . Resources, Marine 

Research Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 95 pp . 

Moffler, M.D . 1976 . Sexual reproduction in Florida Thalassia (seagrass) . Fla . 

Sci . 39(suppl . 1) :6 . 

Abstract . This brief summary reports flowering and developing fruits on 30% of 

the turtle grass in St . Andrew Bay. 

Monk, C .D . 1966 . An ecological study of hardwood swamps in north-central 

Florida . Ecology . 47 :649-654 . 

Montague, C .L . et al . 1981 . Post Operational Monitoring Program, Crystal River 

Units 1, 2 and 3 : Annual Report 1980 . Vol . II : Record of Metabolisms of 

Estuarine Ecosystems at Crystal River, Florida, 1977-1980 . Florida Power 

Corporation . 309 . 

Moore, D .R . 1962a . Notes on the distribution of the spiny lobster Panulirus in 

Florida and the Gulf of Mexico . Crustaceana . 3(4) :318-319 . 

Moore, D .R . 1962b . Occurrence and distribution of Nemopsis bachei Agassiz 

(Hydrozoa) in the northern Gulf of Mexico . Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the 

Gulf and Carib . 12(3) :399-402 . 

Moore, D .R . 1963 . Distribution of the seagrass, Thalassia, in the United 

States . Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean . 13(2) :329-

342 . 

Moore, J .C . 1951 . The range of the Florida manatee . Quart . J . Fla . Acad . Sci . 

14(l) :1-19 . 

Moore, J .C . 1953 . Distribution of marine mammals to Florida waters . American 

Midlands Naturalist . 49 :117-158 . 

Moore, J .C . and E . Clark . 1963 . Discovery of right whales in the Gulf of 

Mexico . Science . 141 :269 . 

Moran, D . 1988 . Species profiles : life histories and environmental 

requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of Mexico) : red 

snapper . National Wetlands Research Center . U .S . Dept Int ., Fish and 

Wildlife Service, Research and Development . Washington, D .C . 

97 
Morrison, S .J . 1980 . Trophic interactions between detrital microbiota and 

detritus feeding estuarine gammaridean amphipods . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Morrison, S .J . et al . 1977 . Evidence for microfloral succession on 

allochthonous plant litter in Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Mar . Biol . 

41 :229-240 . 

Moseley, F .N . 1966 . Biology of the red snapper, Lutjanus aya, (Blotch) of the 

northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Institute of Marine Science, University of 

Texas . 11 :90-101 . 

Moshir, G .A ., R .P . Hanna, A .T . Simmon, G .C . Landr and N .H . Whitin . 1972 . 

Determination of a nitrogen-phosphorus budget for Bayou Texar, 

Pensacola, Florida . Florida Univ., Water Resources Research Center . 

Gainesville, FL . 30 pp . 

Abstract . The extent of nitrogen and phosphorus inputs and their effects on 

algal productivity in Bayou Texar, Pensacola, Escambia County, Florida, 

has been under investigation, to date, results indicate Carpenter's 

Creek to be the major source of nutrient input in this estuarine bayou . 

In general, nitrogen and phosphorus concentrations are highest at the 

north end of the Bayou and decrease southward-a pattern which is 

directly related to carbon fixation rates, but inversely related to the 

extent of nitrogen fixation . 

Moshiri, G .A . UNKNOWN YEAR-a . Bayou Texar Project . University of West Florida, 

Water Resources Research Center . 

Abstract . Bayou Texar, off Pensacola Bay, Florida, was studied extensively 

from March, 1971 to May, 1976 . Water quality analyses were carried out 

biweekly at 3 to 6 stations in the bayou . Other analyses include 

measurements of phytoplankton populations, photosynthetic and 

heterotrophic rates, and water and sediment microbiota . Generally, water 

samples were filtered before analyses were made of the various 

parameters . 

Moshiri, G .A . UNKNOWN YEAR-b . Mulatto Bayou study . University of West Florida, 

Water Resources Research Center . 

Abstract . Mulatto Bayou, off Escambia Bay, Florida, was monitored with respect 

to water quality from June, 1972 to April, 1975 . Fourteen water quality 

parameters were measured biweekly at 3 stations from surface and bottom 

water samples . Samples were filtered before analyses were made, except 

for field measurements . Limited sediment data also exists . 

Moshiri, G .A . et al . 1976 . Interrelationships between certain microorganisms 

and some aspects of sediment-water nutrient exchange in two bayou 

estuaries, Phases I and II . University of Florida Water Resources 

Research Center . Gainesville, FL . 45 pp . 

Moshiri, G .A . et al . 1978a . Algal metabolites and fish kills in a bayou 

estuary : an alternative explanation to the low dissolved oxygen 

controversy . J . Water Pollution Control Federation . p . 2043-2046 . 

98 
Moshiri, G .A . et al . 1978b . Water-column and benthic invertebrate and plant 

associations as affected by the physico-chemical aspects in a 

mesotrophic bayou estuary, Pensacola, FL . (Publication No . 41) 

University of Florida, Water Resources Research Center . Gainesville, FL . 

160 pp . 

Moulton, M .P . 1971 . An inquiry into the use of plastic "grass" as a substitute 

for Thalassia . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, 

FL . 

Mountain, J .A . 1972 . Further thermal addition studies at Crystal River, 

Florida with an annotated checklist of marine fishes collected 1969-

1971 . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine Research 

Laboratory . Professional Paper Series 20 :103 . 

Mullin, K . et al . 1991 . Cetaceans on the upper continental slope in the northcentral Gulf of Mexico . (OCS Study NIIKS 91-0027) U .S . Department of the 

Interior, NMFS, Minerals Management Service . Washington, D .C . 108 pp . 

Muncy, R .J . and W .M . Wingo . 1983 . Species profiles, life histories and 

environmental requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of 

Mexico) . Sea catfish and gafftopsail catfish. FWS-OBS-82-115 . U.S . Fish 

and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services . Washington, D.C . 17 

PP . 

Murphy, M .D . and R .G . Taylor . 1994 . Age, Growth, and Mortality of Spotted 

Seatrout in Florida Waters . Trans . of the Amer . Fish . Soc . 123 :482-497 . 

Myers, A .A . 1981 . Part V- Amphipod Crustacea . I . Family Aoridae . X11 Memoirs of 

the Hourglass Cruises . Vol . 5 . Florida Dept . Nat . Resources/ Marine 

Research Laboratory, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Myers, V .S . and R .L . Iverson . 1976 . Aspects of nutrient limitation of the 

phytoplankton productivity in the Apalachicola Bay System . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources Marine Research Laboratory . 26 :68-74 . 

Nakamura, E .L . et al . 1980 . The occurrence of life stages of some recreational 

marine fishes in estuaries of the Gulf of Mexico . NOAA Tech . Memo . NMFSSEFC-45 

Nall, L.E . 1979 . Age and growth of the southern flounder, Paralichthys 

lethostigma, in the northern Gulf of Mexico with notes on paralichthys 

albigutta . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

58 pp . 

National Enforcement Investigations Center, D ., CO . 1975 . Water quality study, 

St . Andrew Bay, Florida . 96 pp . 

National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory . 1980 . Selected vertebrate endangered 

species of the seacoast of the United States : West Indian Manatee . U .S . 

Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services Report . FWS/OBS80/1 .35 :12 . 

99 
National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory . 1980a . American alligator . U .S . Fish 

and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services Report FWS/OSB80/01 .39 . Washington, D .C . 9 pp . 

Abstract . This paper is one in a series of accounts on threatened and 

endangered species . The purpose is to provide resource managers and the 

public with information about federally listed endangered and/or 

threatened vertebrate species that occur along or within 100 km of the 

sea coast of the United States . Information on life history, 

distribution, requirements and conservation of the subject species is 

included . 

National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory . 1980b . Selected vertebrate endangered 

species of the sea coast of the United States . U .S . Fish and Wildlife 

Service, Office of Biological Services Report FSW/OBS-80101 . Washington, 

D .C . 

Abstract . The purpose of this series of species accounts is to provide 

resource managers and the public with information about federally listed 

endangered and/or threatened vertebrate species that occur along, or 

within 100 kilometers of, the seacoast of the United States . Information 

about life history, distribution, requirements and conservation of the 

subject species is included (range maps and other distributional data 

are not necessarily equivalent to critical habitat as defined in the 

Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended) . This series of accounts is 

intended to complement the computerized Sensitive Wildlife Information 

System (SWIS) developed by the U .S . Army Corps of Engineers in 

coordination with the Offices of Endangered Species and Biological 

Services of the Fish and Wildlife Service . 

National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory . 1980c . Selected vertebrate endangered 

species of the seacoast of the United States : green sea turtle . U .S . 

Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services Report . FWS/OBS80/1 .13 :12 . 

National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory . 1980d . Selected vertebrate endangered 

species of the seacoast of the United States : Kemp's (Atlantic) Ridley 

sea turtle . U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services 

Report . FWS/OBS-80/1 .30 :12 . 

National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory . 1980e. Selected vertebrate endangered 

species of the seacoast of the United States : leatherback sea turtle . 

U.S . Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services Report . 

Fws/oss-80/1 .12 :12 . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1979 . Marine recreational fishery 

statistics survey, Atlantic and Gulf coasts, 1979 . U .S . Government 

Printing Office . Washington, D .C . 139 pp . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1980 . Marine recreational fishery 

statistics survey, Atlantic and Gulf Coasts, 1979 . Current fishery 

statistics number 8063 . National Marine Fisheries Service . Washington, 

D .C . 137 pp . 

Abstract . The 1979 survey is the first in a series of planned surveys to 

obtain estimates of participation, catch and effort by recreational 

fishermen in marine waters of the United States . This report covers the 

100 
Atlantic and Gulf Coasts for a one year period from January through 

December, 1979 . The data collection methodology consisted of two 

complementary surveys, a combination household survey and intercept 

(creel) survey . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1981 . Data on selected species of finfish . 

Panama City, FL . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1982 . Fisheries of the United States, 1981, 

Current fisheries statistics No . 8200 . National Marine Fisheries 

Service . Washington, D .C . 131 pp . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1983a . End-of-year Report : Annual landings 

by distance caught from shore-Southeast Region for CY82 (Preliminary) . 

National Marine Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Center . Miami, 

Florida . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1983b . Program development plan for marine 

recreational fisheries in the Southeast Region . National Marine 

Fisheries Service, Southeast Regional office and southeast Fisheries 

Center . St . Petersburg, FL . 35 pp . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1984a . End-of-year reports : annual landings 

by distance caught from shore - southeast region for 1983 (preliminary) . 

National Marine Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Center, 

Statistical Surveys Branch . Miami, FL . 

Abstract . This is a compilation of annual commercial fisheries catch organized 

by fish species, ex vessel value, weight, and state, with the distance 

from shore . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1984b . Oceanic pelagics program summary -

1983 . National Marine Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Center . 

Miami, FL . 67 pp . 

Abstract . This report presents the results of the 1983 recreational billfish 

survey, gamefish tagging activity, and research on fish age and growth 

rates . In conducting the billfish survey 111 tornaments and 20 docks 

were monitored, and 102,919 hours of effort were recorded . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1985 . End-of-year Report : Annual landings 

by distance caught from shore--Southeast Region for CY'84 (Preliminary) . 

National Marine Fisheries Services, Southeast Fisheries Center . Miami, FL . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . 1992 . marine recreational fishery 

statistics survey : Atlantic and Gulf Coasts, 1991 . U .S . Department of 

Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National 

Marine Fisheries Service . Silver Springs, MD . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . UNKNOWN YEAR . Tagging juvenile Gulf 

menhaden . National Marine Fisheries Service, Atlantic Estuarine 

Fisheries Center . Beaufort, NC . 

Abstract . Tagging study of juvenile Gulf menhaden . Field notes on habitat, 

condition, water quality. 

101 
National Marine Fisheries Service and Pascagoula Lab . UNKNOWN YEAR . Shrimp 

discard file . National Marine Fisheries Service . Pascagoula, MS . 

Abstract . Data is collected from a number of shrimp trawlers regarding what is 

discarded from their nets . Some methods vary from shrimps to shrimps as 

does the completeness and accuracy of discard data . To date, date has 

been collected from about 700 stations . Descriptive data is also 

available on gear size and type . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . UNKNOWN YEAR-a . Age and size of Atlantic 

thread herring . National Marine Fisheries Service, Atlantic Estuarine 

Fisheries Center . Beaufort, NC . 

Abstract . Age and size studies of Atlantic thread herring in Gulf of Mexico . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . UNKNOWN YEAR-b . Age and size of Gulf 

menhaden . National Marine Fisheries Service, Atlantic Estuarine 

Fisheries Center . Beaufort, NC . 

Abstract . Age and size study of Atlantic menhaden throughout the geographical 

and seasonal range of the Gulf menhaden fishery . Samples from commercial 

catch . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . UNKNOWN YEAR-c . Catch records of Gulf 

menhaden . National Marine Fisheries Service, Atlantic Estuarine 

Fisheries Center . Beaufort, NC . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . UNKNOWN YEAR-d . Survey of Gulf menhaden . 

National Marine Fisheries Service, Atlantic Estuarine Fisheries Center . 

Beaufort, NC . 

Abstract . Ten-year survey of Gulf menhaden from Florida to Texas . 

National Marine Fisheries Service . UNKNOWN YEAR-e . Tagging and migration 

studies of adult Gulf menhaden . National Marine Fisheries Service, 

Atlantic Estuarine Fisheries Center . Beaufort, NC . 

Abstract . Tagging and migration studies of adult Gulf menhaden from Florida to 

Texas . Field notes on fish conditions . 

National Ocean Survey . 1975 . Florida Regional Coastal Zone Management Atlas . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, Division of Resource 

Management, Bureau of Coastal Zone Planning . Tallahassee, FL . 

National Ocean Survey . 1981 . Draft environmental impact statement of the 

proposed coastal management program for the State of Florida. Florida 

Department of Environmental Regulation . Tallahassee, FL . 

National Wetlands Inventory . 1981 . National wetlands reconnaissance survey, 

wetland maps of Florida . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, St . Petersburg, 

FL . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

Nature Conservancy . 1990 . Florida natural areas inventory (FNAI) . Unpublished 

lists of special plants, special animals, and community types . 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Abstract . Unpublished lists of special plants, special animals, and 

community types . 

102 
Naughton, S .P . and C .H . Saloman . 1985 . Food of gag (Mycteroperca microlepis) 

from North Carolina and three areas of Florida . NOAA Technical 

Memorandum NMFS-SEFC-160 . 

Navgi, S .M.Z . 1966 . Effect of predation on infaunal invertebrates of Alligator 

Harbor region . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Neill, W .T . 1957 . Historical biogeography of present-day Florida . Bulletin 

Florida State Museum . 2 :175-221 . 

Neill, W .T . 1958 . The occurrence of amphibians and reptiles in saltwater 

areas . Bull . Mar . Sci . Gulf Carib . 8(1) :1-97 . 

Nelson, D .A . 1988 . Life history and environmental requirements of loggerhead 

turtles . Revised edition . Fish and Wildlife Service, U .S . Department of 

the Interior . Washington, D .C . 

Nelson, D .M . ed . 1992 . Distribution and abundance of fishes and invertebrates 

in Gulf of Mexico estuaries . Vol . l . Estuarine Living Marine Resources 

Project (ELMR) #10 . U .S . Dept . of Commerce, National Oceanic and 

Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Service . Rockville, Md . 273 

PP . 

Abstract . The volume summarizes data published in ELMR Report #6 on fish and 

invertebrate distribution in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico and in ELMR 

Report #7 on fish and invertebrate distribution in the Central Gulf of 

Mexico . 

Nelson, W.G . 1985 . Guidelines for beach restoration projects : Part I -

Biological . Florida Sea Grant Publication . SGR-76 :70 . 

Nesbitt, S .A . et al . 1977 . Status of Florida nesting brown pelicans, 1971-

1976 . Bird Banding . 48(2) :138-144 . 

Nesbitt, S .A . et al . 1982 . Florida atlas of breeding sites for herons and 

their allies ; 1976-78 . Rpt . No . FWS/OBS 81-49 . U .S . Fish & Wildlife 

Service, Office of Biological Services Report . 

Nicholls, J .L . 1989 . Distribution and other ecological aspects of Piping 

Plovers (Charadrius melodus) wintering along the Atlantic and Gulf 

coasts . Master's Thesis . Auburn University, Auburn, AL . 150 pp . 

Nichols State University and Louisiana Department of Wildlife and Fisheries . 

1989 . The Ecology of Oyster Reefs in the Northern Gulf of Mexico . 

Minerals Management Service, NWRC Open File Report 89-03 :113 . 

Nichy, F .E . and R .W . Menzel . 1960 . Mortality of intertidal and subtidal 

oysters in Alligator Harbor, Florida . Proceedings, National 

Shellfisheries Association . 51 :33-41 . 

Nicol, D . 1977 . Geographic relationship of benthic marine molluscs of Florida . 

Nautilus . 91(1) :4-7 . 

103 
Nieland, D ., G .W . Bane and R . Portier . 1987 . Analysis of king mackerel stocks 

using high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) . pp . 176-178 . ,In H .E . 

Kumpf, ed . Proceedings of the Stock Identification Workshop . (NOAH-TMNMFS-SEFC199) NOAA, Panama City Beach, FL . 

Abstract . This report describes HPLC of eye lens nuclear proteins as a new 

research technique for biochemical analyses of fish populations, and 

presents data on HPLC investigations of king mackerel (Scomberomorus 

cavalla) populations in nine areas in the western north Atlantic Ocean 

and Gulf of Mexico . 

Nimmo, D.R . et al . 1971 . Polychlorinated biphenyl absorbed from sediments by 

fiddler crabs and pink shrimp . Nature . 231 :50-52 . 

Nimmo, D .R . et al . 1974 . Accumulation of Aroclor (R) 1254 in grass-shrimp 

(Palaemonetes pugio) in laboratory and field exposures . Bulletin of 

Environmental Contamination and Toxicology . 11(4) :303-308 . 

Nixon, S .W. 1980 . Between coastal marshes and coastal waters--a review of 

twenty years of speculation and research on the role of salt marshes . 

pp . 437-525 . Z1 P . Hamilton and K .B . MacDonald, eds . Estuarine and 

Wetland Processes . Plenum Press, New York, NY . 

NoAA . 1990 . Outer Continental Shelf environmental assessment program 

comprehensive bibliography, 1990 . (OCS Study Nests 90-0043) U .S . 

Department of the Interior, Minerals Management Service . Washington, 

D .C . 648 pp . 

Northwest Florida Water Management District . 1976 . Proposal to Study 

Apalachicola-Chattahoochee-Flint River System and Apalachicola Bay . 

Northwest Florida Water Management District . Havana, FL . 104 pp . 

Northwest Florida Water Management District . ed . 1980 . Initial investigation 

toward the development of a management program for Choctawhatchee Bay, 

Florida . Florida Department of Environmental Regulation . Office of 

Coastal Management . Havana, FL . 

Northwest Florida Water Management District . 1988 . Draft Apalachicola River 

and Bay Surface Water Improvement and Management Plan . Northwest Florida 

Water Management District . Havana, FL . 

O'Brien, J.J . and J.S . Wroblewski . 1972 . An ecological model of the lower 

marine trophic levels on the continental shelf off west Florida . 

Technical Report No . 37 . Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Institute, Florida 

State University . Tallahassee, Florida. 170 pp . 

O'Conner, D .M . 1972 . Legal aspects of coastal zone management in Escambia and 

Santa Rosa counties, Florida ("Escarosa") . Florida Coastal Coordinating 

Council of the Department of Natural Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 

Odum, E .P . 1980 . The status of three ecosystem-level hypotheses regarding salt 

marsh estuaries : tidal subsidy, outwelling, and detritus-based food web . 

pp . 485-495 . Tm V .S . Kennedy, ed . Estuarine Perspectives . Academic 

Press, New York, NY . 

104 
Odum, H .T . 1953 . Factors controlling marine invasion into florida fresh 

waters . Bull . of Mar . Sci . of the Gulf and Carib . 3 :134-156 . 

Odum, W .E . and E .J . Heald . 1972 . Trophic analysis of an estuarine mangrove 

community. Bull . of Mar . Sci . 22 :671-738 . 

Odum, W .E . and E .J . Heald . 1975 . The detritus-based food web of an estuarine 

mangrove community . pp . 265-286 . In Estuarine Research . Academic Press, 

New York, NY . 

Odum, W .E . et al . 1979 . Factors controlling the flux of particulate organic 

carbon from estuarine wetlands . pp . 69-80 . ZJ2 R .J . Livingston, ed . 

Ecological Processes in Coastal and Marine Systems . Plenum Press, New 

York, NY . 

Oesterling, M.E . and G .L . Evink . 1977 . Relationship between Florida's blue 

crab population and Apalachicola Bay. pp . 101-121 . In R .J . Livingston 

and E.A . Joyce, eds . Proceedings, Conference on the Apalachicola 

Drainage System. (Publication No . 26) Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Marine Research Laboratory, Tallahassee . 

oesterling, M .J . 1976a . Population structure, dynamics, and movement of the 

blue crab (Callinectes sapidus Rathbun) at Crystal River, Florida . 

Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 88 pp . 

Oesterling, M .J . 1976b . Reproduction, growth and migration of blue crabs along 

Florida's Gulf coast . Florida Sea Grant Publication . SUSF-SG-76-003 

Ogden, J .C . 1969 . The nesting season, Florida region . Audubon Field Notes . 

23 :651-655 . 

Oglesby, L .C . 1960 . Osmoregulation in the nereid polychaetes, Laeonereis 

culveri and Neanthes succinea . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Ogren, L .H . and H .A . Brusher . 1977 . The distribution and abundance of fishes 

caught with a trawl in the St . Andrew bay system, Florida . Northeast 

Gulf Sci . 1(2) :83-105 . 

Olguin-Espinoza, I . 1987 . The reproductive cycle of the oyster Crassostrea 

virginica (Gmelin) in the Apalachicola Bay. Master's Thesis . Florida 

State University, Tallahassee, FL . 77 pp . 

Olinger, L .W . et al . 1975 . Environmental and recovery studies of Escambia Bay 

and the Pensacola Bay system, Florida : benthic macroinvertebrates . 

Report No . EPA 904/9-76-016 Surveillance and Analysis Division, Escambia 

Bay Recovery Study, Region 4 . Environmental Protection Agency . Atlanta, 

GA . 

Abstract . The objective of this study was to determine if distinct communities 

existed in Escambia Bay and the distribution of these communities . Three 

major benthic habitats were defined based on sediment patterns in the 

Bay. These include a broad central mud plain, a sand transition zone 

close to shore and the sandy shelf along the Bay margin . Comparisons 

105 
were made between assemblages of organisms in Escambia Bay and other 

Bays in the Pensacola Bay System as well as other bays in the Gulf of 

Mexico . 

Oremland, R .S . 1976 . Studies on the methane cycle in tropical marine 

sediments . Ph .D . Dissertation . University of Miami, Miami, FL . 108 pp . 

Orlando, S .P . et al . 1993 . Salinity characteristics of Gulf of Mexico 

estuaries . NOAA: Office of Ocean Resources Conservation and Assessment . 

Ortiz, M . 1991 . Amphipod Crustacea . II . Family Bateidae . ja Memoirs of the 

Hourglass Cruises . Vol . 8(1) . Fla . Dept . Nat . Resources, St . Petersburg, 

FL . (Florida Marine Research Institute .) 

Ortner, P .B ., L .C . Hill and S .R . Cummings . 1989 . Zooplankton community 

structure and copepod species composition in the northern Gulf of 

Mexico . Cont . Shelf Res . 9 :387-402 . 

Osborne, N .M . 1979 . The Influence of Sediment Characteristics and Seagrass 

Species on the Distribution and Abundance of Polychaetous Annelids in 

North Florida Seagrass Beds . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 41 pp . 

O'Shea, T .J . and H .I . Kochman . 1990 . Florida manatees : Distribution, 

geographically referenced data sets, and ecological and behavioral 

aspects of habitat use . pp . 11-22 . Zn Report of the Workshop On 

Geographic Information Systems As an Aid to Managing Habitat for West 

Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia (St . Petersburg, Mar 1989) . (No . 

49) Florida Mar . Res . Inst ., St . Petersburg, FL . 

Abstract . The distribution of Florida manatees (Trichechus manatus 

latirostris) is a relatively well-known aspect of their biology. The 

typical warm-season range for this subspecies encompasses inshore 

coastal waters from northern Georgia (USA) through Biscayne Bay on the 

east coast and from the Wakulla River south to Cape Sable on the west 

coast . Manatees favor large rivers, bays, and lagoons and sounds 

sheltered by barrier islands . Manatees have flexible food habits, 

tolerate a wide range of salinity, turbidity, and urbanization of 

shoreline conditions and therefore can occur in a wide variety of 

habitats . We provide a brief overview of manatee distribution and 

biology for those who are charged with tasks of planning, permitting, or 

developing technical aspects of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) to 

meet manatee protection needs . Geographically referenced manatee data 

sets generally fall into three categories : mortality records, aerial 

survey sightings, and radiotelemetry studies of tagged individuals . 

Otvos, E .G . 1984 . Alternate interpretations of barrier island evolution, 

Appalachicola Coast, northwest Florida . Litoralia . 1(1) :9-21 . 

Overstreet, R .M . 1977 . Poecilancistrium caryophyiium and other trypanorhynch 

cestode plerocercoids from the musculature of cynoscion nebulosus and 

other sciaenid fishes in the Gulf of Mexico . J . Parasitol . 63(5) :780-

789 . 

Abstract . Examination of 3,000 fish, all sciaenids, showed that plerocercoids 

of Poecilancistrium caryophyllum infect Cynoscion nebulosus, Bairdiella 

106 
chrysura, Sciaenops ocellata, C . arenarius, Micropogonias undulatus, and 

Pogonias cromis in Mississippi Sound. In addition to P . caryophyllum a 

pseudophyllidean-like trypanorhynch also infected C. nebulosus and M. 

undulatus . Pseudogrillotia pleistacantha selectively infected large P . 

cromis, Pterobothrium heteracanthum infected M. undulatus, and 

Pterobothrium lintoni infected Menticirrhus americanus . Prevalence and 

intensity of infections of P. carophyllum in C. nebulosus from 

Mississippi, roughly 40% of the fish each possessing an average of about 

2 worms, compare with infections observed in fish from Texas and 

Louisiana . Values for fish from Apalachee Bay, Florida, are about twice 

as high . Extensive seasonal sampling in Mississippi Sound indicates 

fluctuations but no clear-cut seasonal trends other than a possible 

relationship between infections and salinity . As C . nebulosus increases 

in length, the prevalence of infections but not the intensity, 

increases . There may be an immune response to challenge infections . No 

fish J140 mm SL and relatively few J250 mm SL revealed infections, 

suggesting either the unavailability of the intermediate host to young 

fish or the ultimate death of most young infected individuals . Based on 

condition coefficients and liver-weight analysis, no apparent 

detrimental effect on infected, moderately heavy adult fish occurred . 

Infections primarily involve the middle of a fillet or the region 

adjacent to the vertebral column below the dorsal fins and cause an 

esthetically displeasing product and consequently depress economically 

the trout fishery. 

Overstreet, R .M . UNKNOWN YEAR . An underexploited Gulf coast fishery : soft 

shell crabbing . Gulf Coast Research Laboratory . Ocean Springs, MS . 

Abstract . The potential use of soft shell crabs as a major food source was 

analyzed . Parasites which inhabit soft shell crabs were reported on as 

well as methods for food preparation . 

Overstreet, R .M . and T . Van Devender . 1978 . Implication of an environmentally 

induced harmartoma in commercial shrimps . J . Invertebr . Pathol . 31 :234-

238 . 

Abstract . We describe the first hamartoma from a crustacean . This nonneoplastic overgrowth afflicted several postlarval brown (Penaeus 

aztecus) and white (P . setiferus) shrimp from a Mississippi estuary. 

Tumors are infrequently noticed in crustaceans (Sparks, 1972 ; Krieg, 

1973), and Sparks and Lightner (1973) suspected the validity of all but 

one reported case . The shrimps were predominantly from a single polluted 

habitat, and the hamartoma possibly resulted from an interaction between 

a pollutant and the normal growth process of shrimp . 

Packard, J .M . ed . 1983 . Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River 

manatees . Vol . I, II, III . (Tech . Report 7) University of Florida 

Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, U .S . Fish and Wildlife 

Service . Gainesville, FL . 

Packard, J .M . and O .F . Wetterqvist . 1986 . Evaluation of manatee habitat 

systems on the northwestern Florida coast . Coastal Zone Management 

Journal . 14(4) :279-310 . 

107 
Paige, J .A . 1973 . The nudibranchs of Cedar Key, Florida, with special 

reference to the life history and ecology of Hypselodoris edenticulata 

(White, 1952) . Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

120 pp . 

Palik, T .F . and J .T . Kunneke . 1984 . Northwestern Florida ecological 

characterization : an ecological atlas . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, 

Office of Biological Services Report . FWS/OBS-82/47 .1 :302 . MMS 85-0011 . 

Abstract . A comprehensive ecological study of the Florida panhandle. 

Parker, R .H . 1960 . Ecology and distributional patterns of marine 

macroinvertebrates, northern Gulf of Mexico, pp . 302-337 . ,jam F .P . 

Shephard, ed . Recent Sediments northwest Gulf of Mexico . Am . Assoc . Pet . 

Geol ., Tulsa, OK . 

Abstract . As a result of a study based on three years of biological sampling 

in the east Mississippi Delta region, eight macro-invertebrate 

assemblages are recognized, each characteristic of a specific 

sedimentary environment ranging from the Mississippi Delta marshes to 

the edge of the continental shelf northeast of the Delta proper . The 

eight assemblages and their corresponding environments are : (1) the 

delta marshes, (2) delta front and lower distributaries, (3) lower 

Breton Sound and lower pro-delta clayey slopes, (4) upper Breton Sound, 

(5) inlets, or areas of strong currents, (6) the shallow continental 

shelf of the Gulf of Mexico from 0-12 fathoms, (7) the deeper part of 

the continental shelf from approximately 13-60 fathoms, and (8) the 

living oyster reefs of the shallow protected bays of the Delta region . 

The boundaries of these environments were established by plotting the 

distributions of both living and dead representatives of species of 

invertebrates furnishing hard parts plus the distributions of living 

soft-bodied animals which were so abundant as to characterize regions 

where animals with hard parts were scarce though present. The primary 

factors influencing distributions of these organisms are bottom type, 

salinity and temperature (especially the degree of variability), 

turbidity of the water, and currents . It was also found that comparative 

rates of deposition could be estimated by the ratio of the number of 

living to the number of dead, in equal-size samples . A series of marine 

bottom communities based on the community concept of European marine 

ecologists is recognized on the basis of the most abundant and 

widespread animals . 

Pastula, E .J . 1967 . The ecology and distribution of recent foraminifera of 

Choctawhatchee Bay, Florida . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 104 pp . 

Paul, J .R . 1968 . Rissols dolphin, Grampus griseus, in the Gulf of Mexico . J . 

Mammal . 49 :746-748 . 

Payson-Wilber, T . and W .F . Herrnkind . 1984 . Predaceous gastropods regulate 

new-shell supply to salt marsh hermit crabs . Mar . Biol . 79(2) :145-150 . 

Abstract . Marsh hermit crabs Pagurus longicarpus Say directly acquire new 

shells as the predatory gastropod Melongena corona Gmelin consumes marsh 

periwinkles, Littorina irrorata Say. The influx rate of new shells into 

a salt marsh hermit crab population was measured by marking live 

periwinkles and daily recovering the shells from hermit crabs over 

108 
periods of 3 to 6 d. Average rates of new shell acquisition ranged from 

4 .0 to 23 .3 new shells per day from salt marsh areas of 4 x 10 m. Such 

consistently high rates contrast with the negligible rates generally 

assumed for new shell entry into hermit crab populations . 

Pearson, P .G . 1954 . Mammals of Gulf Hammock, Levy County, Florida . American 

Midlands Naturalist . 51 :468-480 . 

Pechmann, K .B . et al . 1986 . Marine Environmental Assessment : Gulf of Mexico 

1985 Annual Summary . U.S . Department of Commerce, NOAA, Marine 

Assessment Branch, Marine Environmental Assessment Division . Washington, 

D .C . 

Pequegnat, W .E . 1966 . Biofouling studies off Panama City, Florida . Texas A&M 

Univ ., Dept . of Oceanography Project . 286-1, Ref . 66-17T :33 . 

Abstract . Examines fouling organism growth and populations on test floats . 

Compares biofouling on unprotected floats with those treated with an 

organotin compound . 

Pequegnat, W .E . 1983 . The ecological communities of the continental slope and 

adjacent regimes of the northern Gulf of Mexico . Minerals Management 

Service, Gulf of Mexico OCS Regional Office . Metairie, LA . 398 pp . 

Abstract . This report deals in part with the macrofaunal assemblages that 

exist in that part of the offshelf Gulf of Mexico that lies north of the 

25th parallel and west of the eastern wall of DeSoto Canyon . The study 

was based on 264 oceanographic stations occupied by R/V ALAMINOS in 

depths ranging from 150 to 3850 m . Statistical analyses support 

subdividing the principal megabenthic components (echinoderms, 

crustaceans, and demersal fishes) of the assemblages into five welldefined faunal zones, four of which (Shelf-Slope Transition, 

Archibenthal, Upper Abyssal, and Mesoabyssal) are on the continental 

slope, and the fifth, the Lower Abyssal, occupies the continental rise 

and abyssal plain . The faunal assemblages comprising the zones are 

described in considerable detail and the numerically dominant species 

among important systematic groups are designated within each zone and 

its subdivisions . The geological, physicochemical, and biological bases 

for existence of zones and zonal subsets are discussed in detail, 

including an attempt to account for faunal differences between the 

eastern and western parts of the Gulf . Taking the area of the study as 

the deep Gulf ecosystem, the report also deals with the energy 

relationships among the biotic components of the system . Tentative 

explanations of the sources of energy that can balance the energy budget 

on the abyssal plain are advanced and discussed . The report contains 

three substantial appendices . Appendix A is an atlas of bottom 

photographs selected to depict some of the biological constituents, 

physiography and surficial sediments of the five faunal zones . Appendix 

B contains a list of the species taken at the oceanographic stations and 

relates them to the related Lease Block . Appendix C presents an 

annotated bibliography of publications dealing with the oceanography of 

the Gulf of Mexico . 

Percival, H.F . et al . 1987 . A summary of positive and negative aspects of 

coastal wetland impoundments as habitat for waterfowl . pp . 22-30 . 

W .R . Whitman and W .H . Meredith, eds. Proceedings, Symposium on waterfowl 

109 
and Wetlands Management in the Coastal Zone of the Atlantic Flyway . 

Delaware Department of Natural Resources Environmental Control, Coastal 

Management Program, Dover, DE . 

Perkins, T .H . 1991 . Calcisabella piloseta, a New Genus and Species of 

Sabellinae (Polychaeta : Sabellidae) . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 48(2) :261-267 . 

Perkins, T .H . and T . Savage . 1975 . A bibliography and checklist of 

polychaetous annelids of Florida, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean 

region . (Publication No . 14) Florida Marine Research . St . Petersburg, 

FL . 62 pp . 

Perry, H .M . 1986 . Species profiles : Life histories and environmental 

requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of Mexico) : Blue 

Crab . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service ; U .S . 

Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental Station, Coastal Ecology 

Group . Washington, D .C . 

Peterson, C .H . 1981 . The ecological role of mud flats in estuarine systems . 

pp . 184-192 . In R .C . Carey et al ., eds . Proceedings, U .S . Fish and 

Wildlife Service Workshop on Coastal Ecosystems of the Southeast United 

States . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services 

(Technical Report FWS/OBS SO-59 .) . Washington, D .C . 

Phelan, T . 1970 . Field guide to the cidaroid echinoids of the northwestern 

Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea . Smithsonian 

Contributions to Zoology . No . 40 . 

Phillips, R .C . 1960 . The ecology of marine plants of Crystal Bay, Florida . 

Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Sciences . 23(4) :328-337 . 

Phillips, R .C . 1974 . Observations on the ecology and distribution of the 

Florida seagrasses . Florida State Board of Conservation Marine 

Laboratory . Professional Paper Series No . 2 :346-353 . 

Phillips, R .C . and C .P . McRoy . 1980 . Handbook of Seagrass Biology : An 

Ecosystem Perspective . Garland STPM Press . New York, NY . 

Phillips, T.D . 1986 . Fishes and macroinvertebrates . Vol . 3 . An investigation 

of the role of freshwater inflows in the ecology of estuaries on the 

upper coast of west-central Florida . Southwest Fla . Water Management 

District . Brooksville, FL . 66 pp . 

Abstract . An investigation of the role of freshwater inflows in the ecology of 

estuaries on the upper coast of west-central Florida . 

Pierce, E . 1952 . The chaetognatha of the west coast of Florida . Florida 

Engineering and Industrial Experimental Station, Engineering Program. 

6 :4-26 . 

Pierce, E .L . 1965 . The distribution of lancelets (Amphioxi) along the coasts 

of Florida . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 15(2) :480-494 . 

Pilsbry, H .A . and T .L . McGinty . 1949 . New marine mollusks of Florida and the 

Bahamas . Nautilus . 63(1) :9-15 . 

110 
Pilsbry, H .A . and T .L . McGinty . 1950 . Vitrinellidae of Florida : Part 5 . 

Nautilus . 63(3) :85-87 . 

Platt, J.L. 1989 . Estimating the economic impacts of hypothetical grouper bag 

limits in the Destin/Panama City, Florida charterboat fishery. National 

Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries 

Service, Technical Memo . NMFS-SEFC-227 :72 . 

Abstract . A study of the potential impacts of grouper fishery regulation on 

this industry in Destin and Panama City, utilizing a database derived 

from a survey of charter boat customers . This study measures the short 

run economic impacts of hypothetical reef fish bag limits upon the 

charterboat industry in the Panama City and Destin ports of northwestern 

Florida using a 1985 survey of charter boat anglers conducted by 

Arndorfer and Bockstael (1986) using a travel cost demand model . 

Estimates of both recreational demand (annual number of trips) and 

recreational value (annual consumer surplus) are developed. 

Plumb, J .A ., J .H . Schachte, J .L . Gaines, W . Peltier and B . Carroll . 1974 . 

Streptococcus species from marine fishes along the Alabama and Northwest 

Florida coast of the Gulf of Mexico . Trans . Am . Fish . Soc . 103(2) :358-

361 . 

Pollard, D .A . 1984 . A review of ecological studies on seagrass-fish 

communities, with particular reference to recent studies in Australia . 

Aquatic Botany . 18(1984) :3-42 . 

Pomeroy, L .R . et al . 1981 . Primary production . pp . 39-67 . In L.R . Pomeroy and 

R .G . Wiegert, eds . The Ecology of a Salt Marsh. Springer-Verlag, New 

York, NY . 

Pool, D .J . et al . 1977 . Structure of mangrove forests in Florida, Puerto Rico, 

Mexico, and Central America . Biotropica . 9 :195-212 . 

Porter, B . et al . 1990 . Comprehensive shellfish harvesting area survey Suwanne 

Sound, Dixie and Levy Counties, Florida. Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Shellfish Environmental Assessment Section. Tallahassee, FL . 

Portnoy, J .W . et al . 1981 . Atlas of gull and tern colonies : North Carolina to 

Key West, Florida (including pelicans, cormorants, and skimmers) . Rpt . 

No . FWS/OBS-80/05 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Biological Services 

Program . 

Post, W . et al . 1983 . Comparative ecology of northern and southern populations 

of the seaside sparrow, pp . 123-136 . In T .L . Quay et al ., ed . The 

Seaside Sparrow, Its Biology and Management, Proceedings of a Symposium 

Held in Raleigh, N .C . Occasional Papers of the North Carolina Biological 

Survey, 1983-1985, N .C . State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, NC . 

Powell, J .A. 1981 . The manatee population in Crystal River, Citrus County, 

Florida . pp . 33-40 . In R .L . Brownwell Jr . and K . Ralls, eds . The West 

Indian Manatee in Florida, Proceedings of a Workshop Held in Orlando, 

Florida, 27-29 March 1978 . Florida Department of Natural Resources, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

111 
Powell, J .A . and G .B . Rathbun . 1984 . Distribution and abundance of manatees 

along the northern coast of the Gulf of Mexico . Northeast Gulf Sci . 

7(l) :1-28 . 

Abstract . A review of historical and recent records of manatee (Trichechus 

manatus) sightings along the coast of the northern Gulf of Mexico 

indicates that their numbers have declined in Texas, but increased in 

Louisiana and Mississippi . This is due to their extirpation in Mexico 

and dramatic increase along the southern Big Bend coast of northwestern 

peninsular Florida . The distribution of manatees along the southern Big 

Bend coast is related to their need for warm water and the distribution 

of fresh water and submerged aquatic and marine food plants . The springfed headwaters of Crystal and Homosassa Rivers are important warm water 

winter refuges ; nearly 90'k of the same individuals return each winter . 

The estuaries and grass beds associated with these two rivers and the 

Suwannee, Withlacoochee, and Chasshowitzka Rivers are the principal 

summer habitats . The Suwanee and Crystal Rivers are "high-use" rivers, 

whereas the other three are "low-user" rivers . Low human-caused 

mortality, high fecundity, some immigration, and high site fidelity are 

responsible for the increasing numbers of manatees using the southern 

Big Bend coast . Since this region of Florida has experienced relatively 

little development compared with the rest of the state, the best longterm future for this endangered marine mammal in the United States lies 

along the southern Big Bend coast . 

Prasad, A .K .S .K . 1987 . Marine diatoms of St . George Sound, the northeastern 

Gulf of Mexico : 2 . Neodelphineis pelagica Takano (Diatomaceae, 

Bacillariophyceae) . Northeast Gulf Sci . 9(2) :125-129 . 

Abstract . The purposes of this paper are to record the occurrence of 

Neodelphineis pelagica in Gulf waters of the north Florida coast and to 

discuss its affinities with Delphineis Andrews . 

Prasad, A .K .S .K ., G .A . Fryxell and R .J . Livingston . 1993 . The genus 

Thalassiosira (Bacillariophyta) : T . cedarkeyensis, a new marine benthic 

diatom from the Florida coast of the Gulf of Mexico . Phycologia . 32 

(3) :204-212 . 

Abstract . A new diatom species, Thalassiosira cedarkeyensis, is described 

associated with artificial reef substrate from Cedar Key waters off the 

Florida coast in the north-eastern Gulf of Mexico . T. cedarkeyensis can 

be differentiated by its extremely small cells, tangentially undulated 

valves, restriction of occluded processes and the distal end of the 

rimoportula to the convex part of the value, the presence of a marginal 

ring of fultoportulae and a single subcentral fultoportula, each process 

with four satellite pores and four struts . The epicingulum is composed 

of 5-6 open, perforated bands, whose openings are offset to the right 

(dextral symmetry) . The valve mantle is bordered by a hyaline vertical 

rim and is 3 areolae high . The new species is compared with 

morphologically similar forms . The present report is the first record of 

a plicated species of Thalassiosira from the Gulf of Mexico . 

Prescott, S . and L . Trent . 1995 . Records of sharks tagged in shallow coastal 

areas of northwest Florida by personnel of the NMFS Panama City 

Laboratory, 1992-94 . Progress Report . Mote Marine Laboratory . Sarasota, FL . 

112 
Price, W .A. 1954 . Shorelines and coasts of the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 39-65 . 

P .S . Galtsoff, ed . Gulf of Mexico, Its Origin, Waters and Marine Life . 

(Bulletin No . 89) U.S . Fish Wildl . Serv . Fish ., 

Pristas, P .J . 1977 . Big game fishing in the northern Gulf of Mexico during 

1976, with a brief summarization for the years 1971-1976 . National 

Marine Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Center . Panama City, FL. 

7 pp . 

Pristas, P .J . 1981 . Big game fishing in the northern Gulf of Mexico during 

1980 . NOAA National Marine Fisheries Service, Tech . Mem . No . NMFS-SEFC77 . 34 pp . 

Abstract . In 1970, the Panama City Laboratory of the National Marine Fisheries 

Service (NMFS) began a study on big game fishes (blue marlin, Makaira 

nigricans ; white marlin, Tetrapterus albidus ; and sailfish, Istiophorus 

platypterus) in the northern Gulf of Mexico . This study subsequently 

became part of the Southern Fisheries Center's Oceanic Pelagics Program, 

the statistics for which are collected by the Fishery Survey Task of the 

Office of Technical and Information Management Services . Data have been 

collected through the cooperation of recreational fishermen who wished 

to learn more about big game fishes . This annual report, the tenth, is 

furnished to : (1) answer general questions such as : where was the best 

fishing? what was the best bait? how was the fishing season? etc . ; 

and (2) provide scientific data about the distribution, abundance, and 

biology of marlins and sailfish in the Gulf of Mexico . 

Pristas, P .J . 1982 . Big game fishing in the northern Gulf of Mexico during 

1981 . NOAA National Marine Fisheries Service Tech . Mem . No . NMFS-SEFC90 . 34 pp . 

Abstract . Big game fishing for oceanic pelagic fishes (i .e ., marlins, 

sailfish, swordfish, tunas, etc .) was a relatively infrequent event in 

the northern Gulf of Mexico prior to the mid-1950's . Research by the 

federal government contributed to the increase in popularity of this 

activity. The USFWS conducted exploratory longline fishing off the 

Louisiana coast in the mid-1950's to determine the abundance of tuna 

stocks . The longline catches included impressive numbers of blue marlin, 

Makaira nigricans, and white marlin, Tetrapterus albidus, which 

intensified the interest in recreational big game fishing . This new 

recreational fishery continued to expand throughout the northern Gulf 

coast area in the 1960's and 1970'x . In the late 1960'x, the federal 

government began preliminary investigations from their Panama City, 

Florida laboratory to gather information about this oceanic pelagic 

fishery resource in the northern Gulf . In 1970-71, the National Marine 

Fisheries Service (NMFS) began a study of the distribution, abundance, 

biology, and ecology of billfishes (i .e ., marlins and sailfish, 

Istiophorus platypterus) . In 1972, responsibility for this study was 

transferred to the Miami Laboratory, Southeast Fisheries Center (SEFC) . 

In 1977, responsibility for data collection was assigned to the Fishery 

Surveys Task of the SEFC's Office of Technical and Information 

Management Services . The best (i .e ., cost per data unit) means of data 

collection was determined to be a public-contract survey . Since 1970, 

port samplers have interviewed big game fishing participants, to obtain 

113 
data concerning catch and effort (i .e ., hours fished) ; weather 

conditions ; types of bait ; fishing area (latitude and longitude) ; fish 

weight, length, and sex. 

Pristas, P .J . and D .C . Fable . 1984 . Recreational billfish surveys Gulf of 

Mexico . pp . 14-30 . In SEFC Oceanic Pelagic Program . National Marine 

Fisheries Serv ., Miami, FL . (NOAH-TM-NMFS-SEFC163 .) 

Abstract . The recreational fishery survey of oceanic big game fishes in the 

Gulf of Mexico completed its 14th consecutive year in 1984 . The survey 

was conducted by port samplers working out of six locations throughout 

the northern Gulf : Port Aransas, Texas; Grand Isle and South Pass, 

Louisiana ; Mobile, Alabama-Pensacola, Florida ; Destin and Panama City, 

Florida . The 30,575 hr of recorded big game fishing effort was the third 

highest amount of effort recorded from the six ports since the study 

began in 1971 . The maximum effort recorded from these ports was 31,343 

hr in 1978 ; 3% more than this season . The amount of effort recorded in 

1984 was 45% greater than the average amount (21,073 hr) collected 

during the previous 13 yr . 

Pritchard, P.C .H . ed . 1979 . Rare and endangered biota of Florida. Vol . 1-6 . 

University Presses of Florida. Gainesville, FL . 

Provenzano, A .J ., Jr . 1958 . The shallow water hermit crabs of Florida . 

Master's Thesis . University of Miami, Miami, FL . 

Provost, M .W . 1968 . Florida's estuaries and their protection . Paper read at 

the Southwest Florida Conservation Meeting, Ft . Myers . 

Provost, M .W . 1973 . Salt marsh management in Florida . Proceedings, Tall 

Timbers Conference on Ecol . Animal Control and Habitat Management . 5 :5-

17 . 

Pruitt, B .A . 1988 . St . Andrews Bay seagrass study, Panama City, Florida, June 

16-19, 1988, Interim report . U .S . Environmental Protection Agency, 

Marine and Wetlands Unit . 

Abstract . A study of the seagrass population of East Bay. Includes light 

transmission data . 

Pulver, T .R . 1976 . Transplant techniques for sapling mangrove trees, 

Rhizophora mangle, Laguncularia racemosa, and Avicennia germinans, in 

Florida . Florida Marine Research Publication No . 22 . Florida Department 

of Natural Resources, Marine Research Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Purcell, B .H . 1977 . The ecology of the epibenthic fauna associated with 

vallisneria americana beds in a north Florida estuary . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 111 pp . 

Pybas, D .W . 1987 . Atlas of artificial reefs in Florida . (SGEB-13) Florida Sea 

Grant Extension Bulletin . 26 pp . 

Pybas, D .W . 1991 . Atlas of artificial reefs in Florida . Florida Sea Grant 

College Program, Sea Grant Extension Bulletin . No . 20, 4th edition : 40 . 

Abstract . Includes a map and coordinates for reefs off of Panama City . 

114 
Pybas, D .W . 1992 . Sources of artificial reef information in Florida . Florida 

Sea Grant College Program, University of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

Quick, J .A . 1971 . Causes of the Escambia Bay oyster epizootic of September 

1971 . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research 

Laboratory Publication . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Quick, J .A . 1972 . The lethal pathogen, Labyrinthomyaca marina, and other 

causes of the Escambia Bay, Florida, oyster mortality of September, 

1971 . Quarter . Jour . of the Fla . Acad . of Sci . 35 (Supplemental 1) :12 . 

Quick, J .A ., Jr . 1972 . Oyster parasitism by Labyrinthomyxa marina in Florida . 

Master's Thesis . University of South Florida, Tampa, FL . 

Quick, J .A ., Jr . 1975 . Evidences of new ichthyointoxicative phenomena in 

Gymnodinium breve Red Tides . Z" V .R . LoCicero, ed . Proceedings of the 

1st International Conference on Toxic Dinoflagellate Blooms, November 

1974 . Boston, MA . 

Quick, J .A., Jr . and G .E . Henderson . 1974 . Effects of Gymnodinium breve Red 

Tide on fishes and birds : A Preliminary Report on Behavior, Anatomy, 

Hematology, and Histopathology . Zn R .L . Amborski et al ., eds . 1974 

Proceedings - Gulf Coast Regional Symposium on Diseases of Aquatic 

Animals . (LSU-SG-74-05) Louisiana State University, Center for Wetlands 

Resources, Baton Rouge . 

Quick, J .A ., Jr . and J .G . Mackin . 1971 . Oyster parasitism by Labyrinthomyxa 

Marina in Florida . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine 

Research Laboratory . Professional Paper Series No . 13 :55 . 

Quinn, H ., J .P . Tolson, C .J . Klein, S .P . Orlando and C . Alexander . 1989 . 

Susceptibility and status of Gulf of mexico estuaries to nutrient 

discharges . Strategic Assessment of Near Coastal Waters . Summary Report . 

Environmental Protection Agency . Washington, DC . 42 pp . 

Abstract . The report summarizes the estimated relative susceptibility and 

estimated status of 23 estuaries in the Gulf of Mexico with respect to 

nutrient-related pollution . It is the second of a series of reports 

being developed to assist the U.S . EPA implement its Near Coastal Waters 

Program and National Estuary Program. The report is intended to increase 

understanding of coastal environmental problems and to serve as a tool 

for coastal resource decision-making . 

Rabalais, N .N . 1992 . An updated summary of status and trends in indicators of 

nutrient enrichment in the Gulf of Mexico . EPA/800-R-92-004 . U .S . EPA 

Office of Water, Gulf of Mexico Program . 

Radin, G .E . and R .W . Wells . 1968 . Comparative radular morphology and feeding 

habits of Muricid gastropods from the Gulf of Mexico . Bulletin of Marine 

Science . 18(1) :72-85 . 

Rathbun, G .B . et al . 1990 . Distribution and movement patterns of manatees 

(Trichechus manatus) in northwestern peninsular Florida . State of 

Florida, Department of Natural Resources, Florida Marine Research 

Institute . St . Petersburg, FL . 

115 
Ray, G . and R . Livingston . 1987 . Distribution of oyster larvae in Apalachicola 

Bay, Florida . Technical Report Series OCRM/SRD . NOAA . 64 pp . 

Rebel, T .P . 1974 . Sea turtles and the turtle industry of the West Indies, 

Florida, and the Gulf of Mexico . Revised edition . University of Miami 

Press . Coral Gables, FL . 

Rehm, A . 1974 . A study of the marine algae epiphytic on the prop roots of 

Rhizophora mangle L . from Tampa to Key Largo, Florida . Ph .D . 

Dissertation . University of South Florida, Tampa, FL . 

Reidenauer, J.A . and D. Thistle. 1983 . The effect of seagrass blades on 

harpacticoid copepod abundances . Presented at Benthic Ecology Meeting, 

Florida Institute of Technology, Melbourne, FL . 

Reinschmidt, D .C . 1969 . Regeneration in the sea cucumber Thyonella gemmata 

(Pourtales) . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Research Planning Institute, I . 1984 . The sensitivity of coastal environments 

and wildlife to spilled oil in the Withlacoochee region . Florida 

Department of Community Affairs, Division of Resources Planning and 

Management . Tallahassee, FL . 83 pp . 

Revelle, R . 1983 . Probable future changes in sea level resulting from 

increased atmospheric carbon dioxide . pp . 433-448 . 7-u Changing Climate--

Report of the Carbon Dioxide Assessment Committee . National Academy 

Press, Washington, D .C . 

Rey, J .R . 1978 . Abundance patterns of terrestrial arthropods in north Florida 

salt marshes . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, 

FL . 187 pp . 

Rey, J.R . 1979 . Colonization, turnover, and equilibrium of arthropods on 

Spartina alterniflora islands in northwest Florida . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Rey, J .R . 1981 . Ecological biogeography of arthropods of Spartina islands in 

northwest Florida . Ecological monographs . 5 :237-265 . 

Rey, J .R . and E .D . McCoy . 1982 . Terrestrial arthropods of northwest Florida 

salt marshes : Hemiptera and Homoptera (Insecta) . Florida Entomologist . 

65 :241-248 . 

Rey, J .R . and E .D . McCoy . 1983 . Terrestrial arthropods of northwest Florida 

salt marshes : Araneae and Pseudoscorpiones (Arachnida) . Florida 

Entomologist . 66 :497-503 . 

Rey, J .R . and E .D . McCoy . 1986 . Terrestrial arthropods of northwest Florida 

salt marshes : Diptera (Insecta) . Florida Entomologist . 69 :197-205 . 

Rey, J .R . et al . 1987 . Sampling zooplankton in shallow marsh and estuarine 

habitats : gear description and field tests . Estuaries . 10 :61-67 . 

116 
Reyer, A.J ., D .W . Field, J .E . Cassells, C.E . Alexander and C .L . Holland. 1988 . 

The distribution and areal extent of coastal wetlands in estuaries of 

the Gulf of Mexico . National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration . 

Rockville, MD . 19 pp . 

Abstract . This paper is a preliminary report describing the areal extent and 

distribution of coastal wetlands in the six states, 157 counties, 23 

estuarine drainage areas (EDA) of the U .S . portion of the Gulf of 

Mexico . The wetlands data are based entirely on an evaluation of 

National Wetland Inventory (NWI) maps produced by the U .S . Fish and 

Wildlife Service . Currently, data have been completed for the wetlands 

of the New England region and an atlas has been published entitled, 

National Estuarine Inventory Data Atlas ; Vol . 3 : Coastal Wetlands of the 

New England Region . 

Reynolds, J .E ., III . 1981 . Behavior patterns in the West Indian manatee, with 

emphasis on feeding and diving . Fla . Sci . 44 :233-242 . 

Reynolds, J .E ., III and K .D . Haddad . eds . 1990 . Report of the workshop on 

Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West 

Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia . (Publication No . 49) State of 

Florida, Department of Natural Resources, Florida Marine Research 

Institute, Florida Marine Research . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Rheinhardt, J .M . and H .C . Aldrich . 1982 . Electron microscopy of epiphytes on 

the marine alga Dictyota . Fla . Sci . 45(Supplemental 1) :23 . 

Rice, D .W . 1965 . Bryde's whale in the Gulf of Mexico . Norsk HvalfangstTidende . 54(5) :114-115 . 

Rice, S .A . 1990 . Wood-boring marine and estuarine animals in Florida . Florida 

Sea Grant College Program, University of Florida . Gainesville, FL . 

Richards, W .J ., T . Potthoff, S . Kelley, M .F . McGowan, L . Ejsymont and J .H . 

Power . 1984 . SEAMAP 1982 - ichthyoplankton larval distribution and 

abundance of Engraulidae, Carangidae, Clupeidae, Lutjanidae, Serranidae, 

Corphaenidae, Istiophoridae, Xiphiidae, and Scombridae in the Gulf of 

Mexico . NOAA Tech . Memo . NMFS-SEFC-144 :55 . 

Ritchie, T .P . 1965 . Preliminary report on the hydrography and oyster growing 

conditions in Choctawhatchee Bay : July 11-13, 1961 . Research Department, 

Division of Salt Water Fisheries . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Rivas, L .R . 1962 . The Florida fishes of the genus Centropomus, commonly known 

as snook . Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Sciences . 5(2) :53-

64 . 

Rivas, L .R . 1973 . Big game fishing in the Gulf of Mexico during 1972 . National 

Marine Fisheries Service . Panama City, FL . 18 pp . 

Robblee, M .B . and J .C . Zieman . 1984 . diel variation in the fish fauna of a 

tropical seagrass feeding ground . Bull . of Mar. Sci . 34(3) :335-345 . 

117 
Roberts, T .W . 1977 . An analysis of deep-sea benthic communities in the 

northeast Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . Texas A&M University, 

College Station, TX . 

Robertson, W.B ., Jr . 1955 . An analysis of the breeding-bird populations of 

tropical Florida in relation to the vegetation . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

University of Illinois, Urbana, IL . 

Robichaux, D .M . et al . 1981 . Experiments with zooplankton on coral reefs, or, 

Will the real demersal plankton please come up? Marine Ecology . 2(1) : 

77-94 . 

Robinette, H .R . 1983 . Species profiles : life histories and environmental 

requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of Mexico) . Bay 

anchovy and striped anchovy . U .S . Fish and wildlife Service, Office of 

Biological Services Report No . FWS-OBS-82-11 .14 . 15 pp . 

Rockwood, C .E . et al . 1973 . A Management program for the oyster resource in 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Final Report for Federal Grant #N-042-44-

72(N) . Florida State University, Economics Department . Tallahassee, FL . 

335 pp . 

Rodwin, G.E . 1964 . Morphological and ecological differentiation in muricid 

gastropods of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Master's Thesis . Florida 

State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Roger, S .G . 1989 . Species profiles : life histories and environmental 

requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Mid-Atlantic) : 

Atlantic Menhaden . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife 

Service ; U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental Station, 

Coastal Ecology Group . Washington, D .C . 

Rogers, R .G . 1974 . Seagrass revegetation in Escambia Bay, Florida, pp . 21-25 . 

Proceedings, First Annual Conference on Restoration of Coastal 

Vegetation in Florida . 

Rogers, R .M . 1977 . Trophic interrelationships of selected fishes on the 

continental shelf of the northern Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Texas A&M University, College Station, TX . 244 pp . 

Abstract . Study surveys the trophic interrelationships of 26 demersal fishes 

inhabiting the continental shelf of the northern Gulf of Mexico . 

Volumetric stomach content analyses were carried our on 4,550 specimens. 

Fishes were collected at 128 stations between Brownsville, Texas and St . 

Andrew's Bay, Florida in depths of approximately 3 to 200 meters . 

Feeding periodicity is discussed for those species where data were 

available . From this detailed information, trends in the life history 

and food habits of continental shelf fishes are proposed . Larger 

individuals of a species are indicated to spawn in deeper waters . Larval 

and juvenile fishes subsequently enter the water column, especially the 

supra-benthic zone, where they undergo a planktonic stage as they are 

transported by currents toward shallower waters . They eventually settle 

to the bottom to lead a demersal existence gradually moving offshore to 

complete the life cycle . This trend in life history pattern is reflected 

in the ontogenetic food habit transitions . Larvae and juveniles feed 

118 
largely on zooplankton . The importance of zooplankton decreases with 

ontogenetic development except in certain planktivorous species . As the 

importance of zooplankton decreases, benthic organisms increase in 

importance . Some species remain benthic feeders throughout their life 

cycle while in others, the contribution of bottom animals decreases, and 

they are replaced in the diet by larger macrocrustaceans and macromobile 

organisms . These higher predators feed in the water column on actively 

swimming prey . From these considerations, a conceptual model of the 

trophic interrelationships in the benthic zone on the continental shelf 

is proposed . Two food chains are postulated : a planktonic chain 

involving conversion of energy fixed by phytoplankton to zooplankton for 

utilization by higher consumers, and a benthic chain involving 

conversion of energy fixed in organic detritus to detritus feeders for 

utilization by consumers in the sediment and eventually consumers in the 

water column . 

Rohwer, S .A . 1968 . Second breeding of the Caspian Tern in Florida . The Florida 

Naturalist . 41 :35 . 

Roithmayr, C .M . 1965 . Industrial bottomfish fishery of the northern Gulf of 

Mexico, 1959-63 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Science Report, 

Fisheries . 518 :1-23 . 

Ross, L .T . 1970 . Preliminary observations of the biology of the area of 

Choctawhatchee Bay . Florida Department of Air and Water Pollution 

Control . Tallahassee, FL . 5 pp . 

Ross, L .T . and D .A . Jones . 1979 . Biological aspects of water quality in 

Florida, Part I : Escambia - Perdido, Choctawhatchee, Apalachicola, 

Aucilla - Ochlockonee - St . Marks, and Suwannee Drainage Basins . Florida 

Department of Environmental Regulation, Technical Series . 4(3) . 

Ross, S .T . 1983a . Searobins (Pisces : Triglidae) . (Mem. Hourglass Cruises .) 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research Laboratory . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 76 pp . 

Abstract . Eleven species of searobins were collected during Project Hourglass, 

a series of monthly collections (August 1965-November 1967) in 6 to 73 m 

depths on the central west Florida shelf . Two of these species, 

Prionotus scitulus and P. tribulus, were also collected during a 15-

month study (1972-73) in Tampa Bay, Florida. Three of the 11 species, 

Prionotus stearnsi, Bellator brachychir and B . egretta, were collected 

only rarely and were excluded from detailed analyses . Major searobin 

prey were small crustaceans (especially pasiphaeid shrimp), polychaetes 

and lancelets . Feeding activity of P. roseus, P. alatus and Bellator 

militaris was greatest during daylight hours . Prionotus scitulus, P. 

martis, P . roseus, P. salmonicolor, and P. alatus reproduced primarily 

during spring and late summer . Prionotus tribulus spawned between fall 

and early spring . Bellator militaris and P . ophryas, apparently had 

greatly protracted spawning activity . The eight species showed distinct 

differences in bathymetric distribution . 

Rudloe, A.E . 1978 . Some ecologically significant aspects of the behavior of 

the horseshoe crab Limulus polyphenus . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 

119 
Rudloe, A. 1980 . The breeding behavior and patterns of movement of horseshoe 

crabs, Limulus polyphemus-, in the vicinity of breeding beaches in 

Apalachee Bay, Florida . Estuaries . 3(3) :177-183 . 

Abstract . Breeding of L. polyphemus- peaked at times of full and new moon at 

the hour of high tide . Breeding activity was heavier on night tides than 

on corresponding day tides. Males routinely outnumbered females and 

indications of sperm competition were present . Many horseshoe crabs 

buried in the intertidal zone throughout the subsequent low tide and 

returned to the beach to breed again on the following high tide . A 

tagging study indicated that males return to breeding beaches more 

frequently than females. Most animals tagged at breeding beaches did not 

move away from the tagging site during a breeding season and were 

recovered at the point of release . No long-range movements were noted. 

The sex ratio of animals tagged near breeding beaches was predominately 

male while it was predominately female for animals collected and tagged 

3-6 miles offshore . A 9$ recovery rate was achieved . 

Rudloe, A . 1989 . Habitat preferences, movement, size frequency patterns and 

reproductive seasonality of the lesser electric ray, Narcine 

brasiliensis . Northeast Gulf Sci . 10(2) :103-112 . 

Abstract . The lesser electric ray, Narcine brasiliensis, is often used in 

neurochemical studies of cholinergic neurons . Data on habitat 

preferences, seasonal movements, growth rates and reproductive 

seasonality are presented . Narcine brasiliensis is highly localized 

within an area, concentrating in surf zones adjacent to barrier beaches 

and on offshore sand bars in warm months and moving offshore in winter . 

Females larger than 29 cm total length (TL) are reproductively active 

and give birth to less than 20 young in August and September . Young are 

estimated to attain a size of 20-29 cm TL at the end of their first 

year . This species is potentially vulnerable to over-harvesting as a 

result of its low rate of reproduction and localized distribution . 

Rudloe, A ., J . Rudloe and L . Ogren . 1991 . Occurrence of immature Kemp's Ridley 

turtles, Lepidochelys kempi, in coastal waters of northwest Florida . 

Northeast Gulf Sci . 12(1) :49-53 . 

Abstract . Kemp's Ridley turtle (Lepidochelys kempi) is considered the most 

endangered species of sea turtle . Efforts to restore its populations are 

hindered in part by lack of information on the species in developmental 

and foraging habitats where they spend most of their lives . This paper 

reports the results of a tagging project conducted from 1984-1988 in the 

coastal waters of Wakulla and Franklin counties, Florida, in the 

northeastern Gulf of Mexico, involving postpelagic immature Kemp's 

Ridley turtles . 

Runde, D . 1991 . Florida atlas of breeding sites for herons and their allies : 

update 1986-89 . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, Division 

of Wildlife, Nongame Wildlife Section . Tallahassee . 

Runde, D .E . et al . 1990 . recent records and survey methods for the Black Rail 

in Florida . Florida Field Naturalist . 18(2) :33-35 . 

Russell, R. 1965 . Some notes on the life history of shrimps of commercial 

importance in the Gulf of Mexico - a literature review . Unpublished 

report . Gulf Coast Research Laboratory . Ocean Springs, MS . 

120 
Abstract . This report is a cumulative work on the shrimp resources of the 

United States Gulf coast to 1965 . Sections include notes on 

reproduction, spawning, larval development, food, parasites, population 

dynamics, fishery data and regulation of shrimping season based on size 

of the individuals caught . 

Salmon, M . and M .K. Kettler . 1987 . The importance of behavioral and 

biochemical differences between fiddler crab taxa, with special 

reference to Uca rapax (Smith) and U . virens (Salmon and Atsaides) . 

Contrib . Mar . Sci . 30 :63-76 . 

Saloman, C .H . 1975 . A selected bibliography of the nearshore environment : 

Florida west coast . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Coastal Engineering 

Research Center, Miscellaneous Paper . 5-75 :268 . 

Abstract . A broad collection of works on the oceanography and biota of western 

Florida . While most of the citations refer to the Tampa Bay area, many 

are pertinent to the panhandle . 

Saloman, C .H . 1976 . The benthic fauna and sediments of the nearshore zone off 

Panama City Beach, Florida . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Coastal 

Engineering Research Center, Miscellaneous Report . 76-10 :256 . 

Abstract . A comprehensive study of the hydrography, sedimentology and benthic 

fauna of Panama City Beach . Includes information on the effect of 

Hurricane Eloise on the benthic fauna . This study presents basic 

scientific data on the benthic fauna and surface sediments of the 

nearshore zone of Panama City Beach, Florida, before restoration of the 

beach, and the results of a study on the effect of Hurricane Eloise on 

the benthic fauna in the swash zone of Panama City Beach. Surface 

sediments were analyzed for particle-size distribution, percent carbon, 

organic carbon and carbonate, and statistical factors. The surface 

sediments exhibited uniformity over time and location . The benthic 

invertebrates were represented by 170 species in 26 major taxa . The 

taxon with the most abundant species (69) was the phylum Polychaeta . The 

fauna was dominated by 14 species which constituted 80% of the collected 

individuals . The number of species and the diversity index were lowest 

in the swash zone and highest at the offshore stations at a depth of 30 

feet . Number of individuals was highest in May and August and lowest in 

November and February . Of the invertebrate species, 21 may be new to 

science ; 15 of the 21 are amphipods and 4 of these are among the most 

abundant species occurring in the nearshore zone . Correlation of animal 

abundance to selected sedimentological parameters was low. Mean grain 

size was the most significant sediment factor tested . The effect of 

Hurricane Eloise on Panama City Beach was extensive . The beach and 

primary sand dune were severely eroded . The number of individuals 

continued to increase for 6 days following the storm; thereafter, it 

decreased. The number of species increased also, reaching a peak on the 

third day after the storm, and then it decreased. 

Saloman, C .H . and W .A . Fable Jr . 1981 . Length-frequency distributions of 

recreationally caught reef fishes from Panama City, Florida in 1978 and 

1979 . NOAA Tech . Memo . NMFS-SEFC-61 :22 . 

Abstract . A series of bar charts depict the length frequency of over 10,000 

fishes, representing 13 species of reef fishes . 

121 
Saloman, C .H . and S .P . Naughton . 1977 . Effect of Hurricane Eloise on the 

benthic fauna of Panama City Beach, Florida, USA . Marine Biology . 

42(4) :357-363 . 

Abstract . Compares the populations of organisms inhabiting the swash zone, 

before and after the hurricane that struck in September 1975 . The effect 

of Hurricane Eloise in Sept ., 1975 on the benthic fauna inhabiting the 

swash zone on Panama City Beach, Florida, USA is described . Damage by 

the storm to the beach and property was considerable . The effect of the 

storm on the benthic invertebrates was not adverse, as the number of 

individuals occurring in the swash zone was about the same after the 

storm as before . The number of species increased after the storm, but 

later decreased to approximate numbers before the storm . The increase in 

the number of species was mainly due to the influx of species that 

normally occur farther offshore of the swash zone . The lack of heavy 

rainfall that usually accompanies a hurricane was probably a factor 

enabling benthic organisms that normally live in high salinities to 

survive . 

Saloman, C .H . and S . P . Naughton . 1978 . Benthic macroinvertebrates inhabiting 

the swash zone of Panama City Beach, Florida . Northeast Gulf Science . 

2(l) :65-72 . 

Abstract . A collection and analysis of the invertebrates found in the swash 

zone (area of the beach washed by waves) of Panama City Beach. 

Saloman, C .H . and S .P . Naughton . 1984 . Beach restoration with offshore dredged 

sand : effects on nearshore macroinfauna . NOAH Tech . Memo . NMFS-SEFC133 :20 . 

Abstract . A study on the ecological effects of beach restoration at Panama 

City Beach after Hurricane Eloise . This report discusses the effects of 

depositing dredged material from offshore on benthic macro-invertebrates 

inhabiting the swash zone and the first sandbar at Panama City Beach, 

Florida. The dredged material was similar to existing beach material at 

most sites . The turbidity was relatively low, except near the area of 

deposition, because alongshore currents dispersed the turbid water . The 

numbers of individuals at treated stations in the swash zone were 

reduced after deposition, and five to six weeks later, populations 

assumed levels comparable to untreated stations . No notable effects of 

deposition were observed on fauna inhabiting the sandbar . The 

significant differences in the number of species and individuals between 

treated and untreated stations both before and after deposition 

indicated that community composition, distribution, and abundance of 

macroinvertebrate fauna at similar stations (swash zone and sandbar) may 

differ naturally, even when the stations are located along the same 

beach. 

Saloman, C .H ., S .P . Naughton and J .L . Taylor . 1982a . Benthic community 

response to dredging borrow pits, Panama City Beach, Florida . U .S . Army 

Corps of Engineers, Coastal Engineering Research Center, Miscellaneous 

Report . 82-3 :138 . 

Abstract . An ecological study of the beach invertebrate populations before and 

after dredging for beach nourishment . Includes hydrographic and sediment 

data . This report gives biological and physical oceanographic data from 

baseline work, and studies of dredged and undredged sediments before and 

after dredging (9-meter contour) for beach nourishment at Panama City 

122 
Beach, Florida . These studies were designed to show major short-term 

environmental effects of offshore dredging and included analyses of 

hydrology, sediments, and benthos . Hydrological measurements were 

limited to water temperature and salinity . Analysis of surface sediments 

included particle-size distribution and carbon chemistry. Average and 

extreme water temperature and salinity were recorded . Regional nearshore 

sediments proved to be fine sand, containing less than 1% silt-clay, 

that was moderately well to well sorted, symmetrical to coarsely skewed, 

and leptokurtic . Total carbon content averaged less than 0 .308 . Over a 

one year postdredging study, sediment samples from borrow pits showed 

little variation from these general features . In studies of the benthos, 

362 species and 58,068 individuals were recorded among 14 invertebrate 

phyla and bone fishes . Dominant groups by species and abundance included 

annelida, mollusca, and arthropoda (crustacea) . Faunal comparisons 

between dredged and undredged areas were made . Information obtained 

showed that recovery began soon after dredging was complete, or nearly 

so, within 1 year . These results were similar in most respects to those 

from study of offshore dredging elsewhere in comparable geographic 

settings . 

Saloman, C .H ., S .P . Naughton and J .L . Taylor . 1982b . Benthic faunal 

assemblages of shallow water sand and seagrass habitats, St . Andrew Bay, 

Florida . Performed for the U .S . Fish & Wildlife Service . Panama City, 

FL . 565 pp . 

Abstract . Species occurrence and populations at 149 stations in St . Andrew 

Bay . Includes information regarding the seagrasses and sediments . 

Sanders, R .M ., Jr . 1983 . Hydrologic, diel and lunar factors affecting fishes 

on artificial reefs off Panama City, Florida . Master's Thesis . Texas A&M 

University, College Station, TX . 139 pp . 

Sastry, A.M . 1961 . Studies on the bay scallop, Aequipecten irradians 

concentricus Say, in Alligator Harbor, Florida. Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 118 pp . 

Saunders, R .P . and D .A . Glenn . 1969 . Diatoms . (Memoirs of the Hourglass 

Cruises .) Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research 

Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Savage, T . 1972a . Florida mangroves : A review . Florida Department of Natural 

Resources Laboratory, Leaflet Series . 7(2) :1-15 . 

Savage, T . 1972b . Florida mangroves as shoreline stabilizers . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources Marine Research Laboratory . Professional 

Paper No . 19 

Savage, T ., J .R . Sullivan and C .E . Kalman . 1975 . An analysis of stone crab 

(Menippe mercenaria) landings on Florida's west coast, with a brief 

synopsis of the fishery . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine 

Research Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 37 pp . 

123 
Savastano, K .J ., K .H . Faller and R .L . Iverson . 1984 . Estimating vegetation 

coverage in St . Joseph Bay, Florida with an airborne multispectral 

scanner . Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing . 50(8) :1159-

1170 . 

Abstract . A four-channel multispectral scanner (MSS) carried aboard an 

aircraft was used to collect data along several flight paths over St . 

Joseph Bay, Florida. Various classifications of benthic features were 

defined from the results of ground-truth observations . The classes were 

statistically correlated with MSS channel signal intensity using 

multivariate methods . Application of the classification measures to the 

MSS data set allowed computer construction of a detailed map of benthic 

features of the bay. Various densities of seagrasses, various bottom 

types, and algal coverage were distinguished from water of various 

depths . The areal vegetation coverage of St . Joseph Bay was not 

significantly different from the results of a survey conducted six years 

previously, suggesting that seagrasses are a very stable feature of the 

bay bottom . 

Saville, T . 1966 . A study of estuarine pollution problems on a small 

unpolluted estuary and a small polluted estuary in Florida . University 

of Florida, Engineering Program . 20(8) :202 . 

Scanland, T .B . 1966 . A description of the community associated with two Arks, 

Arca Zebra and Arca imbricate (Pelycopoda : Arcidae) in the offshore 

northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Scheibling, R .E . 1981 . Differences in body size and growth rate between 

Echinaster morphs from the Gulf of Mexico . International Echinoderm 

Conference . Tampa, FL . 

Schmidley, D .J . 1981 . Marine mammals of the southeastern United States Coast 

and the Gulf of Mexico . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of 

Biological Services Report No . FWS/OBS-80/41 . 163 pp . 

Abstract . All of the available data from a 1979 study/survey on the 

distribution and abundance of marine mammals in the study area was 

synthesized for this report . The information for cetaceans and pinnipeds 

is presented in two sections : an analysis of observations and individual 

species accounts . The former compares the frequency of strandings, 

sightings, and captures for each species each month. The species 

accounts present distribution, abundance, status, seasonal movements, 

and life history for 35 species . 

Scholander, P .F . 1968 . How mangroves desalinate seawater . Physiol . Plant . 

21 :258-268 . 

Schomer, N.S . 1974 . Systems models and simulations of the recovery of Escambia 

Bay. Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 91 pp . 

Abstract . The purpose of this investigation is to develop and simulate system 

models of Escambia Bay that will be useful in evaluating the potential 

for recovery of the Bay subsequent to the abatement of pollution 

sources . These models will be used to assess the responses of certain 

critical variables to alterations in flows from various sources from 

both within and outside of the study parameter . 

124 
Schooley, J .K . 1980 . The structure and function of warm temperate estuarine 

fish communities . Ph .D . Dissertation . University of Florida, 

Gainesville, FL . 

Schreiber, E .A . and J .J . Dinsmore . 1972 . Caspian tern nesting records in 

Florida . The Florida Naturalist . 45 :161 . 

Schreiber, E .A . and R .W . Schreiber . 1975 . Royal tern nesting on west coast 

peninsular Florida . Florida Field Naturalist . 3 :46-47 . 

Seaman, W., Jr . 1982 . Enhancement of Florida marine fisheries using artificial 

reefs : a review (draft copy) . University of Florida, Florida Sea Grant 

College. Gainesville, FL . 

Seaman, W ., Jr . and D .Y . Aska . eds . 1974 . Research and information needs of 

the Florida spiny lobster fishery . Marine Advisory Program . Gainesville, 

FL . 64 pp . 

Sellers, L .H . 1885 . Abundance of fish in the Gulf of Mexico . U .S . Fish 

Commission Bulletin . 5 :304 . 

Serafy, D .K . 1979 . Echinoids (Echinodermata : Echinoidea) . In Memoirs of the 

Hourglass Cruises . 5(3) Fla . Dept . of Nat . Resour ., Mar . Res . Lab ., St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Sericano, J .L . et al . 1990 . Historical perspective on the environmental 

bioavailability of DDT and its derivatives to Gulf of Mexico oysters . 

Environ . Sci . Tech . 24(October) :1541-1548 . 

Servies, J .A . 1974 . A bibliography of west Florida . Vol . 1-3 . University of 

West Florida, John C . Pace Library . Pensacola, FL . 

Servies, J .A . 1978 . A bibliography of west Florida . Revised edition . Vol . 1-3 . 

Pensacola, FL . 

Shabica, S .V ., N .B . Cater and E .W . Cake . 1983 . Proceedings of the Northern 

Gulf of Mexico Estuaries and Barrier Islands Research Conference, June 

13-14, 1983, Biloxi, MS . National Park Service, Southeast Regional 

Office . Atlanta, GA . 119 pp . 

Abstract . These proceedings include papers given at the Northern Gulf of 

Mexico Estuaries and Barrier Islands Research Conference . This 

conference was held to bring together much of the current knowledge of 

barrier islands and estuaries of the northern Gulf . Fifteen of the 

forty-four presentations given at the conference are published here as 

format papers . The volume is divided into four sections ; estuaries, 

offshore petroleum exploration and development, barrier islands, and 

resources management . 

Shaffer, R .N . 1993 . Bibliography of research on St . Andrew Bay, its 

tributaries, and the nearby coastal waters of Bay County, Florida . 

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine 

Fisheries Service, Technical Memo . NOAA-TM-NMFS-SEFSC-320 :67 . 

Abstract . The indexed bibliography is one of a three-part project, the goal of 

which is to collect and to make available the research that has been 

125 
performed on St . Andrew Bay. Many of the publications are considered 

'gray literature'--they have not appeared in professional, refereed 

journals . As a result, much of the literature is difficult to access by 

means of the traditional scientific indexes . It is hoped that the 

compendium will serve as a guide to what has been accomplished so far in 

understanding the biota and ecology of St . Andrew Bay, its tributaries, 

and the nearby coastal waters . 

Shafland, P .L . 1979 . Non-native fish introductions with special reference to 

Florida . Fisheries . 4 :18-24 . 

Shapiro, A . and L . Williams . 1981 . Florida's endangered wildlife . Florida Game 

and Fresh Water Fish Commission . Tallahassee, FL . 

Shaw, M . 1975 . Managing St . Vincent's Wildlife . Florida Wildlife . 29(6) :2-4 . 

Sheridan, P.F . 1978 . Trophic relationships of dominant fishes in the 

Apalachicola Bay system (Florida) . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 215 pp . 

Sheridan, P .F . 1979a . Three new species of Melita (Crustacea : Amphipoda), with 

notes on the amphipod fauna of the Apalachicola Estuary of NW FL . 

Northeast Gulf Sci . 3(2) :60-73 . 

Sheridan, P .F . 1979b . Trophic resource utilization by three species of 

sciaenid fishes in the Northwest Florida estuary . Northeast Gulf Sci . 

3(1) :1-14 . 

Abstract . Food habits of Atlantic croaker (Micropogonias undulatus), spot 

(Leiostomus xanthurus), and sand seatrout (Cynoscion aranarius) were 

examined in 1976 collections from Apalachicola Bay, Florida. 

Ontogenetic, spatial, and temporal aspects of diet were considered . 

Polychaetes were the main food of croakers over all collections, 

followed in importance by detritus, fishes, insect larvae, mysids, and 

infaunal shrimp . Diet specialization occurred with growth of croakers, 

so that one or two food types dominated the diet . Polychaetes and 

harpacticoid copepods dominated the average spot diet, followed by 

detritus, bivalves and nematodes . Several distinctive patterns in 

feeding were noted on ontogenetic and spatial bases, but not on a 

temporal basis . Intraspecific diet correlation indicated similar feeding 

patterns in all but the smallest (20-29 mm) and largest (100-109 mm) 

size classes examined . 

Sheridan, P .F . and R .J . Livingston . 1979 . Cyclic trophic relationships of 

fishes in an unpolluted, river-dominated estuary in north Florida . pp . 

143-161 . In Ecological Processes in Coastal and Marine Systems . Plenum 

Press, New York, NY . 

Sheridan, P .F . and R .J . Livingston . 1983 . Abundance and seasonality of infauna 

and epifauna inhabiting a Halodule wrightii meadow in Apalachicola Bay, 

Florida . Estuaries . 6(4) :407-419 . 

Abstract . The fauna inhabiting a Halodule wrightii meadow in Apalachicola Bay, 

Florida, was studied from March 1975 through February 1976 . The infaunal 

community was sampled by monthly coring . Fifty-eight species were 

recorded, averaging 35 species per month. A maximum faunal abundance of 

126 
104,338 organisms per square meter in April was one of the highest 

infaunal densities recorded in the literature . Sixteen species accounted 

for 84t of the total numbers and 80t of the total biomass over the study 

period . Numerical dominants were Hargeria rapax, Heteromastus 

filiformis, Ampelisca vadorum, Aricidae fragilis), and oligochaetes . 

Biomass dominants were Tagelus plebeius, Neritina reclivata, Ensis 

minor, and Haploscoloplos fragilis . Life history notes are given for 

several dominant species . Epibenthic fishes and macroinvertebrates were 

sampled by monthly trawling . Twenty-three species of fishes (mostly 

juveniles) were collected near the coring site, with most species and 

individuals recorded during the months May through September . 

Sherman, K .M . et al . 1983a . R technique for subsampling meiofauna . Presented at 

Benthic Ecology Meeting, Florida Institute of Technology, Melbourne, FL . 

Sherman, K .M ., J .A . Reidenauer, D . Thistle and D . Meeter . 1983b . Role of a 

natural disturbance in an assemblage of marine free-living nematodes . 

Mar . Ecol . Progr . Ser . 11(1) :23-30 . 

Abstract . One of the predictions of theoretical treatments of soft-bottom 

benthos is : if disturbance were responsible for the persistence of a 

species in a community, that species should become disproportionately 

abundant in recently disturbed patches . This prediction was investigated 

using marine free-living nematode species in subtidal (2 to 3 m depth) 

sediments off the Florida panhandle (29°54 .55'N, 84°31 .45'W), frequently 

disturbed by stingrays (Dasyatis sabina) . In disturbed sediments 

nematode densities gradually increased over 4 days until they exceeded 

abundances in background sediments 96 h after the initial disturbance . 

None of the species examined responded to disturbance in the manner 

expected . The authors conclude that small-scale natural disturbances are 

not important in the maintenance of nematode species in this community . 

Sherrod, C .L . and C . McMillan . 1985 . The distributional history and ecology of 

mangrove vegetation along the northern Gulf of Mexico coastal region . 

Contrib . Mar . Sci . 28 :129-140 . 

Shier, C.F . 1965 . A taxonomic and ecological study of shallow water hydroids 

of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Master ,s Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 170 pp . 

Abstract . Monthly samples of shallow water hydroids were collected from 6 

station in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico for one year beginning in 

July, 1963 . Environmental notes on temperature, salinity, abundance, and 

bottom type were kept . 

Shines, J .E . 1979 . Distribution of mangrove communities : State of Florida . 

U .S . Environmental Protection Agency . Final Rpt . Contract No . 68-03-2636 

Shinn, E .A ., B .H . Lidz and C .D . Reich . 1993 . Habitat impacts of offshore 

drilling : eastern Gulf of Mexico . (OCS Study MMS 93-0021) U .S . 

Department of the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Gulf of Mexico 

OCS Region . New Orleans, LA . 78 pp . 

Abstract . In the survey six offshore exploratory drill sites in a variety of 

environments and water depths were examined using a small research 

submersible . Sites varied from locations off northwest Florida to as far 

west as offshore Alabama . Water depths ranged from 21 m (70 ft) to 149 m 

127 
(489 ft), and bottom sediments ranged from carbonate mud to Shelly 

quartz sand and silt to hard limestone . The age of the sites ranged from 

15 months to 17 years . In a previous MMS-funded study, Shinn et al . 

(1989) and Dustan et al . (1991) examined eight sites off south Florida, 

where the age of the sites ranged from 2 to 29 years . The study 

documented repeatedly variability of impact from site to site . 

Shipp, R .L . and S .A . Bortone . 1978 . Demersal fishes of the MAFLA lease area . 

PP . 848-888 . In Dames and Moore, ed . MAFLA Final Report . Vol . II, 

Chapter 19 . BLM, 

Shipp, R .L . and S . Bortone . 1979 . Chapter 19 . Demersal fish . pp . 861-867 . 

The Mississippi, Alabama, Florida outer continental shelf baseline 

environmental survey . Bureau of Land Management, Washington, D .C . 

Abstract . Demersal fishes from the MAFLA lease area were collected during four 

sampling periods : summer 1976, summer 1977, fall 1977, winter 1978 . All 

specimens were identified, weighed, measured, and archived . Data were 

submitted to the data management group of Dames & Moore for analysis, 

which were then interpreted . Initial indications are of significant 

range extensions of fishes in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico, 

especially in the vicinity of the northeast segment of the De Soto 

Canyon . Several undescribed species were discovered during the effort 

period . Families containing species of especial concern to the MAFLA 

goals are discussed . Data analysis techniques are utilized describing 

various biological parameters . In addition, samples collected during 

1975-1976 as a component of an earlier MAFLA effort were incorporated 

into the analysis . 

Shipp, R .L . and T .S . Hopkins . 1978 . Physical and biological observations of 

the northern rim of the DeSoto Canyon made from a research submersible . 

Northeast Gulf Sci . 2(2) :113-121 . 

Abstract . During June, 1978, the research submersible DIAPIiUS completed 27 

dives in the north central Gulf of Mexico . Fourteen of these were 

concentrated on and around the high relief, northern ledge or rim of the 

DeSoto Canyon, located at depths of 50-60 m, and approximately 25 km 

south of Navarre, Florida . The ledge is composed of limestone 

outcroppings . The invertebrate fauna is characterized as two principle 

assemblages, one associated with a sand-shell-coraline-algae slope and 

the other with a limestone block ledge . The ichthyofauna is dominated by 

deep water reef species, thirty of which are identified and their 

habitat and abundance described . 

Shokes, R .F . et al . 1978 . Barium and vanadium in demersal fish and 

macroepifauna . Vol . 2(4) . Bureau of Land Management, MAFLA final report 

1977/78 . 464-493 pp . 

Sikora, W .B . and J .P . Sikora . 1982 . Habitat suitability index models : southern 

kingfish . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services 

Report FWS-OBS-82-10 .31 . 22 pp . 

Simmons, A .T . 1972 . The dynamics of nitrogen and phosphorus in a bayou 

estuary . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 46 

ppAbstract . The nitrogen and phosphorus cycles and dynamics were described for 

128 
Bayou Texar, Florida, by monitoring levels of nitrate, nitrite, ammonia, 

orthophosphate, organic nitrogen, organic phosphorus at five stations 

from June, 1971 to February, 1972 . 

Simonson, J .L . and R .J . Hochberg . 1992 . An analysis of stone crab (genus 

Menippe) claws and their use in interpreting landings on Florida's west 

coast . pp . 26-35 . Zn T .M . Bert, ed. Proceedings of a Symposium On Stone 

Crab (Genus Menippe) Biology and Fisheries . Sarasota, FL (USA), 25-26 

Apr . 1986) 

Abstract . Size-specific data on stone crab claw type (crusher, pincer, 

regenerated), "handedness" (right crusher, left crusher), and type 

(good, problem, bad) of break (point at which the claw had been broken 

from the body) were obtained from claws landed at processing houses in 

four Florida counties near the openings and closings of the 1983-84 and 

1984-85 stone crab harvesting seasons . Right-handed crushers constituted 

77t and 60t of all claws examined during the 1983-84 and 1984-85 

seasons, respectively . Good breaks (indicative of the highest 

probability of survival of declawed crabs) were observed on 70% of the 

claws ; problem and bad breaks were observed on 19t (1983-84) and 11t 

(1984-85) of the claws, respectively . Jumbo claws had the lowest 

frequency of good breaks . The percentage of claws with good breaks was 

generally higher in Wakulla County than in Collier County, probably 

because techniques for handling captured crabs differed in the two 

areas . Regenerated claws constituted 7 .6% of all claws sampled ; most 

were medium-sized pincers and intermediates (claws with dentition 

intermediate between the patterns characteristic of original pincer and 

crusher claws) . The frequency of regenerated claws decreased 

significantly as claw size increased . In Collier County, the proportions 

of regenerated claws found in closing season samples from both seasons 

were lower than those found in the respective opening-season samples ; a 

similar decrease in the proportion of regenerated claws between the 

opening and closing of the season was seen in the 1984-85 season at 

Wakulla County . 

Simpson, C .T . 1932 . Florida Wildlife : Observations on the flora and fauna of 

the state and the influence of climate and environment on their 

development . The Macmillan Company. New York, NY . 

Sims, H .W ., Jr . 1966 . The Florida spiny lobster . Florida Board of Conservation 

Marine Laboratory, Educational Series . 11 :34 . 

Skud, B .E . and W .B . Wilson . 1960 . Role of estuarine waters in Gulf fisheries . 

Transactions of the North American Wildlife and Natural Resources 

Conference . 24 :320-326 . 

Skud, B .E . and W .B . Wilson . 1969 . Role of estuarine waters in Gulf fisheries . 

Trans ., 25th North Am . Wildlife Nat . Resour . Conf . 25 :320-326 . 

Smart, A . 1977 . Objective 4C : Decapod predation . pp . 312-316 . 7,n Crystal River 

Power Plant Environmental Interagency Research Advisory Committee . Vol . 

4 . Florida Power Corp ., St . Petersburg, FL . 

129 
Smith, A .C . and S .L . Smith . 1987 . The sand dollar as a possible indicator of 

environmental stress . J. Aquaricult . Aquat . Sci . 5(1) :13-17 . 

Abstract . Color changes in the sera of the sand dollar, Mellita quinquies 

perforata (Leske), were found to reflect environmental stress . This 

response was used to map the distribution of stress in a natural 

environment, Cedar Key, Florida (northeastern Gulf of Mexico) . 

Smith, F .G .W . 1954a . Biology of the commercial sponges . pp . 263-266 . Zn P .S . 

Galtsoff, ed . Gulf Mexico, Its Origin, Waters, and Marine Life . U .S . 

Fish Wildl . Serv . Fish . Bull . 89 (55), Washington, D .C . 

Smith, F .G .W . 1954b . Biology of the spiny lobster . pp . 463-465 . Xn P .S . 

Galtsoff, ed . Gulf of Mexico, Its Origin, Waters, and Marine Life . U .S . 

Fish Wildl . Serv . Fish . Bull . 89(55), 

Smith, F .G .W . 1954c . Gulf of Mexico Madreporaria . pp . 195-291 . ZQ P .S . 

Galtsoff, ed . Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine life . U .S . 

Fish and Wildlife Service Bulletin 89(55) . 

Smith, G .B . 1973 . Systematics, ecology, and distribution of reef fishes in the 

eastern Gulf of Mexico . Master's Thesis . University of South Florida, 

Tampa, FL . 

Smith, G .B . 1974 . Comments on the nature of the Florida middle ground reef 

ichthyofauna . pp . 229-232 . In R .E . Smith, ed . Proceedings of Marine 

Environmental Implications of Offshore Drilling in the Eastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Conference/Workshop, Jan . 31, Feb . 1, 2, 1974 . State University 

System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Smith, G .B . 1975 . The 1971 red tide and its impact on certain reef communities 

inn the Mid-eastern Gulf of Mexico . Environmental Letters . 9(2) :141-152 . 

Smith, G .B . 1976 . Ecology and distribution of eastern Gulf of Mexico reef 

fishes . Fla . Mar . Res . Publ . 19 :1-78 . 

Abstract . One hundred one reef-fish species representing 38 families were 

collected and/or observed at 12-40 m depths in the eastern Gulf of 

Mexico between May 1970 and October 1972 . A toxic dinoflagellate bloom 

(Gymnodinium breve) and subsequent stress conditions occurring within 

the study area during summer 1971 resulted in mass mortalities of reef 

biotas over at least 1536 km of central west Florida shelf. Preliminary 

observations on reef-fish succession following the G. breve red tide are 

presented and discussed . 

Smith, G. 1978 . Ecology and distribution of mid-eastern Gulf of Mexico reef 

fishes . Ph .D . Dissertation . University of South Florida, Tampa, FL . 

Smith, G.B . et al . 1975 . Fishes of the Florida middle ground with comments on 

ecology and zoogeography . (Florida Marine Research Publication 9) Fla . 

Dept . Nat . Resources . 

Smith, H .T . et al . 1993 . Recent Nesting of Gull-Billed Terns in Northwest 

Florida . Florida Field Naturalist . 21(3) :80-82 . 

130 
Smith, R .E . ed . 1974 . Proceedings of marine environmental implications of 

offshore drilling in the eastern Gulf of Mexico : conference/workshops, 

January 31, February 1, 2, 1974 . State University System of Florida, 

Institute of Oceanography . St . Petersburg, FL . 455 pp . 

Smith, W . 1974 . Shallow inshore ecosystems of bottom communities and the 

effect of thermal plume . pp . 77-158 . In Crystal River Power Plant : 

Environmental Considerations . Vol . I . Florida Power Corporation, St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Smith-Starnes, J, et al . 1991 . The Apalachicola River and Bay Management Plan . 

Northwest Florida Water Management District . Havana, FL . 

Snedaker, S .C . 1974 . Report D . Comparisons of the benthic flora in estuaries 

adjacent to the Crystal River Power Generation Facility . pp . 377-437 . 

Crystal River Power Plant Environmental Considerations, Final Report to 

the Interagency Research Advisory Commission . Vol . III . Florida Power 

Corporation, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Snell, E . 1984 . Florida landings . NMFS . Miami, FL . 

Soil Conservation Service . 1980 . General map of ecological communities, state 

of Florida . U .S . Dept of Agriculture . (Fort Worth, TX .) 

Soloman, C .H . 1981 . Aspects of the biology of Spilocuma salomani (Cumacea : 

Boditriidae) . Northeast Gulf Sci . 4(2) :99-104 . 

Abstract . Some 3460 benthic samples of S . salomani collected in the nearshore 

zone of Panama City beach Florida were examined . Information on the 

sedimentology, distribution and abundance, sex ratio and fecundity is 

presented. 

Soto, L,A . 1972 . Decapod shelf fauna of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico -

distribution and zoogeography . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 129 pp . 

Abstract . The distribution and zoogeography of the decapod fauna of the 

continental shelf of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico was studied by 

sampling 108 stations on 14 cruises of the R/V Tursiops from October, 

1970 to October, 1971 . Specimens were identified, sexed and counted . 

Associated data includes temperature, salinity, depth and bottom type . 

Southwest Florida Water Management District . 1986 . A data collection program 

for selected estuaries in Hernando, Citrus, and Levy Counties, Florida . 

Vol . 1-8 . Southwest Florida Water Management District . Brooksville, FL . 

Southwest Regional Research Institute . 1981 . Ecological investigations of 

petroleum production platforms in the central Gulf of Mexico : The 

Artificial Reefs . Vol . 2 . (NTIS Report No . 167826) U .S . Department of 

Commerce . Washington, D .C . 

Sprinkel, J . 1986 . Oyster reefs . Vol . 4 of a data collection program for 

selected coastal estuaries in Hernando, Citrus, and Levy Counties, 

Florida . Southwest Florida Water Management District . Brooksville, FL . 

60 pp . 

131 
Sprunt, A., Jr . 1954 . Florida Bird Life . Coward-McCann, Inc . New York, NY . 

Stancyk, S .E . 1970 . Studies on the biology and ecology of ophiuroids at Cedar 

Key, Florida. Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

Stancyk, S .E . 1974 . Life history patterns of three estuarine brittlestars 

(Ophiuroidea) at Cedar Key, Florida. Ph .D . Dissertation . University of 

Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

Stancyk, S .E . and P .L . Shaffer . 1977 . The salinity tolerance of Ophiothrix 

angulata (Say) (Echinodermata : Ophiuroidea) in latitudinally separate 

populations . J . Exp . Mar . Biol . Ecol . 29(1) :35-43 . 

Abstract . Ophiothrix angulata (Say) from an estuary in South Carolina were 

less tolerant of reduced salinity than those from an estuary in Florida . 

Animals from North Inlet, South Carolina, became incapacitated more 

rapidly after exposure to a reduced salinity, and were less able to 

recover after return to normal salinity . This difference probably 

results from the more severe selection for salinity tolerance at Cedar 

Key, Florida . The Florida estuary has a lower average salinity (25 parts 

per thousand) than that in South Carolina (30 parts per thousand), and 

has more frequent extended periods of reduced salinity . The two 

populations are of different color varieties and size ; there may be 

differences in the breeding seasons as well . The South Carolina and 

Florida populations of 0 . angulata may represent different races . 

Stanley, J .G . and M .A . Sellers . 1986 . Species profiles : Life histories and 

environmental requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of 

Mexico) -- American Oyster . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and 

Wildlife Service ; U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental 

Station, Coastal Ecology Group . Washington, D .C . 

State University System of Florida and Institute of Oceanography . 1978 . 

Baseline environmental survey of the MAFLA lease areas . BLM/YM/ES-78/02 . 

Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 201 pp . 

Abstract . The Bureau of Land Management deemed it necessary to conduct a 

baseline environmental survey on the MAFLA shelf of the eastern Gulf of 

Mexico, extending from approximately 89°W, south to Pascagoula, 

Mississippi, to a tract west of Clearwater, off Tampa Bay, Florida . This 

task included designing and conducting a field sampling program for 

geological, biological, chemical, and physical oceanographic samples ; 

analysis of samples, including establishment of analytical quality 

control procedures ; archiving of samples for future analysis ; 

development of data management procedures ; and a comprehensive final 

report . 

Stearns, S . 1884 . On the position and character of the fishing grounds of the 

Gulf of Mexico . U .S . Fish Commission Bulletin . 4 :289-290 . 

Steele, J .H . 1964 . A study of production in the Gulf of Mexico . J . Mar . Res . 

22(3) :211-222 . 

132 
Steele, P . 1991 . Population dynamics and migration of the blue crab, 

Callinectes sapidus (Rathbun), in the eastern Gulf of Mexico . 

Proceedings of the Fortieth Annual Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries 

Institute, Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, November 1987 . 40 :241-244 . 

Abstract . Results of a tagging program conducted in Tampa Bay, Florida during 

1982-83 indicated an "alongshore", single-sex migration of significance 

in blue crab life history . A total of 13,366 crabs was tagged, and 

overall tag return rate was 24 .9 (N = 3330) . All crabs emigrating from 

the bay were mature females that moved northward . Several crabs traveled 

more than 800 km in approximately 100 days . The existence of this 

migration along the Florida west coast has been demonstrated in a 

previous tagging study by Oesterling (1976) . Tag return rate in 

Oesterling's study was 12 .3, and 55% of recaptured females moved more 

than 10 miles . In the 1982-83 Tampa Bay study, 29% of all tag returns 

were recovered more than 765 miles outside of the Tampa Bay system . Of 

these, 70+$ were recovered in the Crystal River-Cedar Key fishery, 25+% 

in the Fenholloway-Ochlockonee fishery, and the remainder, less than 5%, 

were recovered westward to Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana . These 

returns, together with the concurrent unchanging male :female ratio in 

the Tampa Bay system, indicated a massive late fall through spring 

migration of females through the Tampa Bay area . 

Steele, P . and T .M . Bert . 1994 . Population ecology of the blue crab, 

Callinectes sapidus Rathbun, in a subtropical estuary : population 

structure, aspects of reproduction, and habitat partitioning . 

(Publication No . 51) State of Florida, Department of Environmental 

Protection, Florida Marine Research Institute, Florida Marine Research . 

St . Petersburg, FL . 

Steele, P . and S .B . Collard . 1981 . First Gulf of Mexico record for Biancolina 

brassiacephala (Amphipoda : Biancolinidae) . Northeast Gulf Sci . 4(2) :115-

118 . 

Abstract . Six specimens of Biancolinidae were found attached to rafts of 

Sargassum natans and S . fluitans collected in surface neuston tows in 

the north-eastern Gulf of Mexico . These specimens extend the known range 

of Biancolina brassiacephala into the Gulf of Mexico . 

Steidinger, K .A . 1967 . Dinoflagellate studies on the inshore waters of the 

west coast of Florida, pp . 4-47 . In Red Tide Studies, Pinellas to 

Collier Counties, 1963-1966 . Florida Board of Conservation Marine 

Laboratory, (Professional Paper Series No . 9 .) 

Steidinger, K .A . 1972 . Dinoflagellate distribution . pp . 14-15 . Im V .C . 

Bushnell, ed . Chemistry, Primary Productivity, and Benthic Algae of the 

Gulf of Mexico . Serial Atlas of the Marine Environment Folio 22, 

American Geographical Society, 

Steidinger, K .A . 1973 . Phytoplankton . pp . IIIE-1 to IIIE-17 . IX J .Z . Jones, 

R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and R .E . Smith, eds . A summary of knowledge of 

the eastern Gulf of Mexico . State University System of Florida, 

Institute of Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

133 
Steidinger, K .A . 1975 . Implications of dinoflagellate life cycles on 

initiation of Gymnodinium breve Red Tides . Environmental Letters . 

9(2) :129-139 . 

Steidinger, K .A. and E .A . Joyce Jr . 1973 . Florida Red Tides . Educational 

Series No . 17 . State of Florida, Department of Natural Resources . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Steidinger, K. A. and J .F . VanBreedveld . 1971 . Benthic marine algae from waters 

adjacent to the Crystal River Electric Power Plant (1969 & 1970) . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine Research Laboratory . 

Professional Paper Series No . 16 :46 . 

Steidinger, K .A, and J . Williams . 1970 . Dinoflagellates : _Ia Memoirs of the 

Hourglass Cruises . Marine Research Laboratory, Florida Dept . Natural 

Resources . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Steidinger, K.A . et al . 1966 . Observations of Gymnodinum breve Davis and other 

dinoflagellates . pp . 8-15 . In Observations of an Unusual Red Tide, A 

Symposium. Florida Board of Conservation, Marine Laboratory, 

(Professional Paper Series 8 .) 

Steidinger, K.A . et al . 1967 . a key to the marine dinoflagellate genera of the 

west coast of Florida . Technical Series No . 52 ed . State of Florida, 

Board of Conservation, Marine Laboratory, Maritime Base, Bayboro Harbor . 

St . Petersburg, FL . 

Steinburg, J .E . 1957 . The skeleton shrimps of the Gulf of Mexico (Crustacea : 

Caprellidae) . Tulane Studies in Zoology . 5(11) :267-288 . 

Stephens, C .F . and C .H . Oppenheimer . 1972 . Silica contents in the northwestern 

Florida Gulf coast . Contrib . Mar . Sci . 16 :99-108 . 

Abstract . Due to the significance of silica as a nutrient for phytoplankton 

growth, for clay mineral formation, and as a buffering agent, its 

distribution was studied in the freshwater/seawater transition zones of 

the St . Marks river estuary and Apalachee Bay, Florida. Samples were 

taken monthly over an 18-month interval from a series of stations, and 

analyses compared to the surrounding locale . Surface samples were taken 

by hand, and bottom samples by Niskin biological samplers . Water samples 

were stored on ice in darkness to decrease uptake of silica by growing 

diatoms. Samples were returned to the laboratory within 6 hours from 

sampling and refrigerated at 2°C . Silicate content of the surface waters 

ranged from 240 micrograms-at per 1 in fresh water at 10 miles from the 

open Apalachee Bay to less than 1 microgram-at per 1 in the Bay where 

salinity is 3 .4 percent. Other areas of the shore estuarine environment 

showed similarly high silica values and are relative to salinity . Three 

mechanisms are likely to be involved in the silica loss with increasing 

salinity : (1) reaction of silicate with electrolytes, especially 

cations, resulting in mineral formation; (2) adsorption or coprecipitation with suspended solids or colloidal materials in water and 

sediment ; and (3) co-precipitation with humic acids as they enter the 

seawater and are changed from colloidal to particulate form . 

Stephens, W .M . 1968 . The turtle grass community . Natural History . 77(2) :50-57 . 

134 
Stevens, A .R ., R .L . Tyndall, C .C . Coutant and E . Willaert . 1977 . Isolation of 

the etiological agent of primary amoebic meningoencephalitis from 

artificially heated waters . Appl . Environ . Microbiol . 34(6) :701-705 . 

Abstract . To determine whether artificial heating of water by power plant 

discharges facilitates proliferation of the pathogenic free-living 

amoebae that cause primary amoebic meningoencephalitis, water samples 

(250 ml) were taken from discharges within 3000 feet (approx . 914 m) of 

power plants and were processed for amoeba culture . Pathogenic Naegleria 

fowleri grew out of water samples from 2 of 5 lakes and rivers in 

Florida and from 1 of 8 man-made lakes in Texas . Pathogenic N. fowleri 

did not grow from water samples taken from cooling towers and control 

lakes, the latter of which had no associated power plants . The 

identification of N. fowleri was confirmed by pathogenicity in mice and 

by indirect immunofluorescence analyses, by using a specific antiserum. 

Stevenson, H .M . 1963 . The nesting season, Florida region . Audubon Field Notes . 

17 :454-457 . 

Stevenson, H .M . 1976 . Vertebrates of Florida . University Presses of Florida . 

Gainesville, FL . 

Stevenson, H .M . 1994 . Birdlife of Florida . University Presses of Florida . 

Gainesville, FL . 

Stickney, R .R . 1984 . Estuarine ecology of the southeastern United States and 

Gulf of Mexico . 1st ed . Texas A&M University . College Station, TX . 

Stickney, R .R . and M .L . Cuenco . 1982 . Habitat suitability index models : 

juvenile spot . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological 

Services Report FWS-OBS-82-10 .20 . 12 pp . 

Stieglitz, W .O . 1966 . Utilization of available foods by diving ducks on 

Apalachee Bay, FL, pp . 42-50 . In Proceedings 20th Annual Conferences, 

Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners . Louisiana 

Wildlife and Association of Game and Fish Commissioners, 

Abstract . A study was designed to determine the vegetative composition and 

production of that portion of Apalachee Bay, Florida included within the 

St . Marks National Wildlife Refuge . The study was conducted in 1964 . 

Gizzards and gullets of 14 diving ducks were collected to correlate 

feeding activities with available food . 

Stiling, P .D ., B .V . Brodbeck and D .R . Strong . 1984 . Intraspecific competition 

in Hydrellia valida (Diptera : Ephydridae), a leaf miner of Spartina 

alterniflora . Ecology . 65(2) :660-662 . 

Abstract . Here the authors test for intraspecific competition among larvae of 

the leaf miner Hydrellia valida (Diptera : Ephydridae), in the salt 

marshes of Oyster Bay, Wakulla County, Northwest Florida, where H. 

valida mines leaves of salt marsh cordgrass, Spartina alterniflora . The 

authors found no evidence of predation scars from birds or mines ripped 

open by ants, both common predators of tree-feeding leafminers . The 

hymenopterous parasites of H . valida do not emerge until the pupal stage 

and as a result do not affect larval survivorship or pupation rate . 

135 
Stith, L . et al . 1984 . Fish and Wildlife Resource Inventory for Escambia 

Navigation Project, Escambia and Santa Rosa Counties, Florida . Fish and 

Wildlife Service, Division of Ecological Services . Panama City, FL . 

Stokes, R .J . 1968 . Initial observations on a new fishery for the sunray venus 

clam, Macrocallista nimbosa (Solander) . Florida Board of Conservation 

Marine Laboratory. St . Petersburg, FL . 

Stone, R .B . 1974 . A brief history of artificial reef activities in the United 

States . pp . 24-27 . Xn Proceedings, International Conference on 

Artificial Reefs . Texas A&M University, Galveston, TX . (TAMU-SG-74-103 .) 

Stoner, A.W . 1979a . The macrobenthos of seagrass meadows in Apalachee Bay, 

Florida, and the feeding ecology of Langodon rhomboides (Pisces : 

Sparidae) . Ph .D . Dissertation . Florida State University, Tallahassee, 

FL . 187 pp . 

Stoner, A .W . 1979b . Species-specific predation on amphipod Crustacea by the 

pinfish Lagodon rhomboides- : Mediation by macrophyte standing crop . Mar . 

Biol . 55(3) :201-207 . 

Abstract . The amphipod species consumed by L. rhomboides- represented only a 

small subset of the amphipod assemblage available at three seagrass 

habitats in Apalachee Bay, Florida . Predatory preferences were related 

most closely to the microhabitat of prey species and were unrelated to 

amphipod abundances . Important prey species were all epifaunal types . 

Consumption of preferred amphipod species was non-selective at a site 

with sparse macrophyte cover, but selectivity increased with macrophyte 

biomass . The amphipod species that were preferentially selected as prey 

by pinfish correspond with those that have been suggested as being 

limited by fish predators . It was suggested that mediation of predator 

behavior by physical structure in seagrass meadows may play an important 

role in the regulation of species richness and abundances . Speciesspecific identification of prey is recommended for food-habit studies. 

Stoner, A .W . 1980a . Abundance, reproductive seasonality and habitat 

preferences of amphipod crustaceans in seagrass meadows of Apalachee 

Bay, Florida . Contrib . Mar . Sci . 23 :63-77 . 

Abstract . A 15-month survey of amphipod fauna in Apalachee Bay, Florida, 

produced 31 species . The majority of the amphipod species was associated 

with vegetation (primarily seagrasses) and only Ampelisca- species were 

most abundant in unvegetated habitats . An analysis of patterns in 

abundance and reproductive activity for the 14 numerically dominant 

species showed that seasonality of abundance was not associated with 

physical-chemical aspects of the environment or with seasonal patterns 

in macrophyte biomass . Rather, abundances were most clearly related to 

reproductive processes in individual species and, in certain cases, to 

abundance of fish predators . Species which appeared to be most heavily 

influenced by seasonal occurrences of predators corresponded with those 

epibenthic forms known to be positively selected as prey by Lagodon 

rhomboides- . It is concluded that mechanisms which regulate amphipod 

abundances vary with species, season, and locality . The blade density 

and species composition of seagrass beds may affect amphipod species 

directly or indirectly or through mediation of the behavior of 

predators . 

136 
Stoner, A .W . 1980b . Feeding ecology of Lagodon rhomboides- (Pisces : Sparidae) : 

variation and functional responses . Fish . Bull . 78(2) :337-352 . 

Abstract . Five major ontogenetic stages were found in the diet of pinfish, 

Lagodon rhomboides-, from Apalachee Bay, Florida, but diet and dietary 

breadth showed high degrees of variation with space (both local and 

geographic), and seasonal variation within size classes was often as 

dramatic as ontogenetic variation. L. rhomboides- demonstrated 

planktivory, omnivory, strict carnivory, and strict herbivory at 

different times, places, and developmental stages . Ontogenetic pattern 

in food habits was primarily a function of mouth size and changing 

dentition of the predator . Until it reaches 35 mm standard length, the 

pinfish is an obligate carnivore. Spatial and temporal variation in the 

food habits of pinfish was a complex function of absolute and relative 

abundances of food items in the field. Changes in plant consumption by 

fish >35 mm standard length may be due to changing plant abundance or 

protection of prey species by macrophyte cover at a given station . Since 

seagrass biomass and the functional role of a single predator vary over 

both space and time, plant-animal and predator-prey relationships change 

continually ; however, the life history of L. rhomboides- is well adapted 

to seasonal patterns of productivity in food organisms . Multidimensional 

variation in diets rendered the trophic level concept inoperational . It 

is concluded that foodwebs are static neither in time nor in space and 

that taxonomic species may not be functional components in models of 

energetic pathways and predator-prey relationships . 

Stoner, A .W . 1980c . Perception and choice of substratum by epifaunal amphipods 

associated with seagrasses . Marine Ecology Progress Series . 3 :105-111 . 

Stoner, A .W . 1980d . The role of seagrass biomass in the organization of 

benthic macrofaunal assemblages . Bull . of Mar. Sci. 30(3) :537-551 . 

Abstract . A one year survey of benthic macrofauna was conducted over a series 

of subtidal sites characterized by different standing crops of benthic 

macrophytes . Since the stations had similar granulometric properties, 

the role of seagrass biomass in regulating community organization of 

benthic macrofauna could be tested independently, unlike earlier 

studies . The density of macrobenthic animals (N/m2) was directly related 

to mean macrofloral biomass as was the number of species taken over the 

sampling period . The unvegetated site was characterized by the highest 

degree of faunal dominance and a species composition distinct from that 

found at vegetated sites . The relative abundances of epifaunal amphipods 

and epifaunal polychaetes were directly related to macrophyte biomass. 

Abundance of deposit feeding and omnivorous polychaetes decreased as a 

function of macrophyte standing crop, whereas suspension feeding and 

carnivorous polychaetes increased with vegetation . Biomass of benthic 

macrophytes, independent of sediment granulometry and hydrodynamic 

effects, was an important regulator of species abundances, dominance, 

diversity, and trophic organization in macrofaunal assemblages . 

Stoner, A .W . 1981 . Occurrence of the cephalocarid crustacean Lightiella 

floridana in the northern Gulf of Mexico with notes on its habitat . 

Northeast Gulf Sci . 4(2) :105-107 . 

Abstract . During a survey of macrobenthos at 4 sites in Apalachee Bay, 

Florida, USA, some specimens of L . floridana were collected at 3 field 

sites in shallow subtidal sediments . All of the sites were polyhaline 

137 
with salinities ranging 19-34 ppt . and were subjected to wind and tide 

induced water levels . The characteristics of the sites are described in 

detail . It is concluded that neither a silt-clay fraction nor high 

sediment organic content may be of great consequence in the distribution 

of this species . 

Stoner, A.W . 1983 . Distributional ecology of amphipods and tanaidaceans 

associated with three sea grass species . Jour . Crust . Biol . 3(4) :505-

518 . 

Stoner, A.W . and R .J . Livingston . 1980 . Distributional ecology and food habits 

of the banded blenny Paraclinus fasciatus- (Clinidae) : A resident in a 

mobile habitat . Mar . Biol . 56(3) :239-246 . 

Abstract . The fish is tolerant of physical/chemical conditions in the shallow 

subtidal area of Apalachee Bay, Florida . Population density was 

unrelated to physical/chemical characteristics and seagrass biomass at 

field stations . A strong correlation was found between numbers captured 

and abundance of unattached red algae (drift algae) at the field sites, 

although seasonality in population density was related to summer 

spawning . Spawning began at approximately 28°C . The life span of the 

clinid is probably little longer than 1 yr . Long-term variation in 

population size was also demonstrated . P . fasciatus- was found to be a 

highly specialized carnivore which consumes only a few species of 

amphipods and shrimps ; however, major seasonal variation in diet 

occurred . Variations in food habits were related to known patterns of 

prey abundance in Apalachee Bay . The most important prey species 

included Cymadusa compta- and Hippolyte zostericola-, associates of red 

algae masses, further substantiating the close functional relationship 

of the clinid with its algal habitat which moves about the bay . The 

drift-algae habitat is probably an important source of shelter, food, 

and dispersal . 

Stoner, A .W . and R .J . Livingston . 1984 . Ontogenetic patterns in diet and 

feeding morphology in sympatric sparid fishes from seagrass meadows . 

Copeia . 1 :174-187 . 

Abstract . The sparids Lagodon rhomboides and Diplodus holbrooki were spatially 

and temporally sympatric and demonstrated similar growth patterns on 

seagrass meadows of Apalachee Bay, Florida. Both species took a wide 

variety of food items over the growth period, but distinctly different 

trophic stages exist for both fishes and dietary overlap between the 

species was small . Ontogenetic and interspecific variation in the diets 

of the fishes was correlated with differences in external morphology 

related to locomotion, mouth dimensions and ontogeny of dentition. This 

study provides support for the hypothesis that ontogenetic and 

interspecific differences in the diets of fishes are related to 

morphological characteristics and affirms the usefulness of the 

"ontogenetic trophic unit" concept . 

Stoner, A .W . et al . 1983 . Comparison of macrobenthos collected with cores and 

suction sampler in vegetated and unvegetated habitats . Estuaries . 

6(l) :76-82 . 

Storr, J.F . 1957a . Progress of recovery of the commercial sponge beds of 

Florida. Proceed . of the Gulf and Carib . Fisheries Inst ., November 1956 

138 
Storr, J .F . 1957b . The sponge industry of Florida . Educational Series No . 9 . 

Florida Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory . 28 pp . 

Storr, J.F . 1964 . Ecology of the Gulf of Mexico commercial sponges and its 

relation to the fishery. U.S . Fish Wildl . Serv . Spec . Sci . Rep . 466 

Story, J.F . 1976 . Ecological factors controlling sponge distribution in the 

Gulf of Mexico and the resulting zonation . pp . 261-276 . Zn F .W . Harrison 

and R.R . Cowden, eds . Aspects of Sponge Biology. Academic Press, New 

York, NY . 

Stout, J .P ., A .A . de la Cruz and C .T . Hackney . 1978 . Effects of harvesting on 

the annual net above ground primary productivity of selected Gulf Coast 

marsh plants . pp . 213-222 . Zn V .S . Kennedy, ed . Estuarine Perspectives . 

Academic Press, New York, NY . (00022 .) 

Abstract . A winter harvest was applied to three common Gulf Coast tidal salt 

marsh plants (Juncus roemerianus and Spartina alterniflora in Alabama ; 

S . cynosuroides and J . roemerianus in Mississippi) . Above ground living 

and dead plant material was manually clipped and removed ("harvested") 

from study plots in winter 1977, and from the same plots (reharvest) and 

additional plots in winter 1978 . Annual net above ground primary 

productivity was determined by applying a predictive periodic model, 

corrected for loss of dead material to monthly biomass samples . A single 

harvest resulted in an increase in annual above ground net productivity 

of as much as 50'k for the Mississippi J . roemerianus and 140'k for S . 

cynosuroides . When the species were reharvested, net above ground 

productivity increased up to 100 for the Mississippi J . roemerianus, 

45% for S . cynosuroides and 250 for S . alterniflora . Alabama J . 

roemerianus showed consistently lowered levels of productivity in 

harvested plots . 

Strawn, K. 1953 . A study of the dwarf seahorse, Hippocampus regulus Ginsbur, 

at Cedar Key, Florida. Master's Thesis . University of Florida, 

Gainesville, FL . 

Strawn, K. 1961 . Factors influencing the zonation of submerged monocotyledons 

at Cedar Key, Florida. Journal of Wildlife Management . 25 :178-189 . 

Studt, J.F . 1976 . Chronic in site exposure of the bay scallop Argopecten 

irradians concentricus (Say) to a thermal effluent in a Florida Gulf 

coast estuary. University of South Florida . Tampa, FL . 

Sturmer, L .N ., D .E . Vaughan and S .K . Allen Jr . 1992 . Seasonal influences on 

cultivation of the American oyster, Crassostrea virginica, on racks in 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida . pp . 212-213 . Za Aquaculture '92, Orlando, FL, 

21-25 May 1992 : Growing Toward the 21st century . Project Ocean, Harbor 

Branch Oceanographic Institute, Cedar Key, FL . 

Abstract . The Apalachicola Bay Oyster Project demonstrated the feasibility of 

farming oysters, Crassostrea virginica, in northwest Florida by 

evaluating several on-bottom, subtidal cultivation methods. One of these 

methods, a rebar rack, which supports oyster growing bags at 15 to 45 cm 

off the bottom, was initially tested in Sept . 1990 . Additional oyster 

plants of similar to 50,000, hatchery-produced seed (micro-cultch, 11-14 

mm) placed on racks during winter (1990) and spring (1991), allowed for 

139 
comparison of seasonal influences on oyster production . After 9 months, 

oysters reached a mean shell length of 66, 59, and 62 mm for the fall, 

winter and spring plants, respectively . Survival did not differ 

significantly among oyster plants . Greatest growth was observed in Jan. 

for fall-planted oysters and in Apr . for both winter and spring oyster 

plants . Negligible growth occurred during the summer months for all 

plants . The potential of triploidy on performance of oysters cultured in 

subtropical waters was evaluated by planting diploid and triploid seed 

in July 1991 . Resulting data are used in presenting planting and 

harvesting strategies for providing marketable product year-round in 

Florida . 

Stursa, M .L . 1973 . Environmental quality problems . ,jam J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, 

M .O . Rinkel and R .E . Smith, eds . A Summary of Knowledge of the Eastern 

Gulf of Mexico . State University System of Florida, Institute of 

Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Abstract . Storms and hurricanes are the most important of the natural 

environmental quality problems affecting the eastern Gulf Coast . Wind, 

flooding, and storm surges are shown to have caused extensive damage to 

coastal areas over the years . These destructive elements have taken 

their toll on beaches, vegetation, development, and water supplies . 

Dredge and fill operations are one of the artificial environmental 

factors that have caused problems in the eastern Gulf . Statewide, 

Florida has lost 796,000 acres of original habitat to dredge and fill ; 

23,521 acres of Florida's Gulf coast were filled through 1967 . Dredging 

and filling have destroyed many grass beds and much marine habitat in 

Florida . Many wetlands in Mobile Bay have been filled, and the extensive 

dredging necessary for the maintenance of the harbor has caused much 

turbidity and sediment in the Bay . Industrial pollution and sewage 

contamination on the eastern Gulf coast coexist generally with large 

communities and concentrations of industry . It is estimated that 31% of 

the area of Florida's west coast estuaries is polluted . Tampa Bay and 

Pensacola Bay have both had large, pollution-associated fish kills . In 

Alabama, Mobile Bay is extensively polluted, and there is some pollution 

on the Gulf coast and near Dauphin Island . Mississippi has a number of 

bays and estuaries that are undergoing hyperfertilization because of 

sewage . Industrial wastes have not yet caused major pollution problems 

in that state . Beach erosion is both a natural and man-made 

environmental problem . In Florida 351 miles of Gulf and estuarine 

shoreline are critically eroded ; in Alabama, 32 miles, and in 

Mississippi, 36 .9 miles . 

Subrahmanyam, C .B . 1985 . Fish communities of a bay estuarine-marsh system in 

north Florida . pp . 191-206 . Im A . Yanez-Arancibia, ed . Fish Community 

Ecology in Estuaries and Coastal Lagoons : Towards an Ecosystem 

Integration . 

Abstract . Fish populations were sampled monthly with a 5-m otter trawl during 

the day for 2 years at 4 stations established in the salinity gradient 

of St . Marks River estuary in north Florida . Seasonal variations of 

temperature and salinity were significant . Temperature variability from 

station to station was much lower than salinity variability . Distinct 

peaks of fish numbers (N), biomass (B) and diversity (H') were 

associated with rise in temperature, and salinity was an accessory 

factor . Station to station differences in N, B and H' were significant, 

140 
and N, B, H' were the least at the "inner" mesohaline station. Dominant 

species appeared cyclically and the presence of juveniles indicated 

recruitment . Even during the seasonal cycles dominance showed distinct 

differences in spatial distributions . The dominance hierarchy differed 

from station to station and some species showed shifts in the 

hierarchical order . Spatial distributions of species appeared to be 

governed by salinity regimes and to some extent by the substratum . 

Subrahmanyam, C .B . and C .L . Coultas . 1980 . Studies on the animal communities 

in two north Florida salt marshes, Part III : seasonal fluctuations of 

fish and macroinvertebrates . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 30 :790-818 . 

Subrahmanyam, C .B . and S .H . Drake . 1975 . Studies on the animal communities in 

two north Florida salt marshes . Part I . Fish communities . Bull . Mar . 

Sci . 25(4) :445-465 . 

Abstract . A study of the seasonal fluctuations of temperature, salinity, 

numerical abundance, and biomass of fish in three tidal creeks located 

in northern Florida provided data for community diversity indices which 

were used to interpret the temporal changes in the compositions of fish 

communities . 

Subrahmanyam, C .B . and W .L . Kruczynski . 1978 . Colonization of polychaetous 

annelids in the intertidal zone of a dredged material island in north 

Florida . pp . 28 . Za Proceedings, 2nd International Ecology Congress . 

Jerusalem, Israel . 

Subrahmanyam, C .B . et al . 1976 . Studies of the animal communities in two north 

Florida salt marshes . Part II . Macroinvertebrate communities . Bull . of 

Mar . Sci . 26 :172-195 . 

Sutherland, D .F . 1977 . Catch and catch rates of fishes caught by anglers in 

the St . Andrew Bay system, Florida, and adjacent coastal waters, 1973 . 

NOAA Tech . Rep . NMFS SSRF-708 :9 . 

Abstract . Results of a survey of fishermen in various locations on shore and 

on charter boats . Includes listing of fishes caught . 

Sutherland, D .F . 1978 . Estimated average daily instantaneous numbers of 

recreational and commercial fishermen and boaters in the St . Andrew Bay 

system, Florida, and adjacent coastal waters, 1973 . NOAA Tech . Rep . NMFS 

SSRF-724 :23 . 

Abstract . This census of fishermen includes data regarding their numbers, 

location, methods used and target species . 

Sutherland, D .F . and W .A . Fable . 1980 . Results of a king mackerel 

(Scomberomorus cavalla) and Atlantic Spanish mackerel (Scomberomorus 

maculatus) migration study . NOAA-TM-NMFS-SEFC-12 . National Marine 

Fisheries Service . Panama, FL . 27 pp . 

Sutter, F .C . 1987a . Species profiles : Life histories and environmental 

requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of Mexico) : Sand 

Seatrout and Silver Seatrout . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and 

Wildlife Service ; U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental 

Station, Coastal Ecology Group . Washington, D .C . 

141 
Sutter, F.C . 1987b . Species profiles : Life histories and environmental 

requirements of coastal fishes and invertebrates (Gulf of Mexico) : 

Pigfish. U.S . Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service; 

U.S . Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental Station, Coastal 

Ecology Group. Washington, D.C . 

Sutton, D .L . 1990 . Growth of Sagittaria subulata and interaction with 

Hydrilla . J . Aquat . Plant Management . 28(1) :20-22 . 

Abstract . Dry weight of the diminutive submersed arrowhead (Sagittaria 

subulata) cultured for 32 weeks in pans filled with sand amended with 

fertilizers and held in an outdoor tank with flowing pond water was 8 .7 

times higher than plants grown in sand alone . However, the dry weight of 

plants in the highest level of fertilizer was estimated to be 89% less 

than plants collected from a field population in the Wakulla River, 

Florida . When arrowhead plants were grown for 31 weeks, after which 

sprouted hydrilla (Hydrilla verticillata) tubers were planted and grown 

for 8 weeks, shoot dry weight was 44% lower for hydrilla planted in the 

established stand of arrowhead as compared to hydrilla planted alone . 

Swedmark, B . 1964 . The interstitial fauna of marine sand . Biol . Rev . 39 :1-42 . 

Abstract . This article discusses the interstitial environment and adaptations 

by the interstitial fauna to this unique environment . The biology of 

these organism (locomotion, nutrition and reproduction) is discussed, 

along with a systematic survey of the interstitial fauna . 

Sweeney, S .K . 1973 . Osmotic and Ionic Regulation in the Estuarine Hermit Crab, 

Clibanarius vittatus (Decapoda : Anomura) . Master's Thesis . University of 

West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 

Swift, F . 1897 . Report of a survey of the oyster regions of St . Vincent Sound, 

Apalachicola Bay, and St . George Sound, Florida . (Report of Commissioner 

for 1896, Appendix 4) U .S . Commission of Fish and Fisheries . 187-221 pp . 

Swift, F . 1898a . The oyster-grounds of the West Florida coast : their extent, 

condition, and peculiarities . U .S . Fish Commission Bulletin . 17 :285-287 . 

Swift, F . 1898b . Report of a survey of the oyster regions of St . Vincent 

Sound, Apalachicola Bay, and St . George Sound, Florida . Vol . 22 . Report 

for the year ending June 30, 1896 . U .S . Commission of Fish and 

Fisheries . 187-221 pp . 

Tagatz, M .E . and P .H . Wilkens . 1973 . Seasonal occurrence of young Gulf 

menhaden and other fishes in a northwest Florida estuary . National 

Marine Fisheries Service Fishery, Special Science Report . Fisheries No . 

672 :14 . 

Tagatz, M .E . et al . 1974 . Effects of ground applications of Malathion on salt 

marsh environments in northwestern Florida . Mosquito News . 34(3) :309-

315 . 

Tatum, W .M . 1975 . Experiments in overwintering Florida pompano and winter 

culture of rainbow trout . NOAA-75092905 . Alabama Department of 

Conservation and Natural Resources . Montgomery, AL . 22 pp . 

142 
Taylor, J .L . 1966 . A Pacific polychaete in southeastern United States . 

Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Sciences . 29(1) :21-26 . 

Taylor, J .L . 1978 . Evaluation of dredging and open water disposal on benthic 

environments : Gulf Intracoastal Waterway - Apalachicola Bay, Florida to 

Lake Borgne, LA . U.S . Army Corps of Engineers, Mobile District . Mobile, 

AL . 51 pp . 

Abstract . From November, 1977 to February, 1978, 784 benthic samples were 

collected from 28 sites from Apalachicola Bay, Florida to Lake Borgne, 

Louisiana . These samples were taken to evaluate the effects of past 

maintenance dredging operations on bottom communities of the Gulf 

Intracoastal Waterway . Objectives were to characterize the benthic fauna 

at 28 sites along the waterway, estimate biological productivity and 

food web relationships at each site and rate the disposal sites with 

regard to environmental impact of dredge disposal . 

Taylor, J .L ., D .L . Feigenbaum and M .L . Stursa . 1973 . Utilization of marine and 

coastal resources . In J .I . Jones, R .E . Ring, M .O . Rinkel and R .E . Smith, 

eds . A summary of Knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico . State University 

System of Florida, Institute of Oceanography, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Abstract . This article is a review of commercial and sport fisheries in the 

Gulf of Mexico with particular attention to those in the eastern region 

between Tortugas and the Mississippi Delta . Estuarine dependence of 

these fisheries is emphasized, and data are presented on fishery 

production and the fishing industry . Production potential and the future 

of Gulf fisheries are discussed together with prospects for rearing 

selected species by techniques of aquaculture . Important aspects of 

state fisheries are summarized for eastern Louisiana, Mississippi, 

Alabama, and Florida. The most important fisheries in the eastern Gulf 

are described in detail . These include fisheries for shrimp menhaden, 

industrial bottom fish, snappers and groupers, mackerel, mullet, 

seatrout, oyster, blue crab, stone crab, and spiny lobster . The impact 

of these fisheries on such wet land resources as tidal flats, mangrove 

swamps, salt marshes, and contiguous fresh-water marshes is also 

covered, and a brief discussion of barrier beaches is presented. 

Taylor, R . 1965 . Phaeophyta of the eastern Gulf of Mexico . Ph .D . Dissertation . 

Duke University, Durham, NC . 312 pp . 

Abstract . A three-year survey beginning in 1958 was undertaken to study the 

Phaeophyta of the eastern Gulf of Mexico and Beaufort, North Carolina . 

The study included species determination and counts of Phaeophyta . 

Taylor, W.R . 1953 . Sketch of the character of the marine algal vegetation of 

the shores of the Gulf of Mexico . Fish . Bull . 89 :177-192 . 

Taylor, W .R . 1961 . Marine algae of the eastern tropical and subtropical coasts 

of the Americas . University of Michigan Press . Ann Arbor, MI . 870 pp . 

Taylor Biological Company. 1978 . Environmental summary and benthic 

investigation-Choctawhatchee Bay, Florida . Lynn Haven, FL . 55 pp . 

143 
Teas, W .G . 1993 . Species composition and size class distribution of marine 

turtle strandings on the Gulf of Mexico and southeast United States 

coasts, 1985-1991 . (NMFS-SEFC-315) U .S . Department of Commerce, National 

Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries 

Service, Southeast Fisheries Center . Miami, FL . 

Teas, W .G . and A . Martinez . 1992 . annual report of the sea turtle stranding 

and salvage network, Atlantic and Gulf Coasts of the United States, 

January - December 1989 . (Contribution No . MIA-91/92-39) NOAA, NMFS, 

Southeast Fisheries Center, Miami Laboratory . Miami, FL . 

Teehan, W.H . and E. Barnett . 1989 . Comprehensive shellfish harvesting area 

survey, Santa Rosa Sound, Florida. Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Shellfish Environmental Assessment Section. Tallahassee, FL . 

TerEco Corp . 1983 . The ecological communities of the continental slope and 

adjacent regimes of the northern Gulf of Mexico . Vol . 1 and 2 . Minerals 

Management Service . 

TerEco Corporation . 1979 . Literature review of Mississippi Sound and adjacent 

area . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Mobile District . Mobile, AL . 251 pp . 

Abstract . The present report summarizes published and pertinent unpublished 

information relative to environmental and biological characteristics of 

the nearshore sea bottom of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . The study 

area extends from the East Pearl River, Mississippi to a point 14 miles 

east of Pensacola, Florida and from the shoreline to a depth of 22 

fathoms . Preparation of the present report has entailed an extensive 

search of the available literature, including articles published in 

technical journals, a variety of reports to and by government agencies, 

and university dissertations (as listed in Dissertation Abstracts) . All 

significant sources have been examined and abstracted for the pertinent 

information . Where major data gaps existed in the published literature, 

unpublished information was sought by telephone or by visitation . From 

the published and unpublished information the narrative section of this 

report and the supportive maps have been prepared . The annotated 

references and an index have also been included . 

Thayer, G .W . and J .F . Ustach . 1981 . Gulf of Mexico wetlands : value, state of 

knowledge and research needs . pp . 1-30 . Zn D .K . Atwood, ed . Proceedings 

of a Symposium on Environmental Research Needs in the Gulf of Mexico, 

Key Biscayne, Florida 30 September - 5 October 1979 . Vol . IIB . NOAH/ERL, 

Atlantic oceanography and meteorology Laboratory, Miami, FL . 

Thayer, G .W . et al . 1975 . The impact of man on a seagrass system . American 

Scientist . 63 :288-296 . 

Thayer, G .W . et al . 1984 . Role of larger herbivores in seagrass communities . 

Estuaries . 7 :351-376 . 

Thistle, D . 1980 . The Response of a Harpacticoid Copepod community to a smallscale natural disturbance . J . Mar . Res . 38(3) :381-396 . 

144 
Thistle, D . and F .G . Lewis III . 1981 . Literature search on the soft-bottom 

benthos of the open waters of the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 31-52 . Zn D .K . 

Atwood, ed . Proceedings of a Symposium on Environmental Research Needs 

in the Gulf of Mexico, Key Biscayne, Florida, 30 September - 5 October 

1979 . Vol . IIB . NOAA/ERL, Atlantic Oceanography and Meteorology 

Laboratory, Miami, FL . 

Thistle, D . and W .S . Ravenel . 1981 . Effect of sediment characteristics on the 

distribution of two subtidal Harpacticoid Copepod species . J . Exp . Mar . 

Biol . Ecol . 50(2-3) :289-301 . 

Abstract . Abundances of two harpacticoid copepod species, Enhydrosoma 

littorale Wells and Zausodes c .f . arenicolus Wilson, were significantly 

higher in one of two adjacent subtidal, soft-bottom habitats in St . 

George Sound, Florida (29°54'N, 84°37'48"W) . For Enhydrosoma littorale, 

a laboratory-preference experiment indicated that sediment-related 

factors caused the observed distribution . In a series of preference 

experiments, differences between the sediments of the two habitats in 

granulometry and organic matter were shown not to account for the 

preference . Rather, the preference results from differences in the 

microbes attached to the sediment particles in the two areas . In 

contrast, Zausodes c .f . arenicolus did not prefer sediments from its 

area of high field abundance in laboratory preference experiments, 

indicating that factors external to the sediment, i .e . hydrographic 

conditions or biological interactions, were responsible for this 

species' distribution . 

Thistle, D ., J .A. Reidenauer, R .H . Findlay and R . Waldo . 1984 . An experimental 

investigation of enhanced harpacticoid (Copepoda) abundances around 

isolated seagrass shoots . Oecologia . 63(3) :295-299 . 

Abstract . At a site in the Gulf of Mexico (29°54 .6'N, 81°31 .4'W) off the coast 

of northern Florida, harpacticoid copepod abundance is significantly 

enhanced around isolated "plants" (technically short shoots) of the 

seagrass Syringodium filiforme . Using inanimate mimics of seagrass short 

shoots, it is demonstrated in the field, that the enhanced abundance 

does not result from the presence of the plant as a living entity . 

Experiments revealed a two-fold increase in bacterial biomass around 

both short shoots and mimics ; the harpacticoids appear to be responding 

to a local increase in their resources . The flow field around a short 

shoot may improve the rate of supply of oxygen and other materials to 

sedimentary bacteria, thereby driving the effect . 

Thom, B .G . 1975 . Mangrove ecology from a geomorphic viewpoint . pp . 469-481 . 

,In 

G .E . Walsh et al ., eds . Proceedings of the International Symposium on 

the Biology and Management of Mangroves . University of Florida Press, 

Gainesville, FL . 

Thomas, L . 1962 . The shallow water amphiarid brittle stars (Echinodermate : 

Ophiuroidae) of Florida . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 12(4) :623-694 . 

Thompson, R.L . et al . 1984 . Bacteriological data analysis for Apalachicola 

Bay, Franklin County, Florida . Portion of Apalachicola Bay Management 

Plan . Florida Department of Natural Resources . 57 pp . 

145 
Thompson, R. et al . 1990 . Comprehensive shellfish harvesting area survey, 

Apalachicola Bay, Franklin County . Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Shellfish Environmental Assessment Section. Tallahassee, FL . 

Thompson, S .H . 1967 . Estuaries : An action program to save them . pp . 55-59 . In 

Proceedings : Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, 20th Annual 

Session . 

Thompson, S .K .S . 1980 . Hammock vegetation in the northern Gulf Hammock region 

of Florida . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

49 pp . 

Thompson, S .M . 1977 . Vascular plant communities and environmental parameters 

under tidal influence on the Wakulla and St . Marks Rivers, Florida . 

Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Thorhaug, A . 1976 . Transplantation techniques for the seagrass Thalassia 

testudinum . University of Miami Sea Grant Technical Bulletin . 34 :6 . 

Thorhaug, A . and P .B . Shroeder . 1978 . Synergistic effects of substances 

emitted from power plants on subtropical and tropical populations of the 

seagrass Thalassic testudinum : temperature, salinity, and heavy metals . 

pp . XIB 72-XIB 90 . Xn Waste Heat Management and Utilization Second 

Conference . Miami Beach, FL . 

Thurman, C .L . 1973 . Aspects of anoxic metabolism in the fiddler crab Uca minax 

and the distribution of fiddle crabs of the genus Uca along the northern 

coast of the Gulf of Mexico . Master's Thesis . University of West 

Florida, Pensacola, FL . 75 pp . 

Abstract . Fiddler crabs of the genus Uca have been identified and 

distributions described from 20 stations along the coast of the Gulf of 

Mexico from Tampico, Mexico to the Florida Keys . Laboratory experiments 

have been conducted to describe the anoxic metabolism of Uca minax . 

Laboratory animals held under various environmental conditions were 

monitored for levels of protein, lactic acid, glycogen, and LDH (lactate 

dehydrogenase) . LD 50 experiments were conducted at various temperatures 

to describe the fiddler's ability to withstand anoxia . 

Thursby, G .B . 1976 . Substrate specificity of marine periphyton near Seahorse 

Key, Florida . Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 

120 pp . 

Tiffany, W .J ., III . 1979 . The role of benthic invertebrate communities in 

Florida salt marsh and mangrove ecosystems : implications of mosquito 

control . pp . 12 . = Proceedings : Florida Anti-mosquito Association . 

Tonsmiere, D . et al . 1992 . The Apalachicola River and Bay Management Plan : A 

Comprehensive Basinwide Strategy for the Apalachicola River and Bay . 

(Series 92-2) . Northwest Florida Water Management District, Program 

Development Series . Havana, FL . 

Topp, R .W . 1972 . annotated list of post-1950 literature pertaining to 

distribution of Gulf of Mexico fishes . Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Miami Research Laboratory Publication . Miami, FL . 17 pp . 

146 
Topp, R . W . and F .H . Hoff Jr . 1972 . Flatfishes (Pleuronectiformes) : ,jn Memoirs 

of the Hourglass Cruises . Florida Department of Natural Resources Marine 

Research Laboratory . 4(2) 

Trott, L .B . 1960 . A quantitative study of certain benthic communities in 

Alligator Harbor . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, 

Tallahassee, FL . 

Tucker and Associates, I . 1990 . Sea turtles and marine mammals of the Gulf of 

Mexico, Proceedings of a Workshop Held in New Orleans August 1-3, 1989 . 

(OCS Study NIIMS 90-0009) Minerals Management Service . 211 pp . 

Turner, J .T ., S .B . Collard, J .C . Wright, D .V . Mitchell and P . Steele . 1979 . 

Summer distribution of pontellid copepods in the neuston of the eastern 

Gulf of Mexico continental shelf . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 29(3) :287-297 . 

Abstract . This study of these planktonic crustaceans includes a list of eight 

species collected off of Panama City, with notes on their distribution 

and abundance . Twelve species of pontellid copepods were collected in 

summer of 1976 in 158 neuston samples from the eastern continental shelf 

of the Gulf of Mexico . Preadults, most of which were Pontella meadicopepodids, were more abundant than adults, accounting for 77-88g of the 

total number of pontellids collected . This, together with spermatophore 

attachment to 70-85t of the P . meadi- females collected indicates that 

summer is a period of active breeding for this species . There were no 

clear trends of abundance at the surface vs . time of day for either 

adults or juveniles . Off Mobile Bay, Panama City, and Cedar Key, the 

pontellid assemblages were dominated by species generally considered to 

be coastal, but off Tampa Bay, five pontellid species previously thought 

to exhibit oceanic distributions were collected in low salinity (34 .42 -

35 .54%) surface waters over the continental shelf . Among these was 

Pontella atlantica- for which there are no prior reliable reports from 

the Gulf of Mexico . The presence of 'oceanic' species in continental 

shelf waters suggests that broader zooplankton sampling is needed to 

define zooplankton-water mass relationships in the eastern Gulf of 

Mexico . 

Turner, R .E . 1990 . Landscape development and coastal wetland losses in the 

northern Gulf of Mexico . American Zoologist . 30 :89-105 . 

Turner, R.E . and M.S . Brody . 1983 . Habitat suitability index models : northern 

Gulf of Mexico brown shrimp and white shrimp . U.S . Fish and Wildlife 

Service, Office of Biological Services Report No . Fws/OBS-82/10 .54 . 24 pp . 

Abstract . The habitat use information and habitat suitability index (ASI) 

models in this report on northern Gulf of Mexico brown shrimp and white 

shrimp are intended for use in impact assessment and habitat management . 

The models were developed from a review and synthesis of existing 

information and are scaled to produce an index of habitat suitability 

between 0 (unsuitable habitat) and 1 (optimally suitable habitat) . 

Assumptions used to transform habitat-use information into the HSI model 

and guidelines for model applications, including methods for measuring 

model variables, are described. These models are hypotheses of specieshabitat relationships, not a statement of proven cause and effect 

relationships . The models have not been field-tested, but have been 

applied to four hypothetical data sets which are presented and 

147 
discussed . For this reason, the U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service 

encourages model users to convey comments and suggestions that may help 

increase the utility and effectiveness of this habitat-based approach to 

fish and wildlife management . 

Turner, R .E . and J .G . Gosselink . 1975 . A note on standing crops of Spartina 

alterniflora in Texas and Florida . Contrib . Mar . Sci . 19 :113-118 . 

Tyler-Schroeder, D .B . 1976 . Effects of two polychlorinated biphenyls, aroclor 

1016 and 1242, on the grass shrimp Palaemonetes pugio . Pensacola, FL . 

University of West Florida . 1974 . Baseline study of physical, chemical, 

biological, and socio-economic parameters of Navarre Beach . Report to 

the National Science Foundation, Grant GY-11416 . University of West 

Florida . Pensacola, FL . 156 pp . 

Abstract . Bar built barrier islands parallel the northwestern coast of Florida 

for several miles . Santa Rosa Island extends from Pensacola to Destin, a 

distance of about 50 miles. Near the midpoint of the island is the 

community of Navarre Beach. There is great local interest in re-opening 

a pass through the island at this point to connect Santa Rosa Sound and 

the Gulf of Mexico . A pass was built there in 1965 but was not protected 

by jetties and so was closed by drifting sand within a few months . This 

study was promoted by a desire to gather baseline information on the 

chemical, physical, biological and socio-economic environment of the 

area prior to construction of the pass . This information could be useful 

in assessing the effect of re-opening the pass . 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1971 . Survey Report on Blackwater Bay and River 

and East Bay, Florida . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Mobile District . 

Mobile, AL . 17 pp . 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1973a . Draft Environmental Impact Statement, 

Apalachicola Bay, Florida . U .S . Army Engineer District . Mobile, AL . 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1973b . Draft Environmental Impact Statement, La 

Grange Bayou (Maintenance Dredging) Choctawhatchee Bay, walton County, 

Florida . U .S . Army Engineer District . Mobile, AL . 39 pp . 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1975 . Final Environmental Impact Statement, East 

Pass Channel, Okaloosa County, Florida (Maintenance Dredging) . U .S . Army 

Corps of Engineers, Mobile District . Mobile, AL . 69 pp . 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1978 . Preliminary guide to wetlands of 

peninsular Florida : Major associations and communities identified . U .S . 

Army Engineers Waterways Experimental Station, Environmental Effects 

Laboratory Technical Report . Y-78-2 :92 . 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1981 . Computer printout of artificial reefs in 

the northwest Florida study area . Jacksonville, FL 

U .S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1988 . A Guide to selected Florida wetland plants 

and communities . U .S . Army Corps of Engineers, Jacksonville District, 

Regulatory Division . Jacksonville, FL . 

148 
U .S . Army Corps of Engineers and Mobile District . 1978 . Northwest Florida 

region - environmental inventory . U .S . Army Engineers . Mobile, AL . 

U .S . Department of Commerce . 1979a . Final Environmental Impact Statement : 

Apalachicola River and Bay Estuarine Sanctuary . Florida Department of 

Regulation . NOAA, Office of Coastal Management and Bureau of Coastal 

Zone Management . (Florida Department of Regulation) 

U.S . Department of Commerce . 1979b . Final Environmental Impact Statement : 

Proposed Estuarine Sanctuary Grant Award for Apalachicola Bay and Lower 

Apalachicola River, Franklin County, Florida, to State of Florida . U.S . 

Department of Commerce, Office of Coastal Zone Management and Bureau of 

Coastal Zone Management . Washington, D .C . 

U .S . Department of Commerce . 1985 . National Estuarine Inventory Data Atlas, 

Rockville, MD . U .S . Department of Commerce, Gulf of Mexico Coastal Ocean 

Zones Strategic Assessment . Rockville, MD . 

U .S . Department of the Interior . 1970 . Research in fiscal year 1969 at the 

Bureau of Commercial Fisheries (gulf menhaden) . (Circular 350) 

Biological Laboratory . Beaufort, N .C . 

U .S . Department of the Interior . 1975 . Northwest Florida Striped Bass 

Investigation - Choctawhatchee Bay Study - Final Report . FWS, Fisheries 

Service . 93 pp . 

U .S . Department of the Interior . 1976 . Environmental Assessment : General 

Management Plan - Gulf Islands National Seashore . National Park Service, 

Denver Service Center . Denver, CO . 111 pp . 

U . S . Dept . of Agriculture, S .C .S . 1981 . Twenty-six ecological communities of 

Florida . U .S . Dept . of Agriculture . Ft . Worth, TX . 146 pp . 

Abstract . Includes ecological information for Bay County habitats . Appendix 

contains species listings for each community type . 

U .S . Environmental Protection Agency . 1971 . Circulation and benthic 

characterization studies : Escambia Bay, Florida . Southeast Water Quality 

Laboratory . Athens, Ga . 32 pp . 

U .S . Environmental Protection Agency and Surveillance and Analysis Div . 1973 . 

Effects of heated discharges from Gulf Power on the temperature regime 

and biota of the lower Escambia River . (PB257960) U .S . Environmental 

Protection Agency, Surveillance and Analysis Div . 71 pp . 

Abstract . The report presents temperature studies of the Lower Escambia River . 

Studies of the invertebrate fauna and flora and in situ fish bioassay 

studies were conducted during September and October 1972 . On July 20, 

1972, discharges from the Gulf Power steam electric facility flowing 

into the Escambia River increased surface water temperature to 93F, 100 

yards downstream from the point of discharge (POD) . This represented an 

li°F increase over ambient temperatures recorded upstream from the point 

of discharge . 

149 
U .S . EPA . 1978 . The Dynamics of an estuary as a natural ecosystem, II . U .S . 

EPA Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research Lab . Gulf 

Breeze, FL . 

U.S . EPA. 1984 . Draft Environmental Impact Statement for South Escambia and 

Santa Rosa Counties, Florida . U .S . EPA Region IV . Atlanta, GA . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 1981 . Proceedings U .S . Fish and Wildlife 

Service workshop on coastal ecosystems of the southeastern United 

States . Rpt . No . FWS/OBS-80/54 . U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service, Office 

of Biological Services . Washington, D .C . 

Abstract . The purpose of the workshop was to provide training on recent 

developments in understanding coastal ecosystems in the Southeastern 

United States for Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) field personnel and 

other natural resource managers in the Region . Because of the high 

interest of the Ecological Services field staff in specific ecosystems 

and the large number of technical experts who were willing to 

participate, it was decided to devote major emphasis to three types of 

systems : marshes, mangroves, and sea grasses . Other systems such as 

coral reefs, mud flats, bottomland hardwoods, and estuaries were 

discussed in less detail . Twenty-three papers were presented during the 

workshop . There were also slide show presentations given by Mr . Becker, 

Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, and Mr . Kosin, Key West National 

Wildlife Refuge, as well as eight field trips . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 1982a . Gulf Coast Ecological Inventory : 

Apalachicola . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife 

Service . Map 29084-A1-EI-250 . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 1982b . Gulf Coast Ecological Inventory : 

Gainesville . U .S . Department of the Interior . Map 29082-A1-EI-250 . Scale 

1 :250,000 . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 1982c . Gulf Coast Ecological Inventory : 

Pensacola, FL - AL . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife 

Service, Reston, VA . Map 30086-A1-EI-250 . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 1982d . Gulf Coast Ecological Inventory : 

Tallahassee . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service . 

Map 30084-A1-EI-250 . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 1982e . National Wetlands Reconnaissance 

Survey : Pensacola, Florida . U .S . Department of the Interior, Fish and 

Wildlife Service . Scale 1 :250,000 . 

U.S . Fish and Wildlife Service . 1983 . Proceedings of a workshop on cetaceans 

and sea turtles in the Gulf of Mexico : study planning for effects of 

outer continental shelf development . Minerals Management Service . 42 pp . 

U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service and Minerals Management Service . 1984a . Florida 

Ecological Atlas, Biological Resources : Bay Minette . U .S . Department of 

the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Fish and Wildlife Service . 

Map Al . Scale 1 :100,000 . (NIIMS 85-0011, FWS/OBS-82/47 .1 .) 

150 
U .S . Fish and Wildlife Service and Minerals Management Service . 1984b . Florida 

Ecological Atlas, Biological Resources : Fort Walton Beach . U .S . 

Department of the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Fish and 

Wildlife Service . Map A4 . Scale 1 :100,000 . (NIIMS 85-0011, FWS/OBS82/47 .1 .) 

U .S . Geological Survey . 1993 . Habitat Impacts of Offshore Drilling : Eastern 

Gulf of Mexico . (Color, 1/2-inch video tape in VHS format . 13 minutes ; 

Minerals Management Service, Interagency Agreement 14737 .) 

U .S . NOAH . 1985 . National Estuary Inventory : Data Atlas . U .S . Department of 

Commerce, NOAH, NOS . 

U .S . Soil Conservation Service . 1985 . Twenty-six ecological communities of 

Florida . USDA--Soil Conservation Service . Gainesville, FL . 

Vail, V .A . 1979 . Campeloma parthenum new species Gastropoda Viviparidae from 

north Florida, USA . Malacological Review . 12(1-2) :85-86 . 

van Breedveld, J .F . 1975 . Transplanting of Seagrasses with Emphasis on the 

Importance of Substrate . Florida Marine Research Publication No . 17 . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine Research Laboratory . St . 

Petersburg, FL . 

Van Dyke, J. 1982 . Workplan for Herbicide Treatment of Eurasian watermilfoil 

(Myriophyllum spicatum) in Round Bay, Franklin County . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 

Van Meter, V .B . 1987 . Florida's Sea Turtles . Florida Power and Light Company . 

Miami, FL . 46 pp . 

Vann, A.C .N . 1980 . The ecology of the caridean dominated shrimp community in 

seagrass beds off Cedar Key, Florida. Ph .D . Dissertation . University of 

Florida, Gainesville, FL . 893 pp . 

Van Tine, F . 1974 . Comparisons of the benthic flora in estuaries adjacent to 

the Crystal River Power Generation Facility . pp . 377-437 . Zn Crystal 

River Power Plant : Environmental Considerations . Vol . II . Florida Power 

Corporation, Final Report to Interagency Research Advisory Commission, 

St . Petersburg, FL . 

Van Tine, R .F . 1977 . An ecological comparison of the benthic macroflora of a 

power plant impacted estuary and an adjacent estuary. Master's Thesis . 

University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 142 pp . 

Vaughn, T .L . 1974 . Annual report : Northeast Florida Region . Florida Game and 

Freshwater Fish Commission . 

Viccars, M . 1972 . The first one hundred : a catalog of manuscripts and special 

collections . University of West Florida, John C . Pace Library . 

Pensacola, FL . 

151 
Vittor, B .A. 1977 . Benthic fauna of MAFLA study transects V and VI (1975-76) . 

Unpublished report . U .S . Department of the Interior, BLM . Washington, 

D .C . 28 pp . 

Vittor, B .A . 1978 . Abundance, diversity and distribution of benthic 

polychaetous annelids in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico . MAFLA Report 

submitted to Dames & Moore, Inc . BLM contract #AA550-CT7-34 . 699-747 pp . 

Voss, G .L . 1954 . Cephalopoda of the Gulf of Mexico . pp . 475-478 . In P .S . 

Galtsoff, ed . Gulf Mexico, Its Origin, Waters, and Marine Life . U .S . 

Fish Wildl . Serv . Fish . Bull 89(55), 

Voss, G .L . 1956 . A review of the cephalopods of the Gulf of Mexico . Bull . Mar . 

Sci . Gulf Carib . 6(2) :85-178 . 

Voss, G ., L . Opresco and R . Thomas . 1973 . The potentially commercial species 

of octopus and squid of Florida, the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea . 

NOAH-74010901 . Sea Grant Field Guide Series, Miami University . Miami, 

FL . 40 pp . 

Waller, R .A . 1961 . Ostracods of the St . Andrew Bay system . Master's Thesis . 

Florida State Univ ., Tallahassee, FL . 46 pp . 

Abstract . A study of these benthic crustaceans . Also includes information on 

sediments and hydrography . 

Wamer, N .O . 1978 . Avian diversity and habitat in Florida : analysis of a 

peninsular diversity gradient . Master's Thesis . Florida State 

University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Wanless, H .R . et al . 1977 . Molluscan lithotope assemblages of MAFLA shelf . 

MAFLA-OCS Program . Bureau of Land Management . Washington, D .C . 63 pp . 

Ward, D .B . 1979 . Plants . Z1 P .C .H . Pritchard, ed . Rare and Endangered Biota of 

Florida . Vol . 5 . University Presses of Florida, Tallahassee, FL . 

Ware, F .J . 1989 . Florida Striped Bass . Division of Fisheries, Florida Game and 

Fresh Water Fish Commission . Tallahassee, FL . 

Warren, J .H . 1985 . Climbing as an avoidance behaviour in the salt marsh 

periwinkle, Littorina irrorata (Say) . J . Exp . Mar . Biol . Ecol . 89(1) :11-

28 . 

Abstract . In salt marshes from New York to Texas, Littorina irrorata (Say) 

occurs on stalks of tall grass, moves onto the substratum to feed during 

low tide and climbs above the water during high tide . To determine if 

climbing leads to reduced mortality from predation or other causes, 

snails were tethered to grass stalks either near, or well above, the 

substratum, in caged, open and roofed treatments at Wakulla Beach in 

northwestern Florida . Rates of injury and mortality were significantly 

greater in snails restricted near the substratum in open and roofed 

sites . By remaining above water during high tide Littorina irrorata 

suffered significantly less predation by conchs and crabs and may have 

also been subject to less mortality from other inter- or subtidal 

152 
carnivores or osmotic stress . It is therefore concluded that the circa 

tidal climbing behaviour of marsh periwinkles reduces the risk of injury 

and mortality from predation in addition to that from other sources . 

Wass, M.L . 1955 . The decapod crustaceans of Alligator Harbor and adjacent 

inshore areas of Northwestern Florida . Quart . J. Fla . Acad . Sci . 18(3) 

Watts, S .A . et al . 1983 . Induction of aberrant ray numbers in Echinaster sp . 

(Echinodermata : Asteroidea) by high salinity . Fla . Sci . 46(2) :125-128 . 

Webb, F .J ., Jr . 1984 . Proceedings of The Eleventh Annual Conference on 

Wetlands Restoration and Creation, May 17-18, 1984 . Florida Dept . Nat . 

Resources, Bureau of Marine Research . St . Petersburg, FL . 

Webb, S .D . 1990 . Historical biogeography . pp . 70-102 . In R .L . Myers and J .J . 

Ewel, eds . Ecosystems of Florida . University of Central Florida Press, 

Orlando, FL . 

Weber, D .E ., D .A . Flemer and C .M . Bundick . 1992 . Comparison of the effects of 

drilling fluid on macrobenthic invertebrates associated with the 

seagrass, Thalassic testudinum, in the laboratory and field . Estuarine, 

Coastal and Shelf Science . 35 :315-330 . 

Abstract . The structure of a macrobenthic invertebrate community associated 

with the seagrass, Thalassia testudinum, was evaluated under laboratory 

and field conditions . The research focused on : (1) the effects of 

pollution stress from a representative drilling fluid used in offshore 

oil and gas operations, and (2) a comparison of responses of the 

seagrass-invertebrate community in the laboratory and field . The numbers 

of macrobenthic invertebrates were suppressed by drilling fluid at both 

exposure period . 

Wells, F .E ., Jr . 1969 . An ecological study of two sympatric species of 

Fasciolaria (Mollusca : Gastropoda) in Alligator Harbor, Florida . 

Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

Wells, F .E ., Jr . 1970 . An ecological study of two sympatric species of 

Fasciolaria (Mollusca : Gastropoda) in Alligator Harbor, Florida . 

Veliger . 13(1) :95-108 . 

Wells, H .W . 1966 . Barnacles of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Quarter . Jour . 

of the Fla . Acad . of Sci . 29(2) :81-95 . 

Abstract . Specimens were collected from Franklin County waters and St . Andrew 

Bay. Includes notes on their distribution and biology. 

Wentworth, J. 1956 . Fluctuations in B Vitamins in Apalachicola Bay Oysters . 

Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 29 pp . 

Werner, W.E ., Jr . 1967 . The distribution and ecology of the barnacle Balanus 

trigonus . Bull . Mar . Sci . 17(1) :64-84 . 

Wetzel, R.L . 1971 . Analysis of cohabitation by Gambusia affinis and Poecilia 

latipinna in a saltmarsh canal in Florida . Master's Thesis . University 

of West Florida, Pensacola, FL . 80 pp . 

153 
Abstract . The cohabitation of Gambusia affinis and Poecilia latipinna was 

described from populations at 3 stations in a salt marsh canal near 

Pensacola, Florida . 2395 fish of 6 species were examined between June, 

1970 and July, 1971, but most data generated were on the 2 principal 

species. 

Wharton, C.H . et al . 1976 . Forested wetlands of Florida - Their Management and 

Use . Report to Division of State Planning . University of Florida, Center 

for Wetlands . Gainesville, FL . 

Wharton, C .H . et al . 1977 . Forested wetlands of Florida--their management and 

use . Florida Division of State Planning . Tallahassee, FL . 347 pp . 

White, D .C ., R .J . Bobbie, S .J . Morrison, D .K . Oosterhof, C .W . Taylor and D .A . 

Meeter . 1977 . Determination of microbial activity of estuarine detritus 

by relative rates of lipid biosynthesis . Limnology and Oceanography . 

22(6) :1089-1099 . 

Abstract . Microorganisms colonizing allochthonous detritus (live oak leaves) 

incubated in a north Florida estuary show metabolic activity that can be 

assayed reproducibly by the incorporation of sodium acetate into the 

lipids in a 2-h period without introducing subculture bias . Relatively 

uncolonized live oak leaves show only about 1t of the biosynthetic 

capacity of leaves incubated in the estuary for 1 wk . Lipid synthesis is 

proportional to time for at least 2 h and also to detrital mass . Random 

sampling from pooled portions of many leaves greatly reduces the 

variance of activities from individual leaves . Rates of phospholipid 

synthesis paralleled the total extractable ATP and the alkaline 

phosphatase activity during a 6-wk incubation of live oak leaves in 

Apalachicola Bay. Rates of incorporation into lipids paralleled the 

respiratory and the -alpha--D-mu-annosidase activities over the same 

period, suggesting that lipid biosynthesis is a reasonable measure of 

detrital microbial activity . 

White, D .C . et al . 1979 . Effect of Surface Composition, Water Column 

Chemistry, and Time of Exposure on Composition of Detrital Microflora 

and Associated Macrofauna in Apalachicola Bay, Florida . pp . 83-115 . 

R .J . Livingston, ed . Ecological Processes in Coastal and Marine Systems . 

Plenum Press, New York, NY and London . 

White, D .C . et al . 1980 . Effects of bioturbation and predation by Mellita 

quinquiesperforata on sedimentary microbial community structure . pp . 

163-171 . In V .S . Kennedy, ed . Estuarine Perspectives . Academic Press, 

New York, NY . 

White, D .O . 1977 . Resource Inventory for St . George Island State Park . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources . Tallahassee, FL . 

White, K .H . 1971 . The relationship between the, sedimentary material used by 

polychaetes in tube building and the microdistribution of sediments . 

Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL . 

154 
Whitfield, W .K . 1973 . Construction and rehabilitation of commercial oyster 

reefs in Florida from 1949 through 1971 with emphasis on economic impact 

in Franklin County, Florida . Florida Department of Natural Resources 

Marine Research Laboratory . Special Science Report No . 38 :42 . 

Whitfield, W .K ., Jr . and D .S . Beaumariage . 1977 . Shellfish management in 

Apalachicola Bay : past, present, future . pp . 130-140 . Zn R .J . Livingston 

and E .A . Joyce, eds . Proceedings, Conference on the Apalachicola 

Drainage System . (Publication No . 26) Florida Department of Natural 

Resources, Marine Research Laboratory, St . Petersburg, FL . 

Whiting, N .H . and G .A . Moshiri . 1974 . Certain organism - substrate 

relationships affecting the distribution of Uca minax . Hydrobiology . 

44 :481-493 . 

Abstract . Substrate, temperature and oxygen relationships were studied as they 

effect populations of Uca minax, a decapod crustacean . These data were 

collected between December, 1968 and December, 1972 . 

Wicksten, M .K . 1986 . Shell-carrying in Hypoconcha sabulosa (Herbst, 1799) 

(Decapoda, Brachyura) . Crustaceana . 50(3) :319-320 . 

Abstract . Members of the genus Hypoconcha (Brachyura, Dromiidae) carry shells 

of pelecypods over the dorsal surface of the carapace . Williams (1984) 

reported that H . arcuata "is always found occupying a valve of some 

lamellibranch shell, preferably a clamshell, which it carries about upon 

its back after the manner of a hermit crab . By means of the claws on its 

fourth and fifth pair of legs, perhaps aided by pressure of its body 

against the shell, it clings so tightly that removing it from the shell 

without crushing it is almost impossible" . There are no reports of 

shell-carrying behavior in H . sabulosa . The author obtained two H . 

sabulosa from Gulf Specimen Company . The crabs were trawled off Panacea, 

Florida, in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . Both carried shells of the 

giant cockle, Dinocardium robustum (Lightfoot) . 

Wiggins, D . 1992 . Comprehensive shellfish harvesting area survey of Pensacola 

Bay System, Escambia and Santa Rosa Counties, Florida . Florida 

Department of Natural Resources, Shellfish Environmental Assessment 

Section . Tallahassee, FL . 

Wilber, D .H . 1988 . The role of mate guarding in stone crabs . Ph .D . 

Dissertation . Florida State Univ ., Tallahassee, FL . 146 pp . 

Abstract . The reproductive biology and residency patterns of over 800 stone 

crabs (Menippe mercenaria, M. adina, and their hybrid) were examined 

during an eight-month tagging study at artificial, concrete block reefs 

constructed near intertidal oyster reefs and subtidal seagrass beds in 

Franklin and Wakulla Co ., Florida . A test of the effect of precopulatory 

guarding on sperm production in stone crabs revealed guarding males 

contained significantly more sperm (90-100 million) than non-guarding 

males exposed to pre-molt females or pre-molt males (40-50 million 

sperm) . The influence of sexual selection and predation on postcopulatory guarding durations in stone crabs was also examined . Males 

guarded significantly longer (126 h beyond the female's molt) when 

another male stone crab was present than when an intermolt female (84 h) 

or a blue crab (83 h) were present . Sexual selection appears important 

in maintaining postcopulatory mate guarding in stone crabs . 

155 
Wilber, D .H . 1989 . Reproductive biology and distribution of stone crabs 

(Xanthidae, Menippe) in the hybrid zone on the northeastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Mar . Ecol . Prog . Ser . 52(3) :235-244 . 

Abstract . Reproductive biology and residency patterns of over 800 stone crabs 

(Menippe mercenaria, M, adina, and their hybrids) were examined during 

an 8-month tagging study in 1986 at artificial, concrete block reefs 

constructed near intertidal oyster reefs and subtidal seagrass beds in 

Franklin and Wakulla Counties, Florida, USA. Characteristics of adult 

crabs occurring intertidally in the summer included a male-biased sex 

ratio (5M :1F), a prevalence of M. adina and hybrids, a high frequency of 

molting males, and low sperm content in males . Subtidally in the summer, 

the adult sex ratio was female-biased, the Menippe -complex forms 

occurred at equivalent frequencies, and male sperm content was higher . 

In the fall, sex ratios became more uniform in both habitats, the 

intertidal male molting frequency declined, and intertidal male sperm 

levels increased. 

Wilber, D.H . 1994 . The influence of Apalachicola River flows on blue crab, 

Callinectes sapidus, in north Florida . Fisheries Bull . 92(1) :180-188 . 

Abstract . Regression and time series analyses were used to investigate the 

relation between Apalachicola river flows and blue crab, Callinectes 

sapidus, harvests in and around Apalachicola Bay, Florida . Apalachicola 

River flows in one year were positively correlated with Franklin County 

blue crab landings during the next year (r20 .3, P<0 .o01, 1952-90), and 

the strength of the correlation increased when only more recent years 

were examined (rZ-0 .49, P = 0 .001, 1973-90) . In this area, blue crabs 

mature to a harvestable size by one year of age . Apalachicola River 

flows were also correlated with neighboring Wakulla County blue crab 

landings with a one-year time lag (r2 = 0 .52, P=0 .001, n=17), but were 

not associated with blue crab landings for the remaining west coast of 

Florida . The mean monthly flow from September to May, termed the growout 

period, was the parameter most highly correlated with the following 

year's blue crab landings . Of five north Florida rivers examined, the 

Apalachicola River was most highly correlated with Franklin and Wakulla 

County blue crab landings . Results of this study further document the 

influence of Apalachicola River flows on estuarine productivity . The 

positive relation between flows and blue crab harvests a year later 

suggests that low flow conditions in the estuary during the growout 

period negatively affect juveniles . Although the underlying causes of 

the correlations are not known, the effect of inflows on estuarine 

salinity is one of several possible mechanisms that warrants further 

investigations . 

Wilber, T.P ., Jr . 1990 . Influence of size, species and damage on shell 

selection by the hermit crab Pagurus longicaxpus . Mar. Biol . 104(1) :31-39 . 

Abstract . Shell preferences were examined in Pagurus longicarpus collected 

from Wakulla Beach, Florida, USA in 1987 . Relative shell size was a more 

important shell characteristic in shell selection than either shell 

species or shell damage . Hermit crabs rarely selected relatively large 

shells but often selected relatively small shells over damaged shells . 

Preferences for a particular shell species were offset by varying the 

relative size or condition of the preferred shell species . Because 

specific environment al pressures are linked to particular shell 

characteristics, an assessment of the importance of various shell 

156 
features may indicate which environmental pressures are ameliorated via 

the gastropod shell . Predation and desiccation are linked to relatively 

small shells and particular shell species ; these stresses may be 

minimized by alternative behavioral mechanisms . 

Williams, C .D ., D .M . Nelson, M .E . Monaco, S .L . Stone and C . Iancu . 1990 . 

Distribution and abundance of fishes and invertebrates in eastern Gulf 

of Mexico estuaries . Estuarine Living Marine Resources Report No . 6 . 

U .S . Dept . of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 

National Ocean Service . Rockville, MD . 105 pp . 

Abstract . This report presents information on the spatial and temporal 

distribution, relative abundance, and life history characteristics of 12 

invertebrate and 24 fish species in 13 estuaries along the eastern Gulf 

of Mexico coast . Species used included those with commercial, 

recreational, and ecological value and those that are used as indicator 

species of environmental stress, such as the Atlantic croaker 

(Micropogonias undulatum) and American oyster (Crassostrea virginica) . 

The estuaries ranged from Mobile Bay in Alabama to Florida Bay at the 

southern tip of Florida . 

Williams, J .E ., Jr . and R .w . Phillips . 1972 . North Florida sandhill crane 

populations . Auk . 89(3) :541-548 . 

Williams, J .T . and R .L . Shipp . 1980 . Observations on fishes previously 

unrecorded or rarely encountered in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico . 

Northeast Gulf Sci . 4(1) :17-27 . 

Abstract . Twenty-one species of marine fishes previously unrecorded or rarely 

encountered in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico were taken by trawl, 

dredge, spear or hand capture or observed by SCUBA or research 

submersible . Biological data are added to the knowledge of all these 

forms, and several species are shown to have permanent populations in 

the region . 

Williams, L .E ., Jr . and L . Martin . 1970 . Nesting populations of Brown Pelicans 

in Florida . pp . 154-169 . In Proceedings : 24th Annual conference of the 

southeastern association of the Game and Fish Commission . 

Williams, S .A . 1981 . Salinity differences between a high and low marsh of 

northwestern Florida . Fla . Sci . 44(4) :224-228 . 

Abstract . An analysis of soils from a high marsh and low marsh in northwestern 

Florida showed that they contained large amounts of sand, and were low 

in cation exchange capacity and exchangeable cations . The soils examined 

contained high levels of soluble salts . Soils from the low marsh had 

higher cation exchange capacities than did the layers below. 

Willing, T .E ., R .M . Darnell, M .A . Ibrahim and L . Berner . 1973 . Caloric values 

of marine animals from the Gulf of Mexico . Contrib . Mar . Sci . 17 :1-7 . 

Willis, C. and J. Carlton . 1974 . Efforts in coastal vegetation restoration and 

marine habitat construction . pp . 13-14 . Za Proceedings of the First 

Annual Conference on Restoration of Coastal Vegetation in Florida . 

Florida Department of Natural Resources, 

Wilson, A .J . and J . Forester . 1978 . Persistence of Aroclor (Trade Name) 1254 

in a contaminated estuary . Bull . Environ . Contam . Toxicol . 19(5) :637-640 . 

157 
Abstract . The brief report summarizes the concentrations of PCB's in oyster 

tissue (Crassotrea virginica) observed from April 1969 to June 1976 at 

three locations in the Escambia Bay estuary, following elimination of an 

accidental leak of Aroclor 1254 from an industrial site . Data showed 

that PCB's in oyster tissues decreased after the leak was eliminated, 

but a steady-state concentration was reached . No Aroclor 1254 was 

detectable in water at stations sampled, but was detectable in 

sediments . The study demonstrates the persistence of PCB's long after 

point-source discharges are eliminated . 

Wilson, C .R . 1972 . A vitamin BlZ study in portions of Escambia and Blackwater 

Bays, Florida . Master's Thesis . University of West Florida, Pensacola, 

FL . 70 pp . 

Abstract . Vitamin B12 was measured by the lactobacillus and ochromonas assays 

from 5 stations in Mulatto Bayou and Catfish Basin, Florida between 

August and October, 1978 . Other measurements included depth, 

temperature, pH, salinity, turbidity, and bacterial counts . 

Winstead, J .T . and V . Mitchell . 1975 . Macroinvertebrates of the Navarre Pass, 

Florida area . [Presented at : 39th Annual Meeting of the Florida Academy 

of Sciences ; Florida Southern College, Lakeland, FL (USA) ; 20th Mar 

1975] . Fla . Sci . 38 :7 . 

Abstract . A baseline study of macroinvertebrates in the Navarre Pass, Florida 

area was attempted in the summer of 1974 before the construction of a 

proposed pass across Santa Rosa Island . Benthic, epibenthic and 

shoreline areas were sampled . Sixty five benthic samples from thirteen 

stations were taken with a diver operated coring device . Epibenthic 

samples were taken with a one meter Otter Trawl while a ten meter seine 

was employed to sample shoreline areas . Results showed polychaete worms, 

especially Loimia viridis-, comprised the majority of organisms with 

mollusks second and crustaceans third . Benthic biomass ranged from 260 

mg at Station 1 to 4755 mg at Station 10 . The study should permit a 

follow up of assessment of the effects, if any, the completed pass will 

have upon the macroinvertebrate fauna of the area . 

witham, R . 1973 . A bacterial disease of hatchling loggerhead sea turtles . Fla . 

Sci . 36(2) :226-228 . 

Wolf e, S .H . 1990 . Ecological Characterization of the Florida Springs Coast : 

Pithlachascotee to Waccasassa Rivers . U .S . Department of the Interior, 

Minerals Management Service . Biological Report 90(21) :323 . Florida State 

Dept . of Environmental Regulation, Tallahassee . Sponsor : Southwest 

Florida Water Management District, Tallahassee . ; National Wetlands 

Research Center, Slidell, LA . ; Minerals Management Service, New Orleans, 

LA . Gulf of Mexico OCS Region . 

Abstract . This report is one in a series that provides an ecological 

description of Florida's Gulf coasts . The watersheds described herein, 

with their myriad communities, produce many benefits . The maintenance of 

this productivity through enlightened resource management is a major 

goal of this series . This report will be useful to the many people who 

have to make decisions regarding the use of the natural resources of the 

area . This region includes the drainage basins and nearshore waters of 

the west coast of Florida between, but not including, the Anclote River 

basin and the Suwannee River basin. This document is a summary of the 

158 
available information on the Springs Coast area of Florida, for use by 

planners, developers, regulatory authorities, and other interested 

parties . 

Wolfe, S .H ., J .A . Reidenauer and D .B . Means . 1988 . Ecological Characterization 

of the Florida Panhandle . Biological Report 88(12) ; OCS/NIIMS-88/0063 . 

Florida State Department of Environmental Regulation . Tallahassee, FL . 

299 pp . 

Abstract . The study provides a concise description of the Florida Panhandle, 

which extends from the Ochlockonee River basin west to the FloridaAlabama border and north to the Georgia and Alabama borders . It 

identifies alterations in terrestrial and aquatic habitats caused by 

increased urbanization, industrialization, sewage and effluent 

discharge, river flow alteration, stormwater runoff, and dredge and fill 

activities . The report is an extensive review and synthesis of available 

literature on the local physical setting and ecology and provides a 

discussion of important impacts on the habitats within the region . 

Wood, D .A . 1986 . Official lists of endangered and potentially endangered fauna 

and flora in Florida (2 September 1986) . Florida Game and Fresh Water 

Fish Commission . Tallahassee, FL . 

Wood, D .A . 1994 . Official lists of endangered and potentially endangered fauna 

and flora in Florida . Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission . 

Woolfenden, G .E . and A.J . Meyerriecks . 1963 . Caspian tern breeds in Florida . 

Auk . 80 :365-366 . 

Woolfenden, G.E . and R .W . Schreiber . 1973 . The common birds of the saline 

habitats of the eastern Gulf of Mexico : their distribution, seasonal 

status, and feeding ecology. ,In J. Jones, ed . A Summary Knowledge of the 

Eastern Gulf of Mexico . State University System of Florida, Tallahassee, 

FL . 

Worth, D .F, and J .B . Smith . 1976 . Marine turtle nesting on Hutchinson Island, 

Florida, in 1973 . Florida Department of Natural Resources, Marine 

Research Laboratory . St . Petersburg, FL . 17 pp . 

Yerger, R .W . 1974 . The fishes of the Apalachicola National Forest . U.S . Dept . 

of Agriculture, Forest Service . 39 pp . 

Yockey, R .H . 1974a . An ecological survey of sponges from the eastern Gulf of 

Mexico . Master's Thesis . University of Florida, Gainesville, FL . 59 pp . 

Yockey, R .H . 1974b . Survey of Crystal River sponge fauna . pp . 104-116 . 

Crystal River Environmental Progress Report to the Federal Interagency 

Research Advisory Committee . Vol . III . Florida Power Corp ., 

Young, D . 1974a . Saltmarsh and the effect of thermal plume . pp . 92 . Zn Crystal 

River Power Plant : Environmental Considerations . Final Report to the 

Interagency Research Advisory Commission . Vol . II . Florida Power Corp ., 

St . Petersburg, FL . 

159 
Young, D .L . 1974b . Studies of Florida Gulf coast salt marshes receiving 

thermal discharges . pp . 532-550 . In J .W. Gibbons and R .R . Sharitz, eds . 

Thermal Ecology : Proceedings of a Symposium, Augusta, Ga ., 1973 . U .S . 

Atomic Energy Commission, Office of Information Services, Oak Ridge, TN . 

Young, D .L . 1977a . Appendix A2 : Studies of Florida Gulf Coast salt marshes 

receiving thermal discharges . pp . 140-158 . In Crystal River Power Plant : 

Environmental Considerations . Final report to the Interagency Research 

Advisory Commission . Vol . I2 . Florida Power Corp ., St . Petersburg, FL . 

Young, D .L . 1977b . Saltmarshes and thermal additions at Crystal River, 

Florida . pp . 437 . in Crystal River Power Plant : Environmental 

Considerations . Final Report to the Interagency Research Advisory 

Commission . Vol . II . Florida Power Corp ., St . Petersburg, FL . 

Young, W .T . 1972 . Investigations of biological conditions and water quality in 

eastern Escambia Bay relative to fish and oyster mortality during 

September, 1971 . Florida Department of Pollution Control, Northwest 

Region . Gulf Breeze, FL . 

Young, W .T . and R .W . Cantrell . 1972 . Biological Study Report : Eleven Mile 

Creek - Perdido Bay . Unpublished . Florida Department of Pollution 

Control . Tallahassee, FL . 

Young, W .T . et al . 1987 . Biological and physicochemical assessment of St . 

Andrew Bay estuaries 1986-1987 : A Special Monitoring Project Basin 

Survey . State of Florida Department of Environmental Regulation, 

Northwest District, Biology Section . 

Zahm, G . and E . Jemison . 1987 . Behavior and capture of wood ducks in pecan 

groves . Field ornithology . 58(4) :474-479 . 

Zajac, R .N . and R .B . Whitlach . 1982 . Responses of estuarine infauna to 

disturbance . I . Spatial and temporal variation of initial recolonization . Marine Ecology Progress Series . 10 :1-14 . 

Zieman, J .C . and R .T . Zieman . 1989 . Ecology of the seagrass meadows of the 

west coast of Florida: A community profile . U.S . Department of the 

Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Research and Development . 168 pp . 

Abstract . The report summarizes information on the ecology of seagrass meadows 

on the west coast of Florida, from south of Tampa Bay to Pensacola. The 

area contains more than 3,500 ha of seagrass beds, dominated by three 

species, Thalassia testudinum (turtle grass), Syringodium filiforme 

(manatee grass), and Halodule wrightii (shoal grass) . Beds occur both on 

the shallow, zero-energy continental shelf and in inshore bays and 

estuaries . Species ecology, distribution, biomass, and productivity of 

these dominant seagrass species are discussed. 

Zimmerman, M .S . 1974 . A comparison of the benthic macrophytes of a polluted 

drainage system (Fenholloway River) with an unpolluted drainage system 

(Ecofina River) . Master's Thesis . Florida State University, Tallahassee, 

FL . 

160 
Zimmerman, M .S . and R .J . Livingston . 1976a . Effects of Kraft mill effluents on 

benthic macrophyte assemblages in a shallow-bay system (Apalachee Bay, 

North Florida) . Mar . Biol . 34 :297-312 . 

Abstract . A 14-month study was carried out to determine the impact of kraftmill effluents on the offshore benthic macrophyte distribution in a 

shallow north Florida bay. a polluted river drainage system was compared 

to an adjoining unpolluted one. Affected are as were characterized by 

elevated levels of color and turbidity, reduced benthic macrophyte 

biomass, reduced species diversity and altered species composition . 

Areas of chronic impact had reduced biomass . On either side of the 

drainage system uniform increases in number of species were observed . 

Benthic macrophyte distribution, in terms of biomass and species 

composition, was considered an important indicator of the impact of kme 

on this shallow-bay system . Species normally inhabiting deeper water 

were found in areas of increased turbidity and color, thus explaining 

the maintenance of species diversity with reduced biomass . Benthic plant 

assemblages reflected variations in dominance and the occurrence of 

opportunistic species . 

Zimmerman, M .S . and R .J . Livingston . 1976b . Seasonality and physiochemical 

ranges of benthic macrophytes from a north Florida estuary, Apalachee 

Bay, Florida . Bulletin of Marine Science . 20 :33-45 . 

Zimmerman, M .S . and R .J . Livingston . 1979 . Dominance and distribution of 

benthic macrophyte assemblages in a north Florida estuary (Apalachee 

Bay, Florida) . Bull . of Mar . Sci . 29(1) :27-40 . 

Abstract . A comparative analysis was made concerning the distribution of 

benthic macrophyte assemblages in shallow portions of Apalachee Bay. 

This included a comparison of areas affected by bleached kraft mill 

effluents (BKME) (the Fenholloway River system) with appropriate 

uncontaminated control stations (the Econfina River system) . Metersquare samples of benthic macrophytes were collected monthly in both 

areas. Relative dominance was generally higher in the unpolluted areas . 

Four species of red algae (Laurencia poitei, Digenia simplex, Gracilaria 

verrucosa, G . foliiferia-) were found at all stations . Areas of acute 

effect were found to have extremely low biomass and characteristic 

assemblages of various macrophyte species . Most of the species in 

unpolluted areas were present in portions of the Bay characterized by 

chronic (low) levels of BKME . However, biomass was consistently reduced 

in such areas when compared to control stations . It was postulated that 

selective removal of dominant species by BKME (e .g ., increased levels of 

colour and turbidity) allowed recruitment of various 'rare' species in 

areas of chronic impact, thus contributing to anomalous patterns of 

community structure when compared to published data from other 

pollution-stressed aquatic system s . 

Zuboy, J .R . and J .E . Snell . 1982 . Assessment of the Florida stone crab 

fishery, 1980-1981 season . NOAA Tech . Memo . NMFS-SEFC-79 :21 . 

161 
ENT OF y~ The Department of the Interior Mission 

As the Nation's principal conservation agency, the Department of the Interior has responsibility for 

most of our nationally owned public lands and natural resources. This includes fostering sound use 

of our land and water resources ; protecting our fish, wildlife, and biological diversity; preserving the 

environmental and cultural values of our national parks and historical places ; and providing for the 

M4RCH 3 ~9A9 enjoyment of life through outdoor recreation . The Department assesses our energy and mineral 

resources and works to ensure that their development is in the best interests of all our people by 

encouraging stewardship and citizen participation in their care. The Department also has a major 

responsibility for American Indian reservation communities and for people who live in island territories under U.S. administration . 

The National Biological Service Mission 

As a bureau of the Department of the Interior (DOI), the National Biological Service's (NBS) primary 

mission is to provide the scientific understanding and technologies needed to support sound 

management and conservation of our Nation's biological resources. Independence from regulatory and 

management decision making greatly lessens the chance that scientific results will be viewed as less 

than objective science or subservient to the needs of policy makers. NBS provides credible, objective, 

and unbiased information needed by resources managers in the Department of the Interior in a form 

that allows them to assess, predict, and manage the biological consequences of various policies and 

management practices. Although the primary focus of the biological research is to meet DOI needs, 

the activities undertaken with natural resource research funding will also serve the science needs of a 

wide range of partners, including State governments, other Federal agencies, and private landowners . 

The Minerals Management Service Mission 

As a bureau of the Department of the Interior, the Minerals Management Service ' s (MMS) primary 

responsibilities are to manage the mineral resources located on the Nation's Outer Continental Shelf 

~ i ) p (OCS), collect revenue from the Federal OCS and onshore Federal and Indian lands, and distribute 

s~, S° those revenues. 

`~~E+°`` Moreover, in working to meet its responsibilities, the Offshore Minerals Management Program 

administers the OCS competitive leasing program and oversees the safe and environmentally sound 

exploration and production of our Nation's offshore natural gas, oil and other mineral resources. The 

MMS Royalty Management Program meets its responsibilities by ensuring the efficient, timely and 

accurate collection and disbursement of revenue from mineral leasing and production due to Indian 

tribes and allottees, States and the U.S. Treasury . 

The MMS strives to fulfill its responsibilities through the general guiding principles of: (1) being 

responsive to the public's concerns and interests by maintaining a dialogue with all potentially affected 

parties and (2) carrying out its programs with an emphasis on working to enhance the quality of life for 

all Americans by lending MMS assistance and expertise to economic development and environmental 

protection.